Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Aluminum / En+ Group PLC

En+ Group PLC

enpl · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker enpl
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Aluminum
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · En+ Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Allow
2024
Driving 
Development
Consolidated 
Report

Allow
Contents
01
03
04
02
Appendices
are provided as a separate 
document
Appendix 1.
Report on Compliance 
with the Principles and 
Recommendations of the Russian 
Corporate Governance Code
Appendix 2.
List of the Company’s Branches
Appendix 3.
Additional ESG-information
Driving 
development 
Sustainable development 
76	
Sustainability management 
78	
Contribution to the UN SDGs and the National 
Development Goals of the Russian Federation
80	
Cooperation and partnerships
83	
Materiality assessment
86	
Stakeholder engagement
90	
Climate and environment
90	
Climate change and energy management 
104	 Environment protection 
122	 People
122	
Occupational health and safety 
136	 Employees
148	 Contribution to local communities
160	 Governance
160	 Corporate governance
181	
Information for shareholders and investors
186	 Internal control and risk management
194	 Corporate ethics and compliance
202	 Supply chain management
206	 Responsible business practices
Strategic report
10	
Key figures
14	
Our presence and scale
16	
Industry positioning
18	
Statement from the Chairman 
of the Board of Directors
20	
Statement from the Chief Executive Officer
22	
Business model
24	
Strategy
28	
Business review
44	
Financial review
70	
Investment programme and modernisation
En+ Group operates in two crucially important sectors – metals and power – 
which helps it drive the global economic development. The Company’s 
enterprises form the backbone of Siberia and other operating regions and 
support their social and economic welfare. Together with environmental 
initiatives, this lays the foundation for long-term sustainable development of 
all operating regions.
Financial 
statements
220	 Consolidated Financial 
Statements 
Appendicies
298	 Independent auditor's report
300	 Glossary
308	 Contacts 

> RUB 7.0 bn
social investments
En+ Group’s enterprises form the backbone of 
Siberia and other operating regions, supporting 
their social and economic welfare.
Power infrastructure
Regional 
development  
Driving Development
total capacity of the power plants 
that the Company owns and 
manages, thus ensuring reliable 
power supply
GW19.5
19.5
> 
> 50
50
social projects implemented 
by the Company in regions 
of responsibilities over the 
past five years
En+ Group produces energy to ensure the 
stable operation of the region’s economy 
and high living standards of people.  
En+ Group develops social infrastructure 
in the regions of its responsibilities: 
participates in social projects and 
implements its own programmes to support 
education, healthcare and culture.
share of En+ Group’s 
waste that is recycled 
or reused
>93k  
jobs
USD  
24.8 mn  
R&D expenses
64.3%
share of recycled and circulating water
Environmental 
care
Contribution to the economy 
and innovation
En+ Group promotes the economic 
development of Siberia: creates jobs and 
pays all statutory taxes. Aluminium has 
unique properties such as light weight, 
strength, and corrosion resistance, making 
it a valuable material for many economic 
sectors: from construction and automotive 
manufacturing to packaging and consumer 
goods.
The Company introduces new technologies 
and innovations in its operations, thus 
enabling the development of high-
tech industries and fostering the future 
competitiveness of Siberia as a region.
The Company cooperates with leading 
research universities to develop and 
implement advanced energy technologies.
The Company’s environmental initiatives help 
reduce the negative environmental impact 
and preserve the natural resources of Siberia 
for future generations.
The Company is making efforts to keep 
Lake Baikal clean: in 2022, the Baikal Plastic 
Free Alliance was set up on the initiative of 
En+ Group to protect this natural landmark 
of the region.
RUB bn
Mandatory payments 
made by En+ Group
62.4
62.4%
> 45
45
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
5
4
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Reporting boundaries
Boundaries of the 2024 Report2
Recognition of the 2023 Consolidated Report
GRI 2-4
To ensure data comparability, the Company’s material 
performance metrics are provided for the last three 
years (2022–2024). There were no significant changes 
in the measurement methodology for the metrics 
in the Reporting Period. Nevertheless, the Report contains 
some restatements of information from previous years. 
Comments on the restatements and updated methodologies 
are included in the text.
Due to rounding, some totals in the tables, charts, 
and diagrams in this Report may not corre-spond 
with the sum of the separate figures. This Report may 
also contain discrepancies in the calculation of shares, 
percentages, and total amounts as a result of different 
rounding methods used.
In this Consolidated Report, the terms “En+”, “En+ Group”, 
“EN+ GROUP”, or the “Company” in various forms mean 
EN+ GROUP IPJSC and its subsidiaries according to 
IFRS reporting. Their performance results are presented 
in the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Sustainable Development 
and Appendix 3 Additional ESG Data include performance 
results of the Company and its subsidiaries that are included 
in the Group’s IFRS consolidated financial statements and 
have significant ESG impact.
The Report reflects information about the Group’s performance 
in two segments, Metals (including BoAZ) and Power. 
The Queensland Alumina Limited joint venture (Australia) 
is excluded from the reporting boundaries due to the ban 
on exports of alumina and bauxite to Rus-sia imposed 
by the Australian government in April 2022. Data on Nikolaev 
alumina production are excluded from the reporting perimeter 
due to the suspension of production. Occupational health and 
safety data of KraMZ LLC and Strikeforce Mining and Resources 
PLC (SMR) were disclosed within the Metals segment reporting 
boundaries.
GRI 2-1
GRI 2-2
METALS SEGMENT
POWER SEGMENT
56.88%
shareholding
100%
consolidation 
in the Report
100%
shareholding
100%
consolidation 
in the Report
1	
To review the standards and partially restructure the Report’s thematic sections. Specific IFRS S2 components are disclosed in the Climate 
change and Energy Management section.
2	 Unless otherwise stated, the Report covers the Group business units listed below.
Secured  in the Visionary Leaders in Change 
Management awards in two categories: 
Best Sustainability Report Under 
Non-Financial Reporting Standards, and 
Best Economic Impact Disclosure
Awarded  in the Best Annual Report 
of a Company with a RUB 200 bn+ 
Market Cap category at the 27th 
Moscow Exchange Annual Report 
Contest 2024
Certificate of Public Assurance
place
place
1
3
GRI 2-3
En+ Group presents its Consolidated Report (the “Report”), 
an annual document for  a wide range of stakeholders that 
reflects the Company’s key financial metrics and  sustainability 
performance results for the period from 1 January to 
31 December 2024 (the “Reporting Period”).
En+ Group regularly reports its sustainability performance, 
in the form of Sustainability Reports until 2022 and then 
Consolidated Reports that combine data from the annual 
report and the sustainability report.
By publishing this Report, En+ Group reiterates its 
commitment to transparency as the document presents the 
most reliable and complete information about the Company. 
The Report contains information about our business model, 
strategy, investment programme, operational and financial 
performance, consolidated financial statements, as well 
as ESG performance. The Report also describes how the 
Company сomplies with the principles of the UN Global 
Compact, contributes to the UN Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs) and national goals of the Russian Federation. The 
Report includes information that the Company believes to be 
material for stakeholders and the business.
The Report is aligned with the following requirements and recommendations:
GRI 2-5
To ensure credible disclosure, En+ Group prepared its 
consolidated  financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2024 in  accordance with IFRS, including 
an auditor’s report, and engaged B1  as an independent 
practioners to verify the sustainability data.
About the Report
For the independent practitioner’s 
assurance  report on the Sustainable 
Development section, see page 298-299  
of this Report
GRI 2-14
The Report was preliminarily approved by the Company’s 
Board of Directors on 28 April 2024 (Minutes №84).
•	 Federal Law No. 39-FZ On the Securities Market, dated  
22 April 1996
•	 Regulations of the Bank of Russia No. 714-P On Information 
Disclosure by Issuers of Issue-Grade Securities, dated  
27 March 2020
•	 The Corporate Governance Code recommended for use 
by joint stock companies by the Bank of Russia’s Letter 
No. 06-52/2463 dated 10 April 2014 (the “Russian 
Corporate Governance Code”)
•	 Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards, including GRI 14 
Mining Sector 2024
•	 Standards of the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board 
(SASB), including standards for the Metals & Mining and 
the Electric Utilities & Power Generators industries
•	 IFRS1 sustainability disclosure standards
•	 Technical guidance to comply with the Streamlined Energy 
and Carbon Reporting (SECR)
•	 The Aluminium Carbon Footprint Technical Support 
Document
•	 A Guide for Issuers: How to Comply with Best Sustainability
•	 Practices released by the Moscow Exchange
•	 Guidelines provided by Russia’s Ministry of Economic
•	 Development for preparing sustainability reports
•	 Voluntary ESG standard for the energy sector devised 
by the nonprofit partnership Market Council
•	 Bank of Russia’s recommendations for public joint stock 
companies to disclose non-financial information related 
to their activities
•	 Bank of Russia’s recommendations on ESG rating 
methodology
•	 Metrics tracked by key ESG ratings
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
7
6
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

01
Energising 
the economy 
of cities 
5.9%
of the world’s aluminium 
production
11
aluminium 
smelters
5
hydropower 
plants
The synergy generated by En+ Group’s two 
segments, Metals and Power, helps ensure a fully 
integrated production of low-carbon aluminium 
expected to become an integral part of the economy 
of the future.  
Strategic 
report
10	
Key figures
14	
Our presence and scale
16	
Industry positioning
18	
Statement from the Chairman 
of the Board of Directors
20	
Statement from the Chief Executive 
Officer
22	
Business model
24	
Strategy
28	
Business review
44	
Financial review
70	
Investment programme 
and modernisation

Key figures
Current geopolitical tensions and new economic 
restrictions are resulting in volatility in the financial, 
commodities, and currency markets, as well as in changes 
in supply chains and refusal of certain suppliers to fulfil 
previously agreed upon obligations.
Total electricity production1,
TWh
Heat generation, mn Gcal  
For more details, see 
the Business Review 
section on pages 
28-43
69.0
14.9
68.8
16.4
73.7
16.9
‘22
‘23
‘24
83.9
85.2
90.7
HPP
CHP
‘22
‘23
‘24
27.6
27.4
26.3
Nevertheless, the Company has leveraged its effective 
management model to quickly restructure raw-material 
supplies and logistics operations as well as successfully 
diversify sales channels.
China Chengxin Green Finance 
Technology (Beijing) Ltd. assigned 
an ESG rating to En+ at the level of  
“A-”
The Group’s Metals segment 
launched a pilot facility capable 
of producing
1.5 tonnes 
of scandium oxide per year
•	 En+ Group’s Board of Directors approved 
the appointment of Vladimir Kolmogorov as CEO 
of the Company effective 23 May 2024.
•	 As a result of competitive capacity auctions 
for new generating facilities, three projects 
of the Group to construct power units at CHP-11 
in Usolye-Sibirskoye (Irkutsk Region) were selected.
•	 En+ Group and the Government of the Republic 
of Buryatia signed an agreement on cooperation 
to implement the Moksky hydropower complex 
construction project. This project includes 
the construction of two hydropower plants – 
Mokskaya HPP and its compensating facility, 
Ivanovskaya HPP.
•	 The Group’s Metals segment, RUSAL, underwent 
international verification of the carbon footprint 
of the primary metal produced using the inert 
anode technology under the ALLOW INERTA 
brand – its carbon footprint is 0.01 tonnes 
of CO2e per tonne of aluminium (Scope 1 and 2).
•	 ACRA improved the credit rating of En+ Group 
IPJSC to A(RU) with a stable outlook.  
2025
2024
Operational performance
14,649
14,649
mn
En+ Group’s 2024 revenue 
Power segment 
1	
Excluding Onda HPP (with the installed capacity of 0.08 GW), located in the European part of Russia, leased 
to RUSAL since October 2014.
2	 Adjusted EBITDA for any period represents the operating results adjusted for amortisation and depreciation, impairment charges, and gain/loss on disposal 
of property, plant and equipment for the relevant period.
Revenue, USD mn
Net profit, USD mn
Adjusted EBITDA2, USD mn
Capital expenditure
USD mn
Adjusted EBITDA 
margin, %
For more details, see 
the Financial Review 
section on pages 
44-69
3,885
13,974
16,549
3,587
12,213
3,853
12,082
‘22
‘23
‘24
14,648
14,649
384
1,793
1,846
355
282
553
803
‘22
‘23
‘24
716
1,348
1,254
2,028
3,119
1,292
786
1,446
1,494
‘22
‘23
‘24
2,157
2,927
474
1,239
1,711
394
1,056
519
1,366
‘22
‘23
‘24
1,448
1,878
18.8
‘22
‘23
‘24
14.7
20.0
Metals segment
Power segment 
Financial performance
Aluminium production and sales,
kt
‘22
‘23
‘24
3,835
3,848
3,992
3,896
4,153
3,859
Aluminium production
Aluminium sales
Metals segment 
USD
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
11
10
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Share of independent directors 
as at 31 December, %
LTIFR2
GHG emissions, mt CO2e1
64
‘22
‘23
‘24
67
67
67%
of directors are 
independent as at 
31 December 2024
‘22
‘23
‘24
0.89
0.90
0.94
0.67
0.52
0.57
0.81
0.76
0.84
Metals segment
Power segment 
En+
25.2
40.5
65.7
26.5
39.4
27.2
39.4
‘22
‘23
‘24
65.9
66.6
Metals segment
Power segment 
Share of purchases from local suppliers, %
Employee turnover, %
Air emissions, kt
‘22
‘23
‘24
35
68
61.7
57
50
99 
39
62
80.2
Metals segment
Power segment 
En+
‘22
‘23
‘24
9.5
11.3
14.7
12.2
15.4
20.4
10.5
12.8
16.8 
Metals segment
Power segment 
En+
299.6
362.6
662.2
319.9
371.7
340.0
368.2
‘22
‘23
‘24
691.6
708.1
Metals segment
Power segment 
Total economic benefit from the 
implementation of  business system projects 
and suggestions, USD mn
Social investments,
USD mn3
Share of total waste reused or recycled, %
9.3
41.3
50.6
9.8
76.4
6.1
122.4
‘22
‘23
‘24
86.2
128.5
Metals segment
Power segment 
19.0
34.0
53.0
6.1
55.5
9.6
66.3
‘22
‘23
‘24
62.3
76.0
Metals segment
Power segment 
‘22
‘23
‘24
5
7
6
90
90
86
63
68
62
Metals segment
Power segment 
En+
1	
Direct (Scope 1) and indirect (Scope 2 and 3) GHG emissions.
2	 Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate per 1 million hours. 
3	 Hereinafter, unless otherwise stated, calculated based on the average 
USD/RUB exchange rate in 2024 of RUB 92.52 per USD.
A leader in the Contribution 
to the National Goals 
award according 
to the Environment-
People-Government rating 
of Russian businesses
A leader in the ESG 
ranking of Russian 
industrial companies 
according 
to the National Rating 
Agency
A leader in the ESG 
transparency ranking 
among Russian 
companies and 
banks according to 
Expert RA
Platinum award 
in the Forbes ranking 
of best Russian 
employers
Highest A-rating 
in the Responsibility 
and Transparency 
Index
“A-” rating from 
the Chinese 
rating agency 
CCGFX
ESG RATINGS
4
5
6
7
3
“A” rating (very high 
level of commitment 
to incorporate 
sustainability 
considerations into key 
decisions) from Expert RA
1
2
E
S
G
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
13
12
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

GRI 2-1
The Group leverages the opportunities stemming from 
its well-established presence spanning five continents 
and a strong operational hub in Siberia, combining 
the assets of both its Metals and Power segments.
The Group’s Metals segment benefits from well-
diversified sales channels, enabling efficient access and 
operations across all key aluminium markets. The Group’s 
market research and analytical capabilities contribute 
significantly to its long-term operational and financial 
planning.
The Power segment manages Siberia’s largest and 
most cost-efficient network of power plants, providing 
efficient and reliable service to its key customers 
in the region, including the largest smelters operated 
by our Metals segment.
En+ Group is the largest producer 
of low-carbon aluminium globally 
outside of China
11
aluminium  
smelters3
5
HPP7
8
alumina  
refineries4
15
CHP
7
bauxite  
mines
Solar power plant
Total 
capacity 
Total 
capacity 
Production level 
in 2024 
Production level 
in 2024 
45.1
32.9
15.5
6.5
CIS
Asia
Europe 
Other 
65.1 
12.1 
6.1 
5.1 
Primary 
aluminium and 
alloys
Electricity
Semi-finished 
products and foil
Alumina and 
bauxite
Heat
Other
2.9 
8.7
USD 14,649 mn
En+ Group’s 2024 revenue6
Revenue by region, %
Revenue by product, %
1	
Eurallumina in Italy is mothballed.
2	 Alscon in Nigeria is mothballed.
3	 Excluding Boguchany Aluminium Smelter (BoAZ), a joint 50/50 project of RUSAL and strategic partner.
4	 Eurallumina in Italy is mothballed. Since March 2022, production at Nikolaev (Ukraine) has been suspended. Moreover, the Company owns a 20% interest in Queensland 
Alumina Limited, located in Australia. Since April 2022, the Australian government has banned alumina and bauxite exports to Russia. 
5	 Including the capacity of Queensland Alumina Ltd attributed to RUSAL
6	 From external customers.
7	 Including Onda HPP with the installed capacity of 0.08 GW (located 
in the European part of Russia, leased to RUSAL).
8	 Excluding Onda HPP.
Our presence and scale
4.2
3.9
10.4
6.4
22.0
15.9
mtpa
mt
mtpa5
mt
mtpa
mt
15.2
73.7
4.3
16.9
5.2
5.8
GW7
TWh8
GW
TWh
MW
GWh
Metals segment 
Power segment 
Moscow 
Armenia 
Guinea
Sweden 
Jamaica 
Ireland
Australia
Germany 
Guyana
Italy1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
5.5%
of the world’s aluminium 
production
73.7 TWh
low-carbon hydropower production
19.5 GW
total installed electrical capacity
Krasnoyarsk 
Irkutsk
№ 
№ 1
China
1
Nigeria2
1
1
4
8
1
1
1
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
15
14
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1	
Based on the Company’s internal data and peer companies’ 
publicly available results, announcements, reports and other 
information.
2	 Since 2019, Chinalco has been disclosing consolidated 
production data on Chalco and Yunnan Aluminum Co. Ltd.
3	 Taking into account the shutdown of alumina production 
at the Nikolaev Alumina Refinery and the Australian 
Government’s ban on exporting alumina and aluminium 
ores to Russia. Taking into account the acquisition of a 30% 
interest in an alumina plant Hebei Wenfeng New Material Co., 
ltd., located in China.
Industry 
positioning
En+ Group is a market-leading, 
vertically integrated low-carbon 
aluminium and hydropower 
producer.
The Group’s asset mix and operations, coupled 
with its large and diverse geographical footprint, 
offer strategic synergies. The scale of operations 
allows the Company to smartly manage the flows 
of aluminium products as well as alumina and other 
raw materials within the Company, and enables 
proactive planning of electricity production and 
consumption targets. This helps the Group optimise 
capacity utilisation rates, maximise efficiency 
at smelters and refineries, and drive asset growth.
Based on the current management 
structure and internal reporting system, 
the Group has defined two business 
segments:
In 2024, En+ Group’s Metals segment, represented 
by RUSAL, accounted for approximately 5.5% 
of global aluminium production and around 
4.7% of the world’s alumina production. During 
the year, the Company maintained its position 
as one of the world’s largest producers of primary 
aluminium and alloys.
The Metals segment includes bauxite and nepheline 
ore mines, alumina refineries, aluminium smelters 
and casting houses, foil mills, packaging and wheel 
production facilities. It achieves a self-reliance 
of roughly 78%3 for alumina and 88%3 for its bauxite 
and nepheline resources. It boasts a diversified 
product mix with a strong share of value-added 
products (1.4 mt per annum out of 3.9 mt of total 
sales in 2024).
The growth in demand for products with a low 
carbon footprint and the development of carbon 
taxes encourage the Metals segment to promote 
a line of sustainable products. RUSAL is a global 
leader in the production of low-carbon aluminium, 
selling more than 1.3 mt of products under 
its own ALLOW brand and continuing to develop 
the ALLOW INERTA line, for which the ground-
breaking inert anode technology is used. ALLOW 
INERTA is aluminium with the lowest carbon footprint 
in the world: 0.01 t of CO2e/t Al. The pilot electrolysis 
site has already produced 5.3 kt of aluminium.
The Metals segment has a diversified sales 
geography. The Company supplies aluminium 
products both to the domestic market and to key 
global consumer markets (Europe, the CIS, China and 
other Asian countries).
Efficient aluminium production, combined with 
low-cost materials and power supply, secures 
the Company’s global leadership on the cost curve.
Metals segment
Chinalco2
Hongqiano Group
RUSAL
Xinfra Group
Rio Tinto
SPIC
Emirates Global Aluminium
Vedanta
Alcoa
East Hope
7.8
2.2
2.2
2.4
2.7
2.9
3.3
3.7
4.0
6.5
Leading global aluminium
producers1, mt
Metals  
segment 
Power  
segment 
is represented 
by RUSAL and its 
business assets
primarily includes 
energy assets
Power segment
4	 Based on the Company’s internal data and peer companies’ publicly 
available results, announcements, reports and other information.
5	 The capacity is provided for Siberia only. The Company’s aggregate 
capacity is 19.5 GW, including 15.2 GW of hydropower.
6	 BEMO (Boguchanskaya HPP) is a strategic partner-operated 50/50 
JV between UC RUSAL and a strategic partner.
7	 According to the most recent reports.
8	 Subsidiary of China Three Gorges Corporation.
9	 A 21.08% stake is held by the state-owned China Three Gorges 
Corporation.
En+ Group’s Power segment is Russia’s largest 
independent power producer by installed capacity and 
the world’s largest independent hydropower producer.
The Group’s generating assets are located in the East 
Siberian and Volga regions of Russia. The Power 
segment is engaged in every area of the power 
business, including electricity and heat generation, 
electricity, capacity and heat sales and heat distribution.
En+ Group maintained its position as the largest power 
producer in Siberia, accounting for 36% of the region’s 
installed capacity. Furthermore, 78% of the Group’s 
capacity is represented by hydropower assets, affording 
the Group utilisation priority over the regulatory range 
of thermal power plants. In 2024, the Company’s 
Siberian HPPs accounted for 61% of all electricity 
generated by HPPs of the Siberian unified energy 
system.
The key focus of the Power segment is to enhance 
the generation of low-carbon power, further reducing 
the Group’s overall carbon footprint and contributing 
to its net zero by 2050 goal. As part of this effort, 
the Group intends to build new HPPs and a wind farm, 
and continues to implement its New Energy programme 
focused on HPP upgrades along with the CHP upgrade 
programme. These projects will also allow En+ Group 
to strengthen its leading position in the industry. 
Share of En+ Group in installed capacity 
of the Siberian IES, by generation type
Competitive landscape in Siberia 
by installed capacity4, GW
3.8
15.1
18.9 
17.5 
7.2 
3.9 
3.0
En+ Group5 SGK
RusHydro
Inter RAO
BEMO 
project6
HPPs
CHPs
Top power companies by installed hydro 
capacity globally7
71.8
8.4
6.4
13.0
15.2
6.9
21.3
22.5
27.7
31.3
37.5
42.3
CYPC8
Eletrobras
Hydro Quebec
RusHydro
Enel
EDF
SDIC Power
En+
Iberdrola
Verbund
EDP9
Engie Brasil
State-owned
Private
100% 
95% 
81% 
99% 
31% 
18% 
52% 
78% 
23% 
95% 
24% 
67%
Share of hydropower 
production
For more details, see the Investment 
programme and modernisation section on 
pages 70-73
25.4
59%
14%
1%
26.5
0.6
15.1
3.8
0.01
Siberian IES, GW
En+, GW
HPP
CHP
SPP
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
17
16
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Driving development
We finish another challenging year as the true 
world leader in low carbon aluminium production, 
the largest producer outside of China, responsible 
for 5.9% of the total global aluminium production. 
We also produce around 4.7% of the world’s alumina 
and continue to be the largest independent producer 
of hydropower in the world.
The past year has tested our resilience in many 
ways. Economic uncertainty caused by geopolitical 
tensions caused a high key interest rate, reduced our 
access to borrowing and led to increased restrictions 
imposed on Russian aluminium supply and trade.
Nevertheless, we’ve seen encouraging progress 
as demand for low-carbon aluminium continues 
to increase with 1,342 kt in sales of ALLOW, RUSAL’s 
low-carbon aluminium brand with a сarbon footprint 
of 2.3 CO2e (up from 1,300 kt in 2023), reflecting our 
commitment to proper stewardship.
Statement from the Chairman 
of the Board of Directors
Our Metals segment increased aluminium production 
by 3.7% to 3,992 kt as Taishet, one of the most modern 
aluminium smelters in the world, continues to increase 
output. Meanwhile, alumina refining increased 
by 25.3% to 6,430 kt due to our acquisition of a 30% 
stake in China’s Hebei Wenfeng New Materials. With 
the purchase of China’s Hebei Wenfeng New Materials, 
self-sufficiency in alumina increased to 78% (65% last 
year), and in bauxite and nepheline to 88% (from 85%).
The year also saw the aluminium price on the London 
Metals Exchange (LME) increase by 7.4%. The price 
of alumina, however, demonstrated record growth, 
mainly due to interruptions in supplies of bauxite 
causing the Metals segment was forced to announce 
a temporary programme to reduce production. Even 
in the face of such supply chain challenges, we adapted 
and persevered.
In our Power segment operational performance 
was stable: En+ Group’s power plants generated 
90.7 TWh of electricity in 2024 (up 6.5%) and 
hydropower output increased by 7.1%. Electricity 
prices in the second price zone increased 21.2% over 
the period.
Driving sustainable development
Sustainability remains fundamental to our 
business strategy and long-term vision. The Group 
is holding fast to its plans to achieve carbon neutrality 
by 2050. In Q4 2024, our third carbon neutrality 
report was presented to analysts, experts, and 
investors. This report is not merely a document, but 
a roadmap—a promise to future generations that 
we take this matter seriously.
As part of the climate strategy En+ is working 
on the issue of building new large HPPs and a wind farm 
in the Amur Region. Additionally, we launched 19 new 
charging stations for electric vehicles in 2024, bringing 
the Company’s network of charging stations to 38.
I’m particularly pleased to share that our HPPs, 
including large ones, are a low-carbon source 
of electricity and this year En+ Group became the only 
company in the country to receive international 
certification for its HPPs. This required a review 
of greenhouse gas emissions from the reservoirs 
of the Angara Cascade of HPPs— Irkutsk, Bratsk and 
Ust-Ilimsk using the methodology of the International 
Energy Agency Guidelines for Quantitative Analysis 
of Net GHG Emissions from the reservoir. The study 
revealed an extremely low volume of emissions—
from 1.8 to 7 grams of CO2 per kWh, which is not only 
lower than the emissions of other types of traditional 
generation, but also lower than the average indicators 
of the world’s boreal reservoirs.
RUSAL has verified greenhouse gas emissions from 
the production of its products. The assessment 
of the indicators was carried out by a division 
of TÜV AUSTRIA Standards & Compliance, one 
of the world’s leading providers of certification, 
testing, inspection and verification services. According 
to the analysis, 100% of the metal produced by RUSAL 
has greenhouse gas emissions of less than 4 tonnes 
of CO2e per tonne of aluminium for Scopes 1 and 2, 
which meets the criterion for aluminium with a low 
carbon footprint from leading international analytical 
agencies such as Fastmarkets and S&P Global.
I’d like to highlight a significant achievement: some 
910 tonne of aluminium with a carbon footprint 
of 0.01 CO2e was produced this year using inert 
anode technology and industrial implementation 
of this technology will allow the Metals segment 
to maintain its leadership in international markets 
as the largest producer of primary aluminium with a low 
carbon footprint.  
RUSAL has also become the first international company 
to undergo China’s Green Power Aluminium (GPA) 
certification process. Three plants have confirmed their 
compliance with the regulatory standards set under 
the GPA initiative.
Also driving sustainable development 
of its product range, RUSAL implemented 
a pilot project at the Volgograd Aluminium 
Smelter (VgAZ) to recycle scrap and use 
it in the production of cylindrical ingots. 
Increasing scrap recycling allows for an expansion 
of the portfolio of products with a low carbon 
footprint and is one of RUSAL’s strategic goals. 
Our commitment to environmental protection 
extends beyond our operations. To protect 
the area of En+ Group’s responsibility, the Baikal 
Plastic Free Alliance, founded by En+, conducted 
its second expedition in 2024 to lift sunken plastic 
fishing gear from the lake’s bed. During the week-
long expedition, more than 4 km of nets were 
lifted, along with 400 kg of other waste, including 
a quadcopter, camera lens, anchor, rubber mats, 
metal and plastic dishes.
Driving ratings 
We are pleased to report that in 2025, 
the Chinese rating agency ССGFX assigned 
an ESG rating to En+ at the level of “A-”. 
In a world increasingly conscious of environmental 
and social governance, such ratings are not just 
mere letters, but powerful indicators of our 
commitment to responsible business practices. 
The rating was assigned based on an analysis 
of 17 key indicators of En+ Group in the area 
of environmental, social responsibility, and 
corporate governance. In almost all aspects 
the Company exceeded the industry average. 
The Group also achieved ESG Rating “A” from the 
national rating agency “Expert” (recognising a very 
high level of compliance with interests in the field 
of sustainable development).
Christopher Burnham
Chairman of the Board, En+ Group
Driving our future
I should like to pay tribute 
to the commitment and determination 
of our employees during this period.  
The higher cost of equipment and longer 
delivery lead times, as well as a shortage 
of personnel in most sectors of the economy 
had a significant effect on the activities 
of En+, yet the Company has continued 
to demonstrate determination, flexibility 
and resilience, relying on the strengthening 
of raw material independence.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
19
18
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

The year 2024 presented En+ Group with a number 
of challenges, the resolution of which impacts 
the Company’s development. Geopolitical environment, 
economic volatility, and continued tight monetary 
policy all posed serious tests for our operations during 
the past year. However, through the coordinated 
and professional efforts of our management team, 
combined with the resilience of our business model 
and consistent human resources policy, the Company 
maintained stability and sustainability, achieved positive 
financial and operational results, and outlined key areas 
of work for the future.
We consider it essential to strengthen Russia’s domestic 
market by providing reliable and affordable electricity 
and collaborating with domestic equipment suppliers. 
Simultaneously, we continue to foster relationships 
with foreign partners, developing new mutually 
beneficial connections, proposing joint projects, and 
implementing them successfully.
Statement from the Chief 
Executive Officer
The past year was marked by significant achievements 
across various areas of the Group’s operations. In our 
Power segment, three new power units are currently 
under construction at CHP-11 in the Irkutsk Region. 
These units are vital for addressing the region’s capacity 
deficit, ensuring power supply to existing consumers, 
and connection of new ones. Investments in this project 
will amount to at least RUB 150 billion, and we are fully 
committed to completing it on schedule.
En+ Group remains dedicated to the development 
of Russia’s hydropower industry, which we believe 
will contribute substantially to a sustainable economy 
and the achievement of net zero emissions. In 2024, 
En+ Group and the Government of the Republic 
of Buryatia signed a cooperation agreement 
to implement the Moksky hydropower complex 
construction project, which includes two HPPs 
on the Vitim River with potential capacities of 1,200 
and 210 MW. In the meantime, the modernisation 
of the Company’s existing HPPs as part of the New 
Energy Programme continues. In 2024, we completed 
the first stage of the Irkutsk HPP upgrade and replaced 
one runner each at the Bratsk and Krasnoyarsk HPPs. 
Through this programme, we have already increased 
low-carbon generation by 2.5 billion kWh and prevented 
the GHG emissions of over 2.9 mt of CO2e.
The Group’s Metals segment also demonstrated 
impressive results. In 2024, RUSAL professionals 
successfully baked and launched an industrial 
electrolyser using inert anodes, making a breakthrough 
in this technology and bringing its full-scale 
implementation closer to reality. Combined with 
green energy from our HPPs, this technology enables 
aluminium production with an unprecedentedly low 
carbon footprint. RUSAL has also entered the next 
phase of modernisation at its Siberian aluminium 
plants and has begun constructing new workshops 
at aluminium smelters in Krasnoyarsk and Bratsk.
En+ Group remains a systemically important company 
and a key partner in many regions of Siberia, which 
makes it imperative for us to improve living conditions 
and the overall quality of life in these areas. To this 
end, we are building sports centers, cultural and social 
facilities in our areas of responsibility, promoting 
healthcare and education, and renovating major urban 
attractions and public spaces. In 2024, our social 
investments exceeded RUB 7.0 billion.
The Company continues to prioritise human resources 
development, an issue that currently affects all sectors 
of the Russian economy without exception. To educate 
future generations of power engineers, metallurgists, 
and miners, the Company implements a comprehensive 
range of educational programmes that meet modern 
requirements. I am confident that our strategies will 
enable us to build a well-qualified talent pool to serve 
Russia’s future needs.
We are one of the largest employers, with over 
90,000 people working in our operations in Russia 
and abroad, and we take responsibility for their 
well-being and that of their families. The company 
fulfills all its obligations to support its employees: 
salaries are regularly indexed, and we provide meal 
allowances, medical insurance, and mortgage and 
housing programmes.
To summarise, we have successfully navigated 
the challenges of 2024 and set ourselves clear 
achievable goals for the future. In a world 
of constant change, we serve as a model 
of adaptability and sustainability, continually 
seeking new opportunities for growth. I would 
like to highlight the outstanding professionalism, 
accountability and innovative problem-
solving demonstrated by our management 
and employees. I extend my sincere thanks 
to the entire team for their dedication to achieving 
our goals. Special gratitude goes to shareholders, 
partners and employees for their trust and 
support during these challenging times. I am 
confident that our collective dedication, expertise, 
knowledge and ambition will enable us to meet 
every challenge and continue our progress.
The year 2024 presented 
En+ Group with 
a number of challenges, 
the resolution of which 
impacts the Company’s 
development.
Vladimir Kolmogorov
Chief Executive Officer
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
21
20
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Metals 
segment 
Power 
segment 
Business model
22.0 mtpa
Total bauxite capacity
10.4 mtpa
Total alumina capacity1
727.2 mn m³
Water consumption 
USD 311 mn
Pension plan payments
USD 1,848 mn
Employee wages, including 
total retirement costs
USD 2.2 bn
Market capitalisation
USD 2.9 bn
Adjusted EBITDA
19.5 GW
Total installed electrical 
capacity
4.2 mtpa
Aluminium capacity2
USD 27.5 bn
Total assets 
USD 1.9 bn
Capital expenditure 
1	
RUSAL attributable capacity.
2	 Excluding Boguchany Aluminium Smelter (BoAZ), a joint 50/50 project 
of RUSAL and strategic partner. Ten aluminium smelters in operation 
(ALSCON in Nigeria is mothballed).
>100
Professional training and  
development programmes 
for En+ Group employees
USD 24.8 mn
R&D expenses  
~93,000
Employees on 5 continents
74%
Employee satisfaction
A(RU) “Stable” 
Credit rating
A-
ESG rating
Natural 
Employees 
Shareholders and 
investors 
Productive 
Financial 
Intellectual 
Production 
Human 
Social and 
reputational 
For more details 
on value creation, see pages 84-85,
on stakeholder engagement, see pages 86-89,
on key risks, see pages 186-193, 
on strategy, see pages 24-27
1.3 mt
Of low-carbon ALLOW 
aluminium sold
4.17 of 5
Average customer 
satisfaction score
USD 76 mn
Social investments
USD 495 mn
Mandatory payments to 
governments
Customers 
Local communities 
and NGOs 
80.2%
Share of purchases from 
local suppliers
Suppliers 
Allow
Maximising efficiency
Ensuring a stable financial 
situation 
Committing to sustainability 
Increasing 
capacity 
Driving 
innovation 
Strategy
5
4
1
2
3
15.9
mt
Bauxites
3.6
mt
Nephelines
6.4
mt
Alumina
3.9
mt
Aluminium
3.9
mt
Aluminium 
1.4
mt
Value-added products
73.7
TWh
Hydropower 
26.3
mn Gcal 
Heat
16.9
TWh
Thermal energy 
163.2
GW
Sales of capacity 
Sales 
Capital
Value for stakeholders
Output
SASB: IF-EU-000.D, IF-EU-000.C
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
23
22
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Strategy
The Group’s strategy is focused on leading the Company 
to become the world’s foremost vertically integrated 
producer of high-value-added products made from 
low-carbon aluminium by utilising self-produced renewable 
energy and raw materials.
We maintain our commitment to the Group’s sustainable 
development strategy by enhancing manufacturing 
technology and modernising assets, simultaneously aiming 
to boost the production of cost-efficient aluminium, which 
will have a positive impact on our profit margins, financial 
stability, and debt burden.
Strategic priorities 
and global trends (#)
Strategic objectives 
2024 Highlights
Reference 
to UN SDGs 
and national 
development goals
1
Maximising 
efficiency
#localisation 
of production
#decarbonisation
Vertical integration to secure a supply 
of raw materials
The Company prioritises achieving self-
sufficiency in raw materials. The Metals 
segment is therefore committed 
to the following objectives:
•	 Return to at least 100% self-
sufficiency in alumina for aluminium 
production
•	 Achieve 100% self-sufficiency 
in anodes for aluminium production
•	 Attain at least 100% and 80% 
self-sufficiency in flux and master 
alloys, respectively, for aluminium 
production
By using self-generated hydropower 
in the aluminium smelting process, 
we not only generate income 
for the Power segment by providing 
steady baseload demand for electricity 
but also effectively reduce the carbon 
footprint of primary aluminium 
production as almost 100% of energy 
used for smelting is renewable.
>90%
of energy used 
in aluminium smelting 
is the Company’s own 
hydropower supply
88%
1
Self-sufficiency 
in bauxites and 
nephelines
~78%
1
Self-sufficiency 
in alumina
3  4
Production cost savings
To cut production costs, the Company 
aims to achieve independence from 
external raw material suppliers and 
strategically positions aluminium 
smelters near HPPs, capitalising on cost 
savings from location synergies.
En+ Group is dedicated to enhancing 
operational efficiency through digital 
transformation initiatives and robust 
business system integrations.
USD 10,216 mn
Total cost of sales
USD 128.5 mn
Total economic 
benefit from 
the implementation 
of business system 
projects
5
Strategic priorities 
and global trends (#)
Strategic objectives 
2024 Highlights
Reference 
to UN SDGs 
and national 
development goals
Higher profitability
The Metals segment is prioritising 
the expansion of high-value-added 
product (VAP) capacity. The Aluminium 
Division is actively expanding its VAP 
capacity to offer more products like foil, 
powders, extrusions, and aluminium 
wheels.
1,422 kt
VAP sales volumes
10.9 kt
Volume of processed 
secondary alloys
2
Increasing 
capacity
#energy transition
#decarbonisation
Aluminium capacity expansions
The Group is consistently growing 
its aluminium capacity:
•	 In 2024, all electrolysers of the first 
series were put into operation at 
the Taishet Aluminium Smelter, 
and commercial products are being 
manufactured.
•	 Currently, the Company is planning 
for the second stage of Taishet 
and Boguchany Aluminium Smelter 
projects
5
Ramp-up of renewable generation 
capacity
The Company is actively pursuing 
the development of new renewable-
energy facilities, including:
•	 new HPP projects 
•	 solar capacity additions
•	 a wind farm project 
The New Energy programme 
for upgrading hydro capacity is also 
underway, aimed at boosting plant unit 
reliability and overall generation levels.
2.2 GW
Aggregate capacity 
of new hydro projects
2.4 billion kWh 
Additional generation 
through the New Energy 
programme starting 
from 2026
1 GW
Potential capacity 
of the wind farm
4
1	
Taking into account the shutdown of alumina production at the Nikolaev Alumina Refinery and the Australian Government’s ban on exporting alumina and aluminium 
ores to Russia. Taking into account the acquisition of a 30% interest in an alumina plant Hebei Wenfeng New Material Co., ltd., located in China.
National development goals:
Preservation of the population, 
strengthening health and 
improving the well-being 
of people, supporting families
Self-fulfilment of each person, unlocking 
their talents, and educating a patriotic 
and socially responsible person
Comfortable 
and safe living 
environment
1
2
3
Ecological  
well-being
Sustainable and dynamic 
economy
Technological 
leadership
4
5
6
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
25
24
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Strategic priorities 
and global trends (#)
Strategic objectives 
2024 Highlights
Reference 
to UN SDGs 
and national 
development goals
3
Ensuring a stable 
financial position
#sustainable finance
En+ Group remains focused on adapting 
to evolving circumstances and external 
influences, aiming to maintain robust 
liquidity and a solid financial standing.
USD 14,649 mn
Revenue
USD 2,927 mn
Adjusted EBITDA
20%
Adjusted EBITDA 
margin
5
4
Driving innovation
#energy transition
#automation and 
robotics
Advancing and scaling aluminium and 
alloy production technologies
Key focal points in the Group’s 
technology portfolio are refining 
our proprietary RA-550 aluminium 
production cells, priming our inert 
anode technology for commercial use, 
and scaling production technology 
for aluminium-scandium alloy-based 
VAPs.
0.01
t of CO2e per  
t of aluminium
GHG emissions per 
tonne of aluminium 
(Scope 1 and 2) 
produced with inert 
anode technology
   
 
5  6
Driving renewable technology 
innovation
The Company’s Power segment R&D 
projects include research into tandem 
perovskite solar panels, energy storage, 
green hydrogen transport.
   
Strategic priorities 
and global trends (#)
Strategic objectives 
2024 Highlights
Reference 
to UN SDGs 
and national 
development goals
5
Committing 
to sustainability
#energy transition
#decarbonisation
#circular economy
#tougher competition 
for talent
#creating an inclusive 
environment
#increasing social 
responsibility 
of business
Achieving carbon neutrality
The Company has set climate targets 
to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050 
and to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions by at least 35% by 2035 (from 
a 2018 baseline). We have also unveiled 
a detailed roadmap to achieve carbon 
neutrality.
66.6
mt of CO2e 
Total GHG emissions 
(Scope 1, 2, and 3)
   
5
Mitigating our environmental impact 
To eliminate or mitigate 
its environmental footprint across 
all businesses, En+ Group is strongly 
focused on driving R&D, adopting best 
available technology, and investing 
in modernisation.
USD 212.3 mn
Total environmental 
protection spending
   
3  4
Human capital development
En+ Group’s key HR objectives 
are to recruit and retain highly skilled 
talent, boost employee engagement, 
and provide a supportive working 
environment with attractive working 
conditions that foster professional 
growth among our people and promote 
the well-being of their families.
16.8%
Employee turnover
2
Positive contribution 
to the development of our 
responsibility regions
En+ Group’s social investments 
are directed towards enhancing public 
health, facilitating opportunities 
for physical activity, ensuring equal 
access to high-quality and innovative 
education, developing accessible 
infrastructure, and providing support 
to individuals facing challenging 
circumstances.
USD 76 mn
Social investments
1
Providing safe work environment
Safety is our absolute priority 
in everything we do. En+ Group 
is committed to ensuring a safe working 
environment for its people, contractors, 
and partners
0.84
Lost Time Injury 
Frequency Rate (LTIFR) 
per 1 million man-hours 
worked
1
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
27
26
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Business review
Metals segment
Market overview
Global demand for aluminium1
In 2024, the worldwide economic landscape 
faced persistent inflation challenges, 
increasing interest rates, ongoing trade 
wars, swift consumption growth in China’s 
green industries, a slow rebound in European 
production, and rapid production growth 
in the US. In addition , in 2024 decarbonisation 
accelerated on the back of the adoption 
of stricter international standards 
for greenhouse gas emissions, rising consumer 
demand for sustainable products and 
the increasing importance of environmental, 
social and governance (ESG) criteria.
Thus,  consumption rates in the global aluminium 
market saw further growth. In 2024, global aluminium 
consumption amounted to 72.6 mt, which is 3.1% 
higher year-on-year. China’s consumption rose 
to 45.1 mt, a 5.0% increase from the previous year. 
The achievement was made possible by governmental 
support initiatives that aimed to speed up economic 
development, which in turn fostered an increase 
in aluminium demand. As for aluminium consumption 
in the rest of the world (outside China), there 
was a slight increase of 0.5% year-on-year to 27.5 mt 
in 2024. Demand growth intensified in the second half 
of 2024 and was recorded in all aluminium consumption 
areas, but stronger growth was seen in construction, 
packaging and electricity.
The automotive industry remains the main consumer 
of aluminium (25.6% of total aluminium consumption). 
Although the production of automobiles declined 
by 1.6% in 2024, aluminium consumption continued 
to grow, driven by the increasing adoption of electric 
vehicles. The electric vehicle market is expanding 
due to stricter emission standards, government 
incentives and advances in battery technology. 
In addition, the development of charging station 
infrastructure and increasing consumer demand 
for sustainable transport is accelerating this growth. 
This has been largely due to the production of electric 
vehicles. According to Rho Motion, a leading electric 
vehicle research company, global sales of electric 
vehicles in 2024 grew 25% from 2023. The Chinese 
automotive industry accounts for a significant 
portion of this growth, rising by 36% year-on-year.  
This was significantly influenced by plug-in hybrid 
electric vehicles (PHEVs), which surged by 81%, 
while the battery electric vehicle (BEV) segment only 
increased by 19%. Increasing demand for range-
extended electric vehicles (REEVs) played a significant 
role in the growth of PHEVs in China, although this 
technology is yet to be widely adopted in Western 
markets.
The construction industry remains the second largest 
consumption sector, accounting for 19.9% of global 
aluminium consumption. Signs of a slowdown 
in China’s construction sector first became evident 
in 2022, as the industry grappled with decreased 
investment levels, stalled construction projects, and 
a weakening real estate market leading to a long-
term reduction in the demand for aluminium. 
By 2024, the risk of deflation in China intensified, 
which prompted the government to take measures 
to prevent a further decline in the construction sector. 
Despite the government’s best efforts, aluminium 
consumption in China’s construction sector again 
fell by 4.8%. Globally, aside from China, the outlook 
appeared more positive as the year concluded. 
The global construction industry showed the first signs 
of recovery in the second half of 2024, as interest rates 
72.6 mt 
Global aluminium consumption in 2024,  
+3.1% y-o-y
began to fall, which reduced the cost of borrowing 
and encouraged new investment. This shift helped 
stabilise aluminium demand in regions such 
as North America and Europe, where infrastructure 
modernisation and sustainable construction projects 
increased.
Aluminium consumption in the packaging sector 
in 2024 grew to 16.4% of global consumption 
resulting from the expansion of production facilities, 
the launch of new plants and high consumer demand. 
Furthermore, a growing consciousness about 
environmental issues among consumers, along with 
more stringent regulations in the EU, US, and various 
other nations targeting the reduction of plastic 
waste, led to a rise in the use  of aluminium. High-end 
cosmetic and beverage brands are progressively 
adopting aluminium packaging to enhance their 
eco-friendliness and brand perception.
The electrical engineering sector also showed strong 
growth in 2024, accounting for 16.3% of global 
aluminium consumption. In its September 2024 analysis, 
Ember estimated that the total capacity of solar panels 
installed around the globe would amount to 593 GW 
by year-end. This marks a 29% rise compared to last 
year’s installations, maintaining robust growth following 
an 87% surge in 2023. This growth is in line with global 
investment in energy infrastructure, which, according 
to the International Energy Agency (IEA), exceeded 
USD 2 trillion, with investment in green energy covering 
renewables, electric vehicle infrastructure and energy 
storage, for the first time ever reaching double the level 
of funding for fossil fuels. With an impressive investment 
of USD 675 billion, China topped the worldwide 
green energy funding competition, while Europe and 
the United States followed with USD 370 billion and 
USD 315 billion, respectively.
Global aluminium supply
The worldwide supply of primary aluminium was up 
2.5% year-on-year to 72.6 mt in 2024. Production 
in the rest of the world (excluding China) increased 
by 1.0% to 29.4 mt, driven by production restarts and 
capacity expansions in South America and India.
Aluminium production in China in 2024 rose by 3.8% 
year-on-year to 43.2 mt. With aluminium production 
capacity in China already peaking at 45 mt, further 
growth will be limited. By end-2024, the Chinese 
manufacturing sector posted net capacity additions 
of about 1.8 mt to 43.9 mt, taking into account new 
capacity additions totalling 0.43 mt and the restarts 
of production suspended earlier (1.87 mt). China’s 
aluminium production capacity reached 45.4 mt 
by the end of 2024 (excluding illegal capacity).
In 2024, China exported an unprecedented amount 
of unwrought aluminium and alloys, surpassing  figures 
from the prior year, driven by robust export arbitrage 
beyond its borders to other countries. The year 2024 
marked a 17.2% year-on-year increase in China’s exports 
of unwrought aluminium, alloys, and semi-processed 
metals, amounting to 6.66 mt. However, the removal 
of VAT refunds on the majority of aluminium exports 
by the Chinese government, effective 1 December 
2024, is likely to result in an exports decline 
in the future. The imports of unwrought aluminium and 
alloys by China in 2024 grew dramatically by 25.2% 
year-on-year, achieving a total of 3.4 mt. That being 
said, the cancellation of VAT refunds on Chinese 
aluminium products significantly increased the negative 
arbitrage on imports of unwrought aluminium by China. 
In the coming years, the growth in aluminium imports 
will depend on the growth in domestic consumption 
and aluminium prices on the Chinese domestic market.
1	
Unless otherwise stated, data sources for this section include Bloomberg, CRU, CNIA, IAI and Antaike.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
29
28
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Operational performance
SASB EM-MM-000.A 
Aluminium
RUSAL owns eleven2 aluminium smelters located 
in three countries: Russia (nine plants), Sweden 
(one plant), and Nigeria (one plant). The Company’s 
core operating assets are located in Siberia, Russia, 
accounting for approximately 94% of the Company’s 
total aluminium output in 2024. Among those, BrAZ 
and KrAZ collectively represent over half of the Metals 
segment’s aluminium production. The Company also 
holds an 85% stake in a Nigeria-based smelter.
Throughout 2024, the Metals segment continued 
to implement a comprehensive programme to control 
costs and streamline operating processes, reinforcing 
the Company’s position as one of the world’s most 
cost-efficient aluminium producers.
The Group’s primary aluminium production for the year 
ended 31 December 2024 increased to 3,992 kt 
compared with 3,848 kt in 2023. The output 
growth by 3.7% was due to the commissioning of all 
electrolysers of the first start-up complex at Taishet 
Aluminium Smelter. In 2024, VAP sales were 1,422 kt 
out of total sales of 3,859 kt.
Alumina
As of the end of 2024, the Group owned eight3 alumina 
refineries. They are located in five countries: Ireland 
(one plant), Jamaica (two plants, one legal entity), Italy 
(one plant), Russia (four plants), and Guinea (one plant). 
In addition, RUSAL holds a 20% stake in Queensland 
Alumina Ltd. (QAL), an Australia-based alumina refinery, 
and a 30% stake in Wenfeng, a China-based alumina 
refinery.
In 2024, total alumina production by the Metals 
segment increased by 25.3% year-on-year to 6,430 kt 
compared with 5,133 kt in 2023. This production 
increase was due to the acquisition of a 30% stake 
in Hebei Wenfeng New Material Co., ltd. in China.
Aluminium production, kt
Alumina production4, kt
3,581
134
‘22
‘23
‘24
120
3,602
126
119
3,761
122
109
3,835 
3,848 
3,992
Russia (Siberia)
Russia (other than Siberia)
Other countries
3,992
kt
1,629
422
‘22
‘23
‘24
300
1,383
456
3,022
1,740
435
1,075
5,953 
5,133 
6,430
3,080
340
182
273
2,841
338
Ireland
Jamaica
Ukraine
China
6,430
kt
Russia
Guinea
Australia (JV)
2	 Ten aluminium smelters are in operation now (Alscon in Nigeria has been mothballed).
3	 Seven alumina refineries are in operation now (Eurallumina in Italy has been mothballed).
4	 Pro-rata share of production attributable to the Group.
1	
According to the London Metal Exchange.
LME aluminium price performance1, USD/t
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
Jan
2023
Mar
2023
May
2023
July
2023
Nov 
2023
Jan
2024
Feb 
2024
Apr 
2024
June
2024
Aug 
2024
Sept 
2024
Oct 
2024
Dec 
2024
In the second half of 2024, following a rise amid high 
trading volatility in the first half of the year, aluminium 
inventories at the London Metal Exchange trended 
downwards until mid-December, but then jumped 
by 560 kt to 1.128 mt towards the end of May 2024 
gradually returning to the level of 635 kt by the end 
of 2024. The volume of metal stored outside 
of LME-approved warehouses (reported off-warrant 
stocks) fluctuated throughout 2024 and by the end 
of November dropped by 111 kt to 325 kt.
Overall, regional aluminium premiums mostly 
increased by the end of 2024 on the back of a recovery 
in consumption growth outside China in the second 
half of 2024, the threat of import duties from 
the US and the removal of China’s export tax credit. 
As a result, Chinese exports of semi-finished products 
saw a decrease in December, which may cause a drop 
in the delivery of aluminium semi-finished items to Asian 
regions shortly.
In December 2024, the US Midwest aluminium 
premiums rose by about 2.2 cents per pound to 23.4 
cents per pound and continue to grow in Europe amid 
wide contango, potential sanctions against Russia-
sourced aluminium and risks of US import duties. 
By end-2024, the European P1020 duty unpaid 
premium in-warehouse Rotterdam was USD 307 per 
tonne. Asian premiums rose sharply in the second half 
of 2024. The Japanese premium reached USD 220 
at year end against the backdrop of growing regional 
premiums and a potential short-term supply deficit 
in the Asian region.
Metals segment
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
31
30
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Foil production, kt
Wheel production, thousand wheels
70.1
41.2
‘22
‘23
‘24
81.4
29.2
75.0
22.9
111.3 
110.6 
97.9
For domestic market (Russia and CIS)
For exports
97.9
kt
‘22
‘23
‘24
1,667 
2,346 
3,080
3,080
thousand wheels
Metals segment
Downstream projects
Foil and packaging
In 2024, the Group’s foil production volume was 97.9 kt, 
a decrease of 12.7 kt, or 11.5%, against 2023.
The output at RUSAL SAYANAL declined by 9.31 kt, 
or 21.1%, against 2023 due to increased production 
at the new construction tape line and the converting 
(coated foil) shop. The production at RUSAL Armenal 
decreased by 3.72 kt (or 13.94% against 2023) 
due to a lower share of exports and substitution with foil 
produced domestically in Russia.
Wheel business
In 2024, the aluminium wheels market continued 
its recovery after the 2022 crisis and showed a 37% 
growth. The main driver was the original equipment 
manufacturer (OEM) market that experienced a 61% 
growth, while supplies to the aftermarket (AM) segment 
increased by 24%.
Wheel output surged by 31.3% in 2024 
to 3,080 thousand wheels, propelled by the recovery 
of the aluminium wheels market after the 2022 crisis.
In 2024, SKAD continued its 2023 efforts to increase 
its share of the primary sales channels, boosting 
its sales through the OEM channel by 58% year-on-
year and through the AM channel by 9% year-on-year.
Other businesses
Secondary alloys
The amount of dross and aluminium-containing waste 
recycled into secondary aluminium increased by 4 kt, 
or 58%, in 2024 compared to the previous year.
Silicon production
Silicon output in 2024 rose by 4.1% to 53.0 kt 
compared to 2023.
Other mining assets
The mining portfolio of the Metals segment encompasses 
15 mines and mining complexes, including bauxite 
operations, two quartzite mines, one fluorite mine, two 
coal mines, one nepheline syenite mine, and two limestone 
mines.
The Company’s long position in alumina capacity 
is supported by its bauxite and nepheline syenite 
resource base.
The Company jointly owns two coal mines with Samruk-
Energy, the energy division of Samruk-Kazyna from 
Kazakhstan, through a 50/50 joint venture, Bogatyr 
Coal LLP.
Bogatyr Coal LLP
Bogatyr Coal LLP, located in Kazakhstan. In 2024, 
the company produced approximately 42.7 mt of coal. 
As of 31 December 2024, Bogatyr Coal LLP held coal 
reserves across layers 1, 2, and 3 totalling 1,929 mt. 
Bogatyr Coal LLP recorded sales of approximately 
USD 287 million in 2023 and USD 294 million 
in 2024. Russian and Kazakh customers account 
for approximately 22% and 78% of coal sales, 
respectively.
1	
Taking into account the shutdown of alumina production at Nikolaev Alumina Refinery and the Australian Government’s 
ban on exporting alumina and aluminium ores to Russia. Taking into account the acquisition of a 30% interest 
in an alumina plant Hebei Wenfeng New Material Co., ltd., located in China.
2	 The bauxite output data: 1) were calculated based on a pro-rata share of the Company’s interest in the corresponding 
bauxite mines and mining complexes; 2) include the total production volume by the Company’s fully consolidated 
subsidiary, Bauxite Company of Guyana Inc., notwithstanding that minority interests in all similar subsidiaries are held 
by third parties; 3) are reported as wet weight (including moisture).
3	 Pro-rata share of production attributable to the Group.
Bauxites and nephelines
Bauxites and nephelines are essential raw materials 
for alumina production. In 2024, the Group was 88%1 
self-sufficient in bauxites and nephelines.
Bauxites
The Group operates seven bauxite mines. The Metals 
segment’s bauxite mines are located in four countries: 
Russia (two mines), Jamaica (one mine), Guyana (one 
mine), and Guinea (three mines). The Company’s robust 
raw material base helps it secure sufficient supply 
for prospective expansion of its alumina production 
capacity. In addition, the Group sells bauxites to third 
parties.
Bauxite production3, kt
1,631
5,780
‘22
‘23
‘24
4,909
1,616
6,181
5,579
1,592
5,474
8,818
12,319 
13,376 
15,885
Jamaica
Russia
Guinea
15,885
kt
The Group’s total attributable bauxite output2 
was 15,885 kt in 2024 (against 13,376 kt in 2023). 
An 18.8% increase in the output for 2024 
was driven primarily by capacity expansion projects 
at Compagnie des Bauxites de Kindia (CBK) and 
Dian-Dian facilities.
Nephelines
The Metals segment’s total nepheline syenite 
production was 3,650 kt in 2024 as compared with 
4,519 kt in 2023. The 19.2% decrease in output 
was driven by the need to meet the nepheline ore 
demand of the consumer plant.
Nepheline mines (Achinsk), kt, wet
‘22
‘23
‘24
4,363 
4,519 
3,650
3,650
kt
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
33
32
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1	
Production and operational data in this section are derived from https://nornickel.ru.
Norilsk Nickel maintains diversified metal sales across 
various regions. Meanwhile, in 2024, the proportion 
of sales to Asia and Russia rose compared to 2023, 
whereas sales to Europe, Middle East, Africa, North 
America, and South America saw a decline.
As of 31 December 2024, the market value of RUSAL’s 
investment in Norilsk Nickel stood at USD 4,582 million, 
representing a decrease compared to the market 
value as of 31 December 2023 (USD 7,273 million). 
The decline in the value of Norilsk Nickel is driven by, 
firstly, continuing external pressure (high geopolitical 
tension, imposition of economic restrictions against 
Russia by several countries, lower prices for key 
metals) and, secondly, an increase in the key rate 
of the Bank of Russia (which has led, on the one hand, 
to higher interest expenses, and, on the other hand, 
to a revaluation of the entire stock market in Russia).
26.39%
RUSAL’s shareholding in Norilsk Nickel
USD 4,585 mn
Market value of RUSAL’s investment  
in Norilsk Nickel as of 31 December 2024
205 kt of nickel
Norilsk Nickel produced in 2024
Investment in Norilsk Nickel
Norilsk Nickel is the world’s largest producer 
of palladium and high-grade nickel and one 
of the leading producers of platinum, copper, 
and cobalt. As of the most recent reporting 
date, RUSAL held a 26.39% shareholding 
in Norilsk Nickel.
RUSAL’s shareholding in Norilsk Nickel allows 
for significant earnings diversification through Norilsk 
Nickel’s exposure to platinum group metals  and 
non-ferrous metals (nickel, copper, and cobalt) and 
broadens RUSAL’s strategic prospects.
Norilsk Nickel’s profile and financial 
performance1 
As of 31 December 2024, Norilsk Nickel’s resource 
base on the Taimyr Peninsula and Kola Peninsula 
consisted of 1,267 mt of proved and probable ore 
reserves and 1,869 mt of measured and indicated 
mineral resources. Its primary assets are situated 
in Russia (Norilsk Industrial District, Kola Peninsula, 
Trans-Baikal Territory) and in Finland.
In 2024, Norilsk Nickel produced 205 kt of nickel 
(a 2% decrease year-on-year), 433 kt of copper 
(a 2% increase year-on-year), 2,762 koz of palladium 
(a 3% increase year-on-year), and 667 koz 
of platinum (a 0.5% increase year-on-year).
According to the production report of PJSC MMC 
Norilsk Nickel for 2024, the following main factors 
that influenced the change in production can be 
outlined. The slight decrease in nickel production 
in 2024 was mainly due to the temporary shutdown 
of the flash smelting furnace (FSF-2) at Nadezhdinski 
Metallurgical Plant for scheduled capital repairs. 
As a result of the complete reconstruction of FSF-2, 
its productivity increased by 25%. The slight increase 
in other metals production was mainly due to the low 
base in 2023.
Metals segment
BEMO project
The Boguchany Energy and Metals Complex (BEMO) 
project involves the construction of the 3,000-MW 
Boguchany HPP (with a projected average annual 
electricity output of 17.6 billion kWh) and Boguchany 
Aluminium Smelter (BoAZ), capable of producing 
600 kt of metal per annum, in the Krasnoyarsk 
Territory in Siberia.
BoAZ was constructed in two stages, each 
designed to produce 298 kt of aluminium annually. 
The initial segment of the first stage, producing 
149 kt of aluminium annually with 168 electrolysers, 
was launched in 2015. Subsequently, the second 
segment of the first stage came online in March 2019. 
In May 2019, the first stage of the smelter reached 
its design capacity. In 2024, production of aluminium 
and alloys reached 301.2 kt, marking an increase 
of 1.3 kt year-on-year.
The potential construction of the second stage 
of the BoAZ will be considered jointly with the strategic 
partner, contingent upon market conditions and project 
funding availability.
The project’s composite gravity rock-fill dam 
was completed at the end of 2011, and nine 333-MW 
hydropower units of Boguchany HPP commenced 
operation between 2012 and 2014. The total installed 
capacity of all nine operating hydropower units amounts 
to 2,997 MW.
Acquisition of a stake 
in an alumina refinery
In April 2024, the Group completed 
the acquisition of a 30% stake in Hebei 
Wenfeng New Materials Co., Ltd., 
an alumina refinery located in China. 
The transaction amounted 
to USD 316 million. The transaction 
strengthened the Company’s raw 
material security, reducing risks 
in the area of critical raw material 
supply.
The hydropower plant started commercial electricity 
supply to the wholesale electricity and capacity market 
on 1 December 2012. In 2024, the plant produced 
and supplied 20,260 million kWh of electricity 
to the wholesale electricity and capacity market, 
marking a 1.7% increase of 336 million kWh compared 
to 2023.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
35
34
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Assets overview
Location
Installed capacity
2023 production
2024 production
Capacity 
utilisation rate 
(%)
Aluminium smelters 
Bratsk Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
1,009 ktpa
1,005 kt
1,002 kt
99%
Krasnoyarsk Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Krasnoyarsk 
Territory)
1,019 ktpa
1,014 kt
1,015 kt
100%
Sayanogorsk Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Republic 
of Khakassia)
542 ktpa
538 kt
531 kt
98%
Novokuznetsk Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Kemerovo 
Region)
215 ktpa
204 kt
196 kt
91%
Khakas Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Republic 
of Khakassia)
297 ktpa
304 kt
307 kt
103%
Irkutsk Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
422 ktpa
425 kt
423 kt
100%
Taishet Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
428 ktpa
112 kt
288 kt
67%
Kandalaksha Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Murmansk 
Region)
76 ktpa
57 kt
54 kt
71%
Volgograd Aluminium 
Smelter
Russia (Volgograd 
Region)
69 ktpa
69 kt
68 kt
98%
KUBAL 
Sweden
128 ktpa
119 kt
109 kt
85%
ALSCON1
Nigeria
–
–
–
0%
Boguchany Aluminium 
Smelter2
Russia (Krasnoyarsk 
Territory)
292 ktpa
300 kt
301 kt
100%
Metals segment
1	
Mothballed.
2	 A 50/50 joint venture between the Metals segment and RusHydro. The capacity and production volumes 
of the BEMO project are not included in the Company’s consolidated operational data.
Location
Installed capacity
2023 production
2024 production
Capacity 
utilisation rate 
(%)
Alumina refineries 
Achinsk Alumina Refinery
Russia (Krasnoyarsk 
Territory)
1,069 ktpa
872 kt
701 kt
66%
Bogoslovsk Alumina 
Refinery
Russia (Sverdlovsk 
Region)
1,030 ktpa
988 kt
977 kt
95%
Urals Alumina Refinery
Russia (Sverdlovsk 
Region)
900 ktpa
918 kt
920 kt
102%
PGLZ Alumina Refinery
Russia (Leningrad 
Region)
265 ktpa
244 kt
243 kt
92%
Friguia Alumina Refinery
Guinea
650 ktpa
273 kt
338 kt
52%
Queensland Alumina Ltd.3
Australia
3,950 ktpa
–
–
0%
Eurallumina1 
Italy
1,085 ktpa
–
–
0%
Aughinish Alumina 
Refinery
Ireland
1,990 ktpa
1,383 kt
1,740 kt
87%
Windalco
Jamaica
1,210 ktpa
456 kt
435 kt
36%
Wenfeng
China
4,800 ktpa
–
1,075 kt
22%
Bauxite mines 
Timan Bauxite
Russia (Komi Republic)
3,500 ktpa
3,923 kt
3,456 kt
99%
North Urals Bauxite Mine
Russia (Sverdlovsk 
Region)
3,000 ktpa
2,258 kt
2,018 kt
75%
Compagnie des Bauxites 
de Kindia
Guinea
3,500 ktpa
2,670 kt
3,016 kt
109% 
Friguia Bauxite and 
Alumina Complex1 
Guinea
2,100 ktpa
837 kt
1,062 kt
56%
Bauxite Company 
of Guyana4 
Guyana
1,700 ktpa
–
–
0%
Windalco
Jamaica
4,000 ktpa
1,616 kt
1,592 kt
40%
Bauxite company 
of Dian-Dian
Guinea
4,200 ktpa
2,072 kt
4,740 kt
155%
3	 Pro-rata share of capacity and production attributable to the Metals segment.
4	 Mothballed in February 2020.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
37
36
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Electricity generation
In 2024, electricity production in the UES of Russia 
increased by 4.1% year-on-year, reaching a total 
of 1,180.7 billion kWh compared to 1,134.0 billion kWh 
in 2023. The generation structure was as follows: 
CHPs – 57.3%, NPPs – 18.2%, HPPs – 17.3%,  
WPPs – 0.7%, SPPs – 0.3%, and industrial power 
stations – 6.1%.
Power generation in the Siberian IES amounted 
to 233.7 billion kWh (an increase of 3.5% year-on-year), 
with HPPs accounting for 51.7% of total electricity 
generation, CHPs for 44.2%, and RES for 4.1%. HPP 
output grew by 5.0% year-on-year to 120.8 billion kWh. 
At the same time, CHPs increased electricity production 
by 2.7% year-on-year to 103.3 billion kWh. 
The main factor affecting the overall growth in energy 
generation in the Siberian IES in 2024 was an increase 
in demand from data processing centres and aluminium 
and mining companies.
Electricity demand
Electricity consumption in the UES of Russia rose 
by 3.1% year-on-year to 1,174.1 billion kWh in 2024. 
The growth was primarily driven by increased 
consumption from the Central IES (an increase 
of 8.8 billion kWh), the IES of the South (an increase 
of 6.5 billion kWh), and the Siberian IES (an increase 
of 11.2 billion kWh).
The Europe-Urals pricing zone saw a 2.6% rise 
in electricity consumption, reaching 884.7 billion kWh. 
In the Siberian IES, electricity consumption went up 
by 4.9% to 241.1 billion kWh. 
Electricity consumption in Russia3, billion kWh
Changes in energy consumption in 2024 were driven 
by the temperature factor, industrial and household 
consumption growth.
Electricity and capacity prices
Within the Siberian IES, electricity spot prices 
are dictated by the marginal costs of the least 
efficient coal-fired power plants among those 
in demand, with HPPs operating as price takers. 
Over the long term, electricity prices tend to move 
with thermal coal prices. A significant proportion 
of the power generated by Siberian CHPs is produced 
using locally sourced brown coal. Due to seasonality 
in demand and the fluctuating availability 
of hydropower, electricity prices can exhibit 
significant fluctuations throughout the year. One 
of the primary factors with significant medium-term 
influence is the inflow and water reserves in Siberian 
HPPs’ reservoirs, driving the availability of low-cost 
hydropower in the wholesale market.
The capacity market operates somewhat differently 
from the electricity market, reflecting the long-term 
nature of decision-making. The primary method 
for selling capacity on the wholesale market is through 
competitive capacity auctions (CCAs), enabling 
the selection of the most suitable mix of generating 
capacities to meet projected demand and establishing 
a single capacity price within each pricing zone. 
Currently, CCA capacity prices are set through to 2028 
and are then adjusted annually using the Consumer 
Price Index (CPI) from the previous year minus 
0.1%, from 1 January of the CCA year until 1 January 
of the delivery year.
837.1
862.3
224.7
229.9
241.1
884.7
‘22
‘23
‘24
↑2.3% 
↑2.6% 
↑4.9% 
↑1% 
First pricing zone (Europe-Urals)
Second pricing zone (Siberian IES)
Change y-o-y
↑
Structure of the Siberian IES by installed 
capacity, %
1	
Unless otherwise stated, data sources in the section include TSA, NP Market Council Association, and System Operator of the United Energy System.
2	 Comprises the Central, Middle Volga, Urals, North-West, and South energy systems.
3	 According to the System Operator of the United Energy System of Russia (www.so-ups.ru).
Market overview1
Overview of the Russian power sector
The Russian Federation’s power sector is among 
the largest in the world; as of 1 January 2025, 
the total installed capacity of power plants 
within the United Energy System of Russia 
(UES of Russia) was 263.7 GW. In 2024, 
installed capacity increased by 0.62 GW 
due to the commissioning of 1.7 GW of new 
capacity, with the decommissioning of old 
facilities totalling 1.3 GW, and a rise of 0.3 GW 
due to other factors such as re-labelling and 
modernisation.
Most of the Group’s energy assets are located 
in the second pricing zone, within the Siberian IES. 
The Siberian IES has an operational area of 4.9 million 
km2, with a population of more than 19 million. 
The Siberian IES comprises 126 power plants with 
a total installed capacity of 52.5 GW, including 
25.4 GW of HPPs (48%), 26.5 GW of CHPs (51%), and 
581 MW of solar power plants (1%). The backbone 
grid of the Siberian IES3 consists of 110-kV, 220-kV, 
and 500-kV lines, with a total length of over 
100,000 km.
A unique feature of the Siberian IES is the significant 
role of HPPs in both the installed electrical 
capacity mix and electricity output. Thermal power 
in the Siberian IES communities is generated mainly 
through coal-fired power plants, primarily located near 
coal-mining regions.
The UES of Russia covers the most populated areas 
of the country. Grid interconnections between various 
energy systems are limited due to vast distances, so 
the Russian wholesale electricity and capacity market 
is divided into two pricing zones and four non-pricing 
zones.
The first pricing zone, the Europe-Urals zone2, 
encompasses the European region of Russia and 
includes integrated energy systems (IES) such 
as the North-West, Central, Middle Volga, Urals, and 
South.
The second pricing zone, the Siberian IES, encompasses 
Siberia. The electricity prices of the two pricing zones 
are driven by the differences in capacity and fuel mix 
in the respective pricing zones. Network constraints 
play a significant role in the second pricing zone.
Non-pricing zones include the Kaliningrad Region, 
Arkhangelsk Region, Komi Republic, and Russian Far 
East regions. These regions operate under special 
electricity pricing rules rather than market conditions.
HPPs
CHPs
SPPs
48
51 
1
Power segment
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
39
38
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Power segment
1	
Including Onda HPP, with an installed electrical capacity of 80 MW (located in the European part of Russia, leased to RUSAL); excluding 
Boguchany HPP, with an installed electrical capacity of 2,997 MW (a 50/50 JV between RUSAL and its strategic partner).
2	 Excluding Onda HPP, with an installed electrical capacity of 80 MW (located in the European part of Russia, leased to RUSAL), and Boguchany 
HPP (a 50/50 JV between RUSAL and its strategic partner).
3	 Including Onda HPP with an installed capacity of 80 MW (located in the European part of Russia, leased to RUSAL).
As of 31 December 2024, the Group’s total installed 
electrical capacity stood at 19.5 GW1, while 
the aggregate installed heat capacity was 13.7 Gcal/h. 
As of 31 December 2024, HPPs represented 78% 
of the installed electrical capacity, while the remaining 
22% was accounted for by predominantly coal-fired 
CHPs and one solar power plant.
In 2024, the Company generated 90.7 billion kWh2 
of electricity. The share of En+ in the total generation 
of electricity in the Siberian unified energy system 
was about 36%, while the Group’s HPPs accounted 
for approximately 61% of the total hydropower 
generated in the Siberian unified energy system.
Hydropower generation
Hydropower generation is the main focus of the Group’s 
Power segment. The Company operates five HPPs3, 
including three of the five largest HPPs in Russia and 
of the twenty largest HPPs globally, in each case in terms 
of installed electrical capacity. In 2024, the Power 
segment’s HPPs produced 73.7 billion kWh of electricity, 
or 81.3% of the Group’s total electricity production.
In 2024, the total output of the Group’s Angara HPP 
cascade (Irkutsk, Bratsk, and Ust-Ilimsk HPPs) increased 
by 4.5% year-on-year, to 55.5 billion kWh. This increase 
can be attributed to the existing water reserves 
in Lake Baikal and the Bratsk reservoir at the beginning 
of 2024, high water levels in the reservoirs, and more 
intensive state-regulated water discharges compared 
to 2023 as established by the Yenisei Basin Water 
Management Board. For example, water levels in Lake 
Baikal reached 456.51 m (10 cm above the long-
term average) as of 1 July 2024, and 456.63 m (4 cm 
above the long-term average) as of 1 December 2024. 
Water levels in the Bratsk reservoir reached 399.71 m 
(1.98 m above the long-term average) as of 1 July 2024, 
and 399.37 m (0.93 m above the long-term average) 
as of 1 December 2024.
Total generation from Krasnoyarsk HPP rose by 15.8% 
year-on-year in 2024, to 18.3 billion kWh. The increase 
was the result of more intensive state-regulated 
water discharges compared to 2023 as established 
by the Yenisei Basin Water Management Board, driven 
by increased hydro resources. The maximum level 
of the Krasnoyarsk reservoir reached 239.26 m in 2024, 
marking an increase of 3.2 m compared to the 2023 
maximum level and remaining 0.4 m below the long-
term average annual maximum.
CHP electricity and heat generation
Electricity generation by the Group’s CHPs rose 
by 3.0% year-on-year to 16.9 billion kWh in 2024. 
The increase was driven primarily by a 9.2% year-on-
year surge in electricity consumption within the Irkutsk 
energy system, along with reduced generation from 
the Angara HPP cascade in the second half of 2024.
Heat generation totalled 26.3 million Gcal and 
experienced a 4.0% year-on-year decrease 
due to weather conditions: the average monthly 
temperature in 2024 was, on average, 1.0°C higher 
than in 2023. 
SPP electricity generation
Abakan SPP generated 5.8 million kWh in 2024, 
marking a 3.3% year-on-year decrease attributed 
to fewer sunny days during the reporting period.
Operational performance
In 2024, the CCA-resulting price for the first pricing 
zone increased by 14.2% year-on-year, including the CPI 
minus 0.1% adjustment, while the capacity price 
for the second pricing zone rose by 12.1% year-on-year.
A key contributor to higher CCA prices in 2024 vs. 2023 
was adjustment for actual 2023 inflation rate of 7.57%.
Capacity prices (including CPI minus 0.1%
adjustment), RUB ‘000/MW/month
Capacity prices
Prices determined in capacity auctions for the second pricing zone (ex. CPI minus 0.1% adjustment),  
RUB ‘000/MW/month
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Second pricing zone 
279
303
299
504
558
Electricity spot prices, RUB/MWh
Electricity prices
In 2024, the average spot price in the day-ahead market 
for the second pricing zone reached RUB 1,512 per 
MWh, a 21.2% increase from 2023. This upward trend 
was caused by lower HPP generation in the second 
half of 2024, higher CHP price bid levels, as well as grid 
limitations on transit between Eastern and Western 
Siberia, with an increase in the number of hours of flow 
reversal towards the Irkutsk Region.
The average spot prices in the Irkutsk Region and 
Krasnoyarsk Territory stood at RUB 1,456 per MWh and 
RUB 1,474 per MWh, respectively, marking a 25.6% 
and 22.7% year-on-year increase, respectively. This 
was due to lower generation from the Angara cascade 
HPPs in the second half of 2024, with an increase 
in the number of hours of flow reversal towards 
the Irkutsk Region amid increased consumption, 
as well as due to higher CHP price bid levels.
First pricing zone (Europe-Urals)
Second pricing zone (Siberian IES)
Change y-o-y
190.4
217.2
299.9
338.6
379.5
248.0
‘22
‘23
‘24
↑12.9% 
↑14.2% 
↑12.1% 
↑14.1% 
↑
‘22
‘23
‘24
1,162
1,470
987
1,591
1,248
1,625
1,159
1,748
1,512
1,777
1,456
1,444
1,157
↑7.4% 
↑10.5% 
↑17.4% 
↑10.2% 
↑3.8%
↑21.2% 
↑9.4%
↑9.9%  
↑25.6% 
1,201
1,474
↑22.7%
First pricing 
zone
Krasnoyarsk 
Territory
Nizhny Novgorod 
Region
Second pricing 
zone
Irkutsk 
Region
Change y-o-y
↑
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
41
40
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Location
Installed capacity
2023 production
2024 production
Hydropower plants
Irkutsk HPP
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
753.0 MW
4.6 bn kWh
4.5 bn kWh
Bratsk HPP
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
4,500 MW
25.1 bn kWh
26.9 bn kWh
Ust-Ilimsk HPP
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
3,840 MW
23.4 bn kWh
24.1 bn kWh
Krasnoyarsk HPP
Russia (Krasnoyarsk Territory)
6,000 MW
15.8 bn kWh
18.3 bn kWh
Combined heat and power plants
CHP-10
Electricity
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
1,110 MW
4.9 bn kWh
5.4 bn kWh
Heat
574.0 Gcal/h
0.3 mn Gcal
0.5 mn Gcal
CHP-9
Electricity
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
540.0 MW
2.5 bn kWh
2.0 bn kWh
Heat
2,143.0 Gcal/h
6.0 mn Gcal
5.7 mn Gcal
Novo-Irkutsk CHP
Electricity
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
726 MW
3.3 bn kWh
3.4 bn kWh
Heat
1,959.2 Gcal/h
5.9 mn Gcal
5.8 mn Gcal
Ust-Ilimsk CHP
Electricity
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
515 MW
0.9 bn kWh
1.2 bn kWh
Heat
1,015.0 Gcal/h
2.1 mn Gcal
2.0 mn Gcal
CHP-11
Electricity
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
320.3 MW
0.7 bn kWh
0.9 bn kWh
Heat
1,056.9 Gcal/h
1.0 mn Gcal
1.0 mn Gcal
CHP-6
Electricity
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
287.0 MW
0.9 bn kWh
1.0 bn kWh
Heat
1,769.1 Gcal/h
3.3 mn Gcal
3.3 mn Gcal
Novo-Ziminsk CHP
Electricity
Russia (Irkutsk Region)
260 MW
1.3 bn kWh
1.3 bn kWh
Heat
773.0 Gcal/h
1.5 mn Gcal
1.5 mn Gcal
Avtozavodsk CHP
Electricity
Russia (Nizhny Novgorod 
Region)
480 MW
1.6 bn kWh
1.7 bn kWh
Heat
2,172.0 Gcal/h
3.1 mn Gcal
3.1 mn Gcal
Solar power plants
Abakan SPP
Russia (Republic of Khakassia) 
5.2 MW
6.0 mn kWh
5.8 mn kWh
Other assets4
Electricity
118.4 MW
0.6 bn kWh
0.6 bn kWh
Heat
2,228.7 Gcal/h
4.1 mn Gcal 
3.5 mn Gcal 
Power segment
4	 Other assets include Onda HPP and small-scale 
generating and heat-producing facilities.
5	 As at 31.12.2024.
6	 Including Onda HPP with an installed capacity 
of 0.08 GW (located in the European part of Russia, 
leased to RUSAL).
En+ Group’s installed capacity by generation type5
77.6%
22.1%
0.3%
HPPs
CHPs
Abakan SPP
19.5 GW 
6
Assets overview
Total electricity production1, bn kWh
 Heat generation, mn Gcal
Coal production
The Coal segment provides the Group’s CHPs with 
a self-sufficient coal resource base and covers 
its internal coal demand. Part of the coal production 
(16% in 2024) is sold to third parties.
1	
Excluding Onda HPP, with an installed electrical capacity of 80 MW (located in the European part of Russia, leased to RUSAL) and Boguchany 
HPP, with an installed electrical capacity of 2,997 MW (a 50/50 JV between RUSAL and its strategic partner).
2	 Includes Irkutsk, Bratsk, and Ust-Ilimsk HPPs.
3	 Krasnoyarsk HPP.
54.2
14.8
‘22
‘23
‘24
14.9
53.1
15.8
16.4
55.5
18.3
16.9
83.9 
85.2 
90.7
Angara cascade2
Yenisei cascade3
CHPs
90.7
bn kWh
‘22
‘23
‘24
27.6 
27.4 
26.3
26.3
mn Gcal
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
43
42
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1	
Net profit margin for any period represents net profit or loss for the relevant period divided by total revenues for the relevant period and 
expressed as a percentage, in each case attributable to the Group, Power segment, or Metals segment, as the case may be.
2	 Adjusted EBITDA for any period represents the results from operating activities adjusted for amortisation and depreciation, impairment of non-
current assets, and gain/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment for the relevant period, in each case attributable to the Group, 
Power segment, or Metals segment, as the case may be.
3	 Adjusted EBITDA margin for any period represents adjusted EBITDA for the relevant period divided by total revenues for the relevant period 
and expressed as a percentage, in each case attributable to the Group, Power segment, or Metals segment, as the case may be.
4	 Net debt represents the sum of loans, borrowings, and bonds outstanding less total cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the relevant 
period, in each case attributable to the Group, Power segment, or Metals segment, as the case may be.
5	 Net working capital is defined as inventories plus short-term trade and other receivables (excluding dividends receivable), less trade and other 
payables (excluding dividends payable), in each case attributable to the Group, Power segment, or Metals segment, as the case may be.
6	 Free cash flow means, for any period, the cash flows generated from operating activities less net interest paid, capital expenditures, 
restructuring fees, and other payments related to issuance of shares, adjusted for payments from settlement of derivative instruments, plus 
dividends from associates and joint ventures.
7	 The earnings per share calculation is based on a weighted average number of shares of 502 million in 2024 and 2023.
8	 After consolidation adjustments.
Financial 
review
Key metrics, USD mn
As at or for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
2022
Revenue
14,649
14,648
16,549
Gross profit
4,433
3,282
4,493
Gross profit margin
30.3%
22.4%
27.1%
Results from operating activities (EBIT)
1,506
1,030
2,006
Operating profit margin
10.3%
7.0%
12.1%
Pre-tax profit
1,569
876
2,453
Profit for the year
1,348
716
1,846
Net profit margin1
9.2%
4.9%
11.2%
Adjusted EBITDA2
2,927
2,157
3,119
Adjusted EBITDA margin3
20.0%
14.7%
18.8%
Net debt4
8,881
8,717
10,123
Net working capital5
4,366
3,417
4,474
Free cash flow6
(547)
642
(633)
Basic earnings per share7
1.983
1.186
2.156
Equity attributable to shareholders of the Company
7,543
6,921
7,480
Change in revenue and adjusted EBITDA, USD mn8
The Group’s financial results are disclosed both 
on a consolidated basis and for the Power and Metals 
segments. 
When making period-to-period comparisons of financial 
results, the Group presents consolidated results after 
intersegmental eliminations in order to analyse changes, 
developments, and trends by reference to the individual 
segment’s operating results (the Power and Metals 
segments). Amounts attributable to the segments 
are presented before intersegmental eliminations.
12,213
3,587
(131)
266
14,648 
- 1.1%
+ 7.4%
12,082
3,853
14,649 
786
1,292
708
154
2,157 
+ 90.1%
+ 35.7%
—
+ 11.9%
1,494
1,446
2,927
2023 revenue
Metals 
segment
Power 
segment
2024 revenue
2023 
adjusted 
EBITDA
Metals 
segment
Power 
segment
2024 
adjusted 
EBITDA
Metals segment
Power segment 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
45
44
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Analysis of individual financial metrics
Revenue
The following table presents the Group’s revenue from sales broken down by core product, 
for the years indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Sales of primary aluminium and alloys
9,538
9,933
11,384
Sales of electricity
1,777
1,646
1,844
Sales of alumina and bauxite
754
513
557
Sales of semi-finished products and foil
899
864
921
Sales of heat
429
476
525
Other revenue
1,252
1,216
1,318
Total revenues
14,649
14,648
16,549
Group’s revenue from sales broken down by core product, USD mn
The following table presents the Group’s revenue by business 
segment for the years indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Metals segment
12,082
12,213
13,974
Power segment
3,853
3,587
3,885
Business segment revenues
15,935
15,800
17,859
Elimination of intersegmental revenues
(1,286)
(1,152)
(1,310)
Total revenues
14,649
14,648
16,549
Group’s revenue by business segment, USD mn
The Group’s revenue is mainly attributable to the Metals 
segment’s operations. It remained consistent with 
the figures from 2023, totalling USD 14,649 million 
in 2024.
A decrease of 1.1% in revenues of the Metals segment 
to USD 12,082 million, mainly due to a decrease in sales 
of primary aluminium and alloys by 7.1% year-on-year, 
was offset by a growth in revenues of the Power 
segment resulting from increased sales and a higher 
average price of electricity in the day-ahead market 
for the second pricing zone. 
11,384 
1,844 
‘22
‘23
‘24
16,549
14,648
14,649
557 
921 
525 
1,318
9,933 
1,646 
513 
864 
476 
1,216
9,538 
1,777 
754 
899 
429 
1,252
Sales of primary aluminium and alloys
Sales of electricity
Sales of alumina and bauxite
Sales of semi-finished products and foil
Sales of heat
Other revenue
(1,310)
13,974 
‘22
‘23
‘24
16,549
14,648
14,649
3,885
(1,152)
12,213 
3,587
(1,286)
12,082 
3,853
Metals segment
Power segment 
Elimination of intersegmental revenues
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
47
46
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

The cost of sales in the Power and Metals segments 
reflects costs directly associated with the sale and 
production of the core products and services of both 
segments. For the Power segment, the cost of sales 
primarily includes the costs of electricity and capacity 
purchased for resale, raw materials and fuel, personnel 
expenses, and depreciation and amortisation.
For the Metals segment, the cost of sales mainly 
consists of the cost of alumina, bauxite, other raw 
materials, energy, personnel expenses, and depreciation 
and amortisation.
The Group’s cost of sales dropped by USD 1,150 million, 
or 10.1%, from USD 11,366 million in 2023 
to USD 10,216 million in 2024 due to lower purchase 
prices for raw materials (excluding alumina and bauxite) 
and a 7.1% decrease in sales volumes of primary 
aluminium and alloys by the Metals segment.
Distribution, general and administrative expenses
The Group’s distribution, general and administrative 
expenses rose in 2024 by USD 174 million, or 10.1%, 
to USD 1,892 million from USD 1,718 million in 2023, 
driven by changes in sales chains and increased 
personnel costs.
Finance income and costs 
The Group’s finance income primarily consists 
of interest income and net foreign exchange gains. 
The Group’s finance costs primarily consist of interest 
expense and net foreign exchange loss.
The Company’s finance income rose by USD 324 million, 
or 270%, to USD 444 million in 2024 from 
USD 120 million in 2023, mainly due to net foreign 
exchange gains in 2024 compared to a loss in 2023. 
The finance costs fell by USD 82 million, or 8%, from 
USD 1,026 million in 2023 to USD 944 million in 2024 
also due to foreign exchange gains compared to losses 
on this item in 2023, which were partially offset by a rise 
in interest expenses due to an increase of the key rate 
of the Bank of Russia to 21% in 2024.
Cost of sales
The following table presents the Group’s cost of sales by segment for the years indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Metals segment
9,261
10,445
10,770
Power segment
2,215
2,143
2,422
Business segment cost of sales
11,476
12,588
13,192
Elimination of intersegmental cost of sales
(1,260)
(1,222)
(1,136)
Total cost of sales
10,216
11,366
12,056
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Finance income
Net foreign exchange gain
221
-
-
Interest income
160
93
115
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
61
-
-
Revaluation of financial assets and liabilities
-
-
31
Other finance income
2
27
38
Total finance income
444
120
184
Finance costs
Interest expense
(830)
(748)
(988)
Net foreign exchange loss
-
(85)
(111)
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
-
(99)
(191)
Revaluation of financial assets and liabilities
(114)
(94)
-
Total finance costs
(944)
(1,026)
(1,290)
Income tax expense
The Group’s income tax expense grew by USD 61 million, 
or 38.1%, to USD 221 million in 2024 from 
USD 160 million in 2023 as a result of higher pre-tax 
profit in 2024 as compared to 2023.
Current tax expense for the period decreased 
by USD 8 million, or 2.2%, primarily due to the one-time 
effect of windfall tax recognised in 2023.
The Group’s deferred tax income dropped 
by USD 69 million, from USD 210 million 
to USD 141 million, primarily due to the tax effect 
of the accrual of temporary differences related to foreign 
exchange differences.
Results from operating activities of the Group
The Group’s results from operating activities rose 
by USD 476 million, or 46.2%, from USD 1,030 million 
in 2023 to USD 1,506 million in 2024.
Results from operating activities attributable 
to the Metals segment grew by USD 447 million from 
USD (79) million in 2023 to USD 368 million. Results 
from operating activities attributable to the Power 
segment increased by USD 122 million, or 11.9%, from 
USD 1,027 million in 2023 to USD 1,149 million in 2024.
The Group’s operating profit margin grew from 7.0% 
in 2023 to 10.3% in 2024. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
49
48
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Reconciliation of the Group’s adjusted EBITDA to the Group’s results from operating activities for the year 
ended 31 December, USD mn
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation
Results from operating activities
1,506
1,030
2,006
Adjusted for:
•	 amortisation and depreciation
753
765
720
•	 loss / (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
7
(4)
23
•	 impairment of non-current assets
661
366
370
Adjusted EBITDA
2,927
2,157
3,119
The following table sets forth the Group’s adjusted 
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin by segment 
(before intersegmental elimination) for the years 
indicated:
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted EBITDA, Metals segment
1,494
786
2,028
Adjusted EBITDA, Power segment
1,446
1,292
1,254
Adjusted EBITDA
2,927
2,157
3,119
Adjusted EBITDA margin, Metals segment
12.4%
6.4%
14.5%
Adjusted EBITDA margin, Power segment
37.5%
36.0%
32.3%
Adjusted EBITDA margin, Group
20.0%
14.7%
18.8%
The Group’s adjusted EBITDA increased by USD 770 million, 
or 35.7%, to USD 2,927 million in 2024 from 
USD 2,157 million in 2023. The growth in 2024 compared 
to 2023 was primarily driven by the same factors that 
affected the Group’s operating results. 
Profit 
The Group’s gross profit increased by USD 1,151 million, 
or 35.1%, to USD 4,433 million in 2024 from 
USD 3,282 million in 2023. The Group’s gross profit 
margin went up from 22.4% in 2023 to 30.3% in 2024. 
The Group recorded a profit before tax 
of USD 1,569 million in 2024 as compared 
to USD 876 million in 2023.
For the reasons described above, the Company’s 
profit for the year ended 31 December 2024 
was USD 1,348 million, compared to a profit 
of USD 716 million for the year ended 31 December 
2023.
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures 
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Share of profit in Norilsk Nickel
347
629
1,440
•	 Effective shareholding of En+ Group
15.01%
15.01%
15.01%
Share of profit in the BEMO project
93
93
102
•	 Effective shareholding of En+ Group
28.44%
28.44%
28.44%
Share of profit in Hebei Wenfeng New Materials Co., Ltd.
138
n/a
n/a
•	 Effective shareholding of En+ Group
17.06%
n/a
n/a
Share of profit in other associates / joint ventures
(15)
30
11
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures 
563
752
1,553
The Group has a number of associates and joint 
ventures, which are accounted for in its Financial 
Statements under the equity method. The principal 
associates and joint ventures include Norilsk Nickel, 
Queensland Alumina Limited, the BEMO project and 
Hebei Wenfeng New Materials Co., Ltd (alumina refinery 
in China).
The Group’s share of profit of its associates and 
joint ventures declined by USD 189 million, or 25.1%, 
to USD 563 million in 2024 from USD 752 million 
in 2023. 
The change in the share of profit of associates and 
joint ventures in 2024 as compared to 2023 can 
primarily be attributed to lower profit from the Group’s 
investment in Norilsk Nickel.
2,006 
720 
‘22
‘23
‘24
3,119
2,157
2,927
370 
(4)
1,030 
765 
1,506 
753 
661 
23
7
366
Results from operating activities
Amortisation and depreciation
Impairment of non-current assets
Profit / loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
51
50
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Net assets
The Group’s net assets increased by USD 700 million 
to USD 12,281 million as at 31 December 2024 from 
USD 11,581 million as at 31 December 2023. 
In 2024, net assets of the Metals segment grew 
by USD 200 million, or 1.8%, to USD 11,216 million 
as at 31 December 2024 from USD 11,016 million 
as at 31 December 2023. The increase in total assets 
was the main factor behind this, primarily resulting 
from a boost in the carrying values of investments 
in associates and joint ventures, inventories, and trade 
and other receivables, although it was partially offset 
by a drop in cash and cash equivalents.
2024 saw net assets of the Power segment rise 
by USD 505 million, or 8.7%, to USD 6,329 million 
as at 31 December 2024 from USD 5,824 million 
as at 31 December 2023, primarily due to an increase 
in cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amounts 
of property, plant and equipment, inventories, trade 
and other receivables.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Group
Non-current assets
18,412
18,020
20,176
Current assets
9,061
8,368
10,502
Non-current liabilities
(6,624)
(10,015)
(11,479)
Current liabilities
(8,568)
(4,792)
(6,467)
Net assets
12,281
11,581
12,732
Metals segment
Non-current assets
13,840
13,522
14,516
Current assets
8,361
7,942
10,115
Non-current liabilities
(4,226)
(6,729)
(7,733)
Current liabilities
(6,759)
(3,719)
(4,591)
Net assets
11,216
11,016
12,307
Power segment
Non-current assets
9,682
9,608
10,770
Current assets
1,028
819
816
Non-current liabilities
(2,417)
(3,297)
(3,758)
Current liabilities
(1,964)
(1,306)
(2,065)
Net assets
6,329
5,824
5,763
Net working capital
Net working capital is defined as inventories plus short-
term trade and other receivables (excluding dividends 
receivable), less trade and other payables (excluding 
dividends payable).
As at 31 December 2024, the Group’s net working 
capital amounted to USD 4,366 million, compared 
to USD 3,417 million as at 31 December 2023. In 2024, 
net working capital increased by 27.8% vs. 2023 mainly 
due to an increase in inventories.
The following table presents the calculation of net 
working capital of the Group, the Power segment, and 
the Metals segment as at the dates indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Group
Inventories
4,458
3,575
4,383
Short-term trade and other receivables
2,560
2,330
2,514
Dividends receivable
(29)
(412)
-
Trade and other payables
(2,628)
(2,081)
(2,423)
Dividends payable
5
5
-
Net working capital
4,366
3,417
4,474
Metals segment
Inventories
4,477
3,599
4,489
Short-term trade and other receivables
2,250
2,112
2,263
Dividends receivable
(29)
(412)
-
Trade and other payables
(2,117)
(1,639)
(1,919)
Dividends payable
5
5
-
Net working capital
4,586
3,665
4,833
Power segment
Inventories
186
164
161
Short-term trade and other receivables
433
373
363
Trade and other payables
(666)
(675)
(693)
Net working capital
(47)
(138)
(169)
Net working capital of the Group, 
USD mn
(169)
4,833
‘22
‘23
‘24
4,474
3,417
4,366
(138)
3,665
(47)
4,586
Metals segment
Power segment 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
53
52
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Liquidity and capital resources
In 2024, the Group’s liquidity requirements primarily 
related to funding working capital, capital expenditures, 
and debt servicing. The Group used a variety of internal 
and external sources to finance its operations. During 
the periods under review, short- and long-term 
funding sources included mostly rouble and foreign 
currency-denominated secured and unsecured loans 
from Russian and international banks, as well as debt 
instruments issued in both the Russian and international 
capital markets. 
Liquidity was managed separately in both the Power 
and Metals segments. 
Dividends
During the years ended 31 December 2024 and 
31 December 2023, EN+ GROUP IPJSC neither declared 
nor paid any dividends.
Cash flows
The following table presents the Group’s selected cash 
flow data for the periods indicated.
1	
Restricted cash of USD 2 million is included in cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December 2024 and as at 31 December 2023.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Cash flows from operating activities
1,658
2,721
572
Cash flows (used in) / from investing activities
(1,621)
(1,419)
47
Cash flows (used in) / from financing activities
(354)
(2,277)
742
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
(317)
(975)
1,361
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period, excluding 
restricted cash
2,345
3,474
2,328
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(147)
(154)
(215)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period, excluding 
restricted cash 
1,881
2,345
3,474
Free cash flow
(547)
642
(633)
Cash flows from operating activities
In 2024, cash flows from the Group’s operating 
activities amounted to USD 1,658 million, which 
was USD 1,063 million lower than in 2023 
(USD 2,721 million) due to an increase in working capital.
Cash flows used in investing activities
The Group’s net cash flows used in investing activities 
for the year ended 31 December 2024 amounted 
to USD 1,621 million compared to USD 1,419 million 
in the previous year.
The change was driven by an increase in capital 
expenditures of USD 430 million between 
comparable periods, an increase of USD 416 million 
in dividends from associates and joint ventures and 
a USD 303 million acquisition of a joint venture.
Cash flows used in financing activities
The Group’s cash flows used in financing activities 
amounted to USD 354 million in 2024. 
A rise of USD 1,923 million (in 2023, cash flows used 
in financing activities amounted to USD 2,277 million) 
was primarily due to net proceeds from loans 
and bonds totalling USD 535 million in 2024 
compared to net raise of loans and bonds 
totalling USD 1,559 million for the previous year, 
as well as an increase of USD 247 million in interest 
payments.
Free cash flow
Free cash flow for 2024, USD mn
1.
Cash flow from operating activities and dividends 
from associates and JVs
2. Net interest
3. Capital expenditure
4. Other financial flow⁴
5. Free cash flow
2,074²
(783)
(1,878)² ³
40
(547)²
1,133 
483 
1
2
3
4
5
416
(405) 
(378)
(519) 
(1,366)
(8)
48
(797)
201
Metals segment
Power segment
Dividends from associates and JVs
2	 After consolidation adjustments. 
3	 Capital expenditure represents cash flow related to investing activities – acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. 
The calculation does not include investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures.
4	 Restructuring fee and payments from settlement of derivative instruments.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
55
54
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1
2
3
4
5
6
2,345
1,658
(1,621)
(354)  
(147)  
1,881
1.
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period, 
excluding restricted cash
2. Cash flows from operating activities
3. Cash flows (used in) / from investing activities
4. Cash flows (used in) / from financing activities
5. Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
6. Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period, excluding 
restricted cash1
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Group
Cash flows from operating activities
1,658
2,721
572
Adjusted for:
•	 capital expenditures (acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets)
(1,878)
(1,448)
(1,711)
•	 dividends from associates and joint ventures
416
-
1,639
•	 interest received
146
84
104
•	 interest paid
(929)
(682)
(987)
•	 restructuring fees
(23)
(31)
(21)
•	 payments on derivative financial instruments
63
(2)
(229)
Free cash flow
(547)
642
(633)
Metals segment
Cash flows from operating activities
483
1,760
(412)
Adjusted for:
•	 capital expenditures (acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets)
(1,366)
(1,056)
(1,239)
•	 dividends from associates and joint ventures
416
-
1,639
•	 interest received
116
61
70
•	 interest paid
(494)
(422)
(428)
•	 restructuring fees
(15)
(30)
(17)
•	 payments on derivative financial instruments
63
(2)
(229)
Free cash flow
(797)
311
(616)
Power segment
Cash flows from operating activities
1,133
963
986
Adjusted for:
•	 capital expenditures (acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets)
(519)
(394)
(474)
•	 interest received
30
23
34
•	 interest paid
(435)
(260)
(559)
•	 restructuring fees
(8)
(1)
(4)
Free cash flow
201
331
(17)
Capital expenditures
In 2024 and 2023, the Group’s capital expenditures 
(including the acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment and intangible assets) amounted 
to USD 1,878 million and USD 1,448 million, respectively.
The Group’s subsidiaries financed their cash 
requirements through a combination of operating cash 
flows and borrowings. 
The Metals segment recorded a total capital 
expenditure of USD 1,366 million for the year ended 
31 December 2024. The Metals segment’s capital 
expenditure in 2024 was aimed at maintaining existing 
production facilities. Maintenance capex amounted 
to 58% of total capex for 2024. 
In 2024, capital expenditure of the Group’s Power 
segment amounted to USD 519 million. Maintenance 
capex accounted for 32% of total capital expenditure. 
The Group’s Power segment channelled investments 
into the construction of new generating capacities 
to cover the energy deficit in south-eastern Siberia. 
It also continued to invest in connections to its power 
supply infrastructure and improving the efficiency 
of the Group’s CHPs, further advancing its New Energy 
HPP modernisation programme.
Capital expenditures (before adjustments) of 
the Metals and Power segments for the periods 
indicated, USD mn
Cash
At 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, 
the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, less restricted 
cash, were USD 1,881 million and USD 2,345 million, 
respectively.
At 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, cash 
and cash equivalents of the Power segment amounted 
to USD 380 million and USD 260 million, respectively. 
Cash and cash equivalents of the Metals segment 
equalled USD 1,501 million and USD 2,085 million, 
respectively.
Cash flows, USD mn
1,239 
474
1,056 
394
1,366 
519
‘22
‘23
‘24
Metals segment
Power segment 
1	
Restricted cash of USD 2 million is included in cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December 2024 and as at 31 December 2023.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
57
56
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Loans and borrowings
The nominal value of the Group’s loans and borrowings was USD 6,166 million as at 31 December 2024, excluding 
bonds, which represented an additional USD 4,569 million.
Debt portfolio breakdown as of 31 December 2024
Below is an overview of certain key terms of selected facilities in the Group’s debt portfolio as at 31 December 
2024.
Facility/lender
Principal amount 
outstanding 
as at 31 December 2024
Tenor / repayment schedule
Pricing
Metals segment
Credit facilities
Pre-export credit facilities
CNY 8.0 bn
Until January 2026, bullet repayment 
at the final maturity date
5.25% —  
LPR 1Y + 3.1% p.a.
Russian bank loans
CNY 11.9 bn
December 2027, equal quarterly 
repayments starting from March 2024
4.75% p.a.
RUB 108 bn
June 2029, repayment on schedule
Key rate of the Bank 
of Russia plus margin, p.a.
RUB 22.2 bn
December 2035, quarterly repayments
Key rate of the Bank 
of Russia plus 3.15% p.a.
Bonds
CNY bonds
CNY 22 bn
12 tranches, the last repayment 
in July 2027
3.75% — 8.5% p.a.
Rouble bonds
RUB 50 bn
3 tranches, last repayment in August 2029
Key rate of the Bank of 
Russia plus 2.2-2.5% p.a.
Power segment
Corporate loans
Russian bank loans
RUB 122 bn
Quarterly repayments, the last 
repayment in December 2026
Key rate of the Bank 
of Russia plus 1.5% p.a.
Bonds
CNY bonds
CNY 6.7 bn
5 tranches, the last repayment 
in November 2026, bullet repayment 
at the final redemption date
4.45% — 8.1% p.a.
Rouble bonds
RUB 7 bn
Bullet repayment in December 2026
Key rate of the Bank 
of Russia plus 5% p.a.
Security
As at 31 December 2024, the Group’s debt (save for several 
unsecured loans and bonds) was secured, among others, 
by certain pledges of shares and interest in a number 
of the Group’s subsidiaries, assignment of accounts, 
and shares in Norilsk Nickel (representing 25% + 1 share 
of Norilsk Nickel’s total nominal issued share capital). 
As at 31 December 2024, the Power segment’s debt 
was secured, among others, by pledges of shares 
and interests in certain operating and non-operating 
companies and property, plant and equipment.
By currency
By currency
By interest rate
By interest rate
RUB
EUR
USD
CNY
AED
25%
0.3%
2%
72%
1%
32%
68%
Floating rate
Fixed rate
62%
38%
RUB
CN
60%
40%
Floating rate
Fixed rate
Metals segment
Power segment
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
59
58
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Financial ratios
Gearing
The Group’s gearing ratio—the ratio of total debt 
(including both long-term and short-term borrowings 
and bonds outstanding) to total assets—was 39.2% 
and 41.9% as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 
2023, respectively.
Return on equity
The Group’s return on equity—the amount of net 
profit as a percentage of total equity—was 11.0% and 
6.2% as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, 
respectively. 
Interest coverage ratio
The Group’s interest coverage ratio—the ratio 
of earnings before interest and taxes to net interest—
was 2.2x and 1.6x for the years ended 31 December 
2024 and 31 December 2023, respectively.
Analysis of results by segment
In 2024 and 2023, the Metals segment accounted for 75.8% and 77.3% of the business segments’ 
revenues (before adjustments), respectively. As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, 
the assets of the Metals segment represented 67.5% and 67.3% of the Group’s total assets (before 
adjustments), respectively. 
For the year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Profit for the period
803
282
1,793 
Net profit margin
6.6%
2.3%
12.8%
Adjusted EBITDA
1,494
786
2,028 
Adjusted EBITDA margin
12.4%
6.4%
14.5%
Adjusted net profit1
983
73
725 
Recurring net profit2 
1,330
702
2,165
Recurring net profit margin3 
11.0%
5.7%
15.5%
Revenues
The following table presents components of the Metals 
segment’s sales data (before intersegmental 
elimination) for the years indicated. 
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Sales of primary aluminium and alloys
Revenue, USD mn 
9,726
10,129
11,593 
Sales volumes, kt
3,859
4,153
3,896 
Average sales price (USD/t)
2,520
2,439
2,976 
Sales of alumina
Revenue, USD mn 
453
340
550 
Sales volumes, kt
888
759
1,169 
Average sales price (USD/t)
510
448
470 
Sales of foil and other aluminium products, USD mn
585
550
581 
Other revenue, USD mn
1,318
1,194
1,250 
Total revenues
12,082
12,213
13,974
1	
Adjusted net profit for any period represents net (loss)/profit for the relevant period adjusted for the net effect from the share in the results 
of Norilsk Nickel, the net effect of embedded derivative financial instruments, and the net effect of non-current assets impairment.
2	 Recurring net profit represents adjusted net profit for the relevant period plus RUSAL’s effective share of Norilsk Nickel’s after-tax profits. 
3	 Recurring net profit margin represents recurring net profit for the relevant period divided by total revenues and expressed as a percentage 
for the relevant period.
Key financial results for the Metals segment for the periods indicated 
For the year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Revenue
12,082
12,213
13,974 
Gross profit
2,821
1,768
3,204 
Gross profit margin
23.3%
14.5%
22.9%
Pre-tax profit
858
244
2,166 
Metals segment
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
61
60
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

In 2024, the Metals segment’s revenue decreased 
by USD 131 million, or 1.1%, to USD 12,082 million from 
USD 12,213 million in 2023. 
Revenue from sales of primary aluminium and alloys 
was down by USD 403 million in 2024, or 4.0%, 
to USD 9,726 million from USD 10,129 million in 2023. 
This was primarily due to a 7.1% decrease in sales 
volumes between comparable periods, which 
was partially offset by a 3.3% increase in the weighted-
average realised aluminium price per tonne 
(to an average of USD 2,520 per tonne in 2024 from 
USD 2,439 per tonne in 2023), driven by an increase 
in the LME aluminium price (to an average of USD 2,419 
per tonne in 2024 from USD 2,252 per tonne in 2023).
Revenue from sales of alumina rose by 33.2% from 
USD 340 million for the year ended 31 December 2023 
to USD 453 million for the year ended 31 December 
2024, mainly due to a 17.0% increase in sales volumes 
along with a 13.8% increase in the average alumina sales 
price.
Revenue from sales of foil and other aluminium 
products grew by USD 35 million, or 6.4%, in 2024 
to USD 585 million compared to USD 550 million in 2023, 
which was mainly due to a 36.6% increase in revenue from 
the sale of aluminium wheels between comparable periods, 
partially offset by a 2.5% decrease in foil sales.
Other revenue, which includes sales of other 
products, bauxite, and electricity, was up 10.4% 
to USD 1,318 million for the year ended 31 December 
2024 compared to USD 1,194 million for the previous 
year. The increase was driven by a 74.2% rise in revenue 
from bauxite sales, which was partially offset by lower 
revenues from sales of other materials (such as anode 
blocks down by 3.2%, aluminium powder by 6.8%, 
soda by 19.7%), and by a 7.4% decline in revenue from 
sales of services.
Cost of sales
The following table presents components of the Metals 
segment’s cost of sales for the years indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Cost of alumina
2,168 
2,029
1,847 
Cost of bauxite
280 
235
331 
Cost of other raw materials and other costs
2,891 
3,074
3,835 
Purchases of primary aluminium from joint ventures
600
656
940 
Energy costs
2,277 
2,288
2,658 
Depreciation and amortisation
508 
513
481 
Personnel expenses
732 
667
781 
Repair and maintenance
484 
455
532 
Net change in provisions for inventories
(3)
(12)
171 
Change in finished goods
(676)
540
(806)
Total cost of sales
9,261 
10,445
10,770
For the year ended 31 December 2024, the cost of sales 
of the Metals segment decreased by USD 1,184 million, 
or 11.3%, to USD 9,261 million compared 
to USD 10,445 million for the year ended 31 December 
2023.
In 2024, the cost of alumina increased 
by USD 139 million, or 6.9%, to USD 2,168 million 
compared to USD 2,029 million in 2023, mainly 
due to a 24.0% increase in the purchase price 
of alumina between the compared periods, which 
was partially offset by a decrease in the volume 
of purchases.
The cost of raw materials (other than alumina and 
bauxite) and other costs decreased by 6.0% in 2024 
compared to the same period in 2023 due to lower 
purchase prices for raw materials (raw pitch coke 
was down by 13.7%, pitch by 7.8%, anode blocks 
by 15.9%, and caustic soda by 8.9%).
Energy costs remained virtually unchanged 
in the compared periods, as the increase in the average 
electricity tariff was partially offset by fluctuations 
in the exchange rate of the Russian rouble. 
Finished goods mainly consist of primary aluminium 
and alloys (approximately 97%). Changes between 
the reporting periods were driven by fluctuations 
in physical inventories of primary aluminium and alloys: 
a 48.8% increase in 2024 and a 27.7% decrease  
in 2023. 
Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin 
In 2024, adjusted EBITDA of the Metals segment 
increased by USD 708 million, or 90.1%, from 
USD 786 million in 2023 to USD 1,494 million. Adjusted 
EBITDA margin was 12.4% in 2024 compared to 6.4% 
in 2023. The factors contributing to the growth 
in adjusted EBITDA margin were the same as those 
affecting operating performance.
The following table reconciles the Metals segment’s 
adjusted EBITDA to its results from operating activities 
for the periods indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation
Results from operating activities
368
(79)
1,316 
Adjusted for:
•	 amortisation and depreciation
538
540
503 
•	 loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
8
4
13 
•	 impairment of non-current assets
580
321
196 
Adjusted EBITDA
1,494
786
2,028
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
63
62
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

The following table reconciles the Metals segment’s 
adjusted net profit and recurring net profit to its net 
profit for the periods indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted net profit reconciliation
Net profit for the period
803
282
1,793 
Adjusted for:
•	 share of profits and other gains and losses attributable to Norilsk 
Nickel, net of tax effect
(347)
(629)
(1,440)
•	 change in derivative financial instruments, net of tax (20%)
(53)
99
176 
•	 impairment of non-current assets, net of tax
580
321
196 
Adjusted net profit
983
73
725 
Added back:
•	 share of profits of Norilsk Nickel, net of tax
347
629
1,440 
Recurring net profit
1,330
702
2,165 
In 2024 and 2023, the Power segment accounted for 24.2% and 22.7% of the business segments’ 
revenues (before adjustments), respectively. As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, 
the assets of the Power segment represented 32.5% and 32.7% of the Group’s total assets (before 
adjustments), respectively.
For the year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Revenue
3,853 
3,587
3,885
Gross profit
1,638 
1,444
1,463
Gross profit margin
42.5%
40.3%
37.7%
Results from operating activities (EBIT)
1,149 
1,027
849
Operating profit margin
29.8%
28.6%
21.9%
Pre-tax profit
722 
550
619
Profit for the year
553 
355
384
Net profit margin
14.4%
9.9%
9.9%
Adjusted EBITDA
1,446 
1,292
1,254
Adjusted EBITDA margin
37.5%
36.0%
32.3%
Key financial results for the Power segment for the periods indicated 
Revenues
In 2024, the Power segment’s revenue grew 
by USD 266 million, or 7.4%, to USD 3,853 million 
from USD 3,587 million in 2023, resulting from higher 
average electricity prices and an average 6.5% increase 
in the volume of electricity generation.
For the reasons described above, revenue from 
electricity sales increased by 14.9% year-on-year 
to USD 1,975 million. 
In 2024, revenue from capacity sales grew by 6.3% 
year-on-year to USD 603 million. The increase 
was mainly due to higher selling prices compared 
to 2023.
In 2024, revenue from heat sales decreased by 10.0% 
year-on-year to USD 385 million, reflecting a decline 
in heat supply in 2024 by 4.0% year-on-year 
due to weather conditions, with the average monthly 
temperature in 2024 being higher than in 2023 
by an average of 1.0°C.  
The Power segment’s electricity generation rose 
from 85.2 billion kWh in 2023 to 90.7 billion kWh 
in 2024. In 2023, HPPs produced 68.8 billion kWh 
of electricity, or 80.8% of the total electricity 
generated by the Power segment, while in 2024 they 
generated 73.7 billion kWh of electricity, or 81.3% 
of the total electricity generated by the Power 
segment. The increase in HPP generation can primarily 
be explained by an increase in water reserves.
Power segment
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
65
64
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

The following table presents components of the Power 
segment’s sales data for the years indicated. 
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Average RUB/USD rate
92.57
85.25
68.55
Sales of electricity
Revenue, USD mn
1,975
1,719
1,861
Sales volumes, TWh
113.8
107.1
105.5
Average sales price (RUB/MWh)
1,607
1,368
1,209
Sales of capacity
Revenue, USD mn
603
567
598
Sales volumes, GW/year
163.2
162.5
163.3
Average sales price (RUB ‘000/MW)
342 
297
251
Sales of heat
Revenue, USD mn
385
428
471
Sales volumes, mn Gcal
23.1
24.1
24.0
Average sales price (RUB/Gcal)
1,540
1,452
1,322
Sales of semi‑finished products, USD mn
315
309
341
Other revenue, USD mn
575
564
614
Total, USD mn
3,853
3,587
3,885
Cost of sales
The following table presents components of the Power 
segment’s cost of sales (before intersegmental 
elimination) for the years indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Electricity and capacity
628
599
642
Cost of materials
454
450
564
Personnel expenses
416
416
503
Depreciation and amortisation
204
217
211
Electricity transmission costs
144
157
194
Other
369
304
308
Total cost of sales
2,215
2,143
2,422
In 2024, the cost of sales of the Power segment rose 
by USD 72 million, or 3.4%, to USD 2,215 million 
compared to USD 2,143 million in 2023. The growth 
was mainly due to an increase in purchased electricity 
and capacity costs, as well as an increase in the cost 
of services due to inflationary pressures.
Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin 
The following table presents the Power segment’s 
adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin 
for the years indicated. 
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted EBITDA (HPP)
1,384
1,142
1,257
Adjusted EBITDA (CHP)
34
60
42
Adjusted EBITDA (other and unallocated items)
28
90
(45)
Adjusted EBITDA (Power segment)
1,446
1,292
1,254
Adjusted EBITDA margin (HPP)
85.7%
83.9%
84.0%
Adjusted EBITDA margin (CHP)
4.3%
7.6%
5.0%
Adjusted EBITDA margin (Power segment)
37.5%
36.0%
32.3%
In 2024, adjusted EBITDA of the Power segment 
increased by USD 154 million, or 11.9%, from 
USD 1,292 million in 2023 to USD 1,446 million. 
The trend was mainly due to the same factors that 
affected revenue growth. 
The following table reconciles the Power segment’s 
adjusted EBITDA to its results from operating activities 
for the periods indicated.
Year ended 31 December
USD mn
2024
2023
2022
Results from operating activities
1,149
1,027
849
Adjusted for:
•	 amortisation
217
228
221
•	 (gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(1)
(8)
10
•	 impairment of non-current assets
81
45
174
Adjusted EBITDA 
1,446
1,292
1,254
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
67
66
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Contingencies
The summary of the Group’s principal contingencies 
is set out below. For a detailed discussion of the Group’s 
contingencies in 2024, including legal, environmental 
contingencies, environmental risks and considerations, 
see Note 22 of the Annual Financial Statements. 
Taxation
Russian tax, currency and customs legislation is subject 
to varying interpretation and frequent changes. 
Management’s interpretation of such legislation, 
as applied to the Group’s transactions and activities, 
may be challenged by relevant local, regional, or federal 
authorities. 
Notably, recent developments in the Russian legal 
landscape suggest that tax authorities in Russia 
are increasingly taking a tougher stand when 
interpreting or enforcing tax legislation, particularly 
in relation to the use of certain commercial and trade 
transaction structures which can be used by taxpayers 
but might be in conflict with the authorities’ 
earlier interpretations or practices. Recent events 
in the Russian Federation suggest that the tax 
authorities are taking a more assertive and substance-
based position in their interpretation and enforcement 
of tax legislation.
An estimate of the maximum possible additional 
amounts which may reasonably become payable 
in respect of the Group’s tax risks is disclosed 
in Note 22(a) of the Annual Financial Statements. 
Legal contingencies
The Group’s business activities expose it to a variety 
of lawsuits and claims which are monitored, assessed, 
and contested on an ongoing basis. Where management 
believes that a lawsuit or another claim would result 
in an outflow of economic benefits for the Group, 
a best estimate of such outflow is included in provisions 
in the consolidated financial statements. The amount 
of claims where management assesses outflow 
as possible is disclosed in Note 22(с) of the Annual 
Financial Statements. 
Report on mandatory payments to governments
The table below shows the amounts paid by the Group’s 
entities to public authorities (primarily in the form 
of miscellaneous taxes and levies) in connection with 
their extraction activities.
Type of payment in 2024, USD ‘000
Russia
Kazakhstan
Guinea
Guyana
Jamaica
Total
Production fees
-
-
-
-
-
-
Taxes or levies on corporate sales, production, or profits
47,490 
19,106
15,253
-
 6,737
88,585
Royalties
-   
-   
-   
-   
-
-   
Dividends
-   
-   
-   
-   
-
-   
Signing-on, discovery and production bonuses
-   
-   
-   
-   
-
-   
Licence fees, rental charges, entry fees, and other 
consideration for licences and/or concessions
 4,310 
1,033
-
157
140
5,640
Infrastructure improvement payments
4,086 
313
-   
-   
 -   
4,400
Total
55,887
20,452
15,253
157
6,877
98,625
Going concern
The Group closely monitors and manages its funding 
position and liquidity risk throughout the year, including 
monitoring forecast results, to ensure that it has access 
to sufficient funds to meet forecast cash requirements. 
Cash forecasts are prepared on a regular basis, taking 
into account sensitivity analyses including, but not 
limited to, changes in electricity and aluminium prices, 
foreign exchange rates, production volumes and cost 
indicators. These forecasts and sensitivity analyses 
allow management to mitigate liquidity or covenant 
compliance risks in a timely manner. The situation 
in Ukraine, as well as volatility in commodity, stock, 
and FX markets and interest rates, create material 
uncertainty in the Group’s ability to meet its financial 
obligations on time and continue as a going concern 
entity. Management constantly evaluates the current 
situation and prepares forecasts taking into account 
different scenarios of events. The Group’s management 
expects that prices on the world commodity markets will 
grow and improve results from our operating activities. 
The Group is also redesigning its supply and sales chains, 
ensuring an optimal equity and debt ratio, searching 
for solutions to logistics issues, as well as ways to meet 
its obligations in order to adapt fast to the current 
economic changes to support the Group’s operations. 
For a detailed discussion of the Group’s going 
concern in 2024, see Note 1(e) of the Annual Financial 
Statements.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
69
68
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Investment programme 
and modernisation
Our investment programme 
is fully aligned with the Group’s 
strategic objectives and 
covers the Power and Metals 
segments. The key focus 
areas are modernisation 
and expansion of existing 
facilities and improvement 
of the infrastructure reliability.
1	
Capital expenditures are cash flows related to investing 
activities – acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and 
intangible assets. The results for the Group are given after 
consolidation adjustments.
51
49
Maintenance
Development
474
1,239
1,711
394
1,056
519
1,366
‘22
‘23
‘24
1,448
1,878
Metals segment
Power segment 
Breakdown of capital expenditures1 in 2024, %
Changes in capital expenditures by segment, 
USD mn
Power segment
Description
Large-scale transition of Bratsk Aluminium 
Smelter (BrAZ) and Krasnoyarsk Aluminium 
Smelter (KrAZ) in Siberia to pre-baked 
anode technology and state-of-the-art 
and environmentally friendly electrolysers 
designed in-house. The project is expected 
to take a decade for completion.
Goal
1,070 ktpa
Capacity to be modernised
2024 results
The KrAZ and BrAZ projects were approved 
by state experts. Site preparation 
was completed, construction and installation 
work is underway, equipment supply contracts 
are being negotiated
Modernisation to support 
transition to pre-baked anode 
technology
Description
CHP modernisation under the CCA 
NGF programme is aimed at eliminating 
the shortage of electricity in Siberia. 
Expected investments will be more than 
RUB 170 billion by 2029 (USD 1.7 billion). 
Project with guaranteed profitability.
Goal
690 MW
Increase in installed capacity of CHP-11 
due to implementation of CCA NGF projects
2024 results
Core equipment design and supply contracts 
were signed
Selection 
stage
First stage 
01.03.2024
Second stage 
29.08.2024
Selected
460 MW
230 MW
Units
Units 10, 11
Units 12
Start date 
for capacity 
sales
31.12.2028
01.07.2029
CHP modernisation under 
the CCA NGF2 programme
Metals segment
2	
Competitive capacity auction for new 
generating facilities.
Description
The project is essential to ensure uninterrupted 
supply of high-quality pre-baked anodes 
to Siberian aluminium smelters and reduce 
primary aluminium production costs. 
The implementation of the project will help 
ensure 100% localisation of anode production, 
avoid the need to consume imported products 
and, as a result, reduce dependence on external 
suppliers. 
Total investments in the project have amounted 
to more than RUB 52 billion (USD 511.4 million). 
Stage 2 is expected to be launched in 2025.
Taishet Anode  
Factory (TAF)
Goal
400 ktpa
Planned capacity 
of Stage 2
2024 results
The second anode 
baking furnace 
was launched
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
71
70
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Description
The programme is aimed 
at improving the reliability 
and safety of CHPs. 
Total investments up 
to 2028 will amount 
to about RUB 26.4 billion 
(USD 259.6 million), 
realisation is subject 
to effective mechanisms 
for the return of invested 
funds.
Goal
1.4 GW
Installed capacity of CHPs 
to be modernised
2024 results
As of the end of 2024,
3 projects 
out of eleven selected 
in the Irkutsk Region 
for the KOMMOD 
programme were completed; 
supply of power commenced 
at six out of eleven supply 
point clusters (55% of 
planned capacity)
Description
The Company remains 
committed to the 
development of small-
scale hydropower 
projects. In particular, 
En+ is making progress 
on the small-scale 
Segozerskaya HPP 
project in Karelia, 
Russia, taking 
advantage of a state 
programme supporting 
renewable-energy 
projects through 
the capacity allocation 
contracts (CACs) 
mechanism. 
Goal
200 MW
Potential installed 
capacity of new small 
HPP projects 
2024 results
The construction 
of a concrete dam 
of the pressure 
front was started 
at Segozerskaya HPP
Description
The Zashulanskoe coal deposit 
project (with commercial 
reserves of 663 mt) is aimed 
at developing the resource 
base for coal-fired generation 
and export sales of coal.
The project is planned 
to reach its full capacity 
by the end of 2027. Planned 
investments are more 
than RUB 49.8 billion 
(USD 489.8 million).
Goal
5.0 mt
Annual production of coal 
for exports 
2024 results
The construction of a road 
and a substation to supply 
electricity to the coal mining site 
commenced
CHP modernisation 
under the KOMMOD2 
programme
Small HPP  
projects
Development 
of Zashulan coal 
deposit
Power segment
2	
Сompetitive selection of modernisation projects.
Description
A project to produce 
and supply wind power 
to the Russian power system.
According to preliminary 
plans, phased commissioning 
of capacity is planned 
until 2031. Expected 
investments will total 
more than RUB 100 billion 
(USD 983.5 million).
Goals
1 GW
Potential installed capacity 
of the wind farm
Up to 3 bn kWh
Potential wind power generation
2024 results
Wind measurements are being 
performed, the grid connection 
design is being developed; initial 
permits were obtained
Description
En+ is working on the issue 
of building new large 
HPPs. The implementation 
of these projects will 
be feasible provided that 
effective mechanisms 
for the return of invested 
funds are developed.
Expected investments 
will total more than 
RUB 500 billion by 2042 
(USD 4.9 billion).
Goal
2.2 GW
Potential installed capacity 
of new HPP projects
2024 results
4 HPP
construction projects 
are under consideration 
Wind power 
project
Development 
of hydropower
Description
To improve the safety, 
reliability, and efficiency of the Angara 
and Yenisei cascade HPPs, 
a programme is being implemented 
to replace their core equipment, 
including hydraulic units and runners. 
The programme is expected to increase 
efficiency by up to 8% and reduce 
greenhouse gas emissions.
Investments in the programme 
up to 2026 will total RUB 21 billion 
(USD 206.5 million1), including 
RUB 19 billion (USD 186.9 million) 
already invested.
Goals
>2.4 bn kWh
Annual additional HPP generation  
starting from 2026
2.8 mt of CO2e 
Avoided GHG emissions from coal-fired 
generation per year
2024 results
2.5 bn kWh
Additional HPP generation in 2024
2.9 mt of CO2e
Avoided GHG emissions from coal-fired 
generation in 2024
The first stage of modernisation of Irkutsk 
HPP was successfully completed in 2024. 
Four out of eight hydraulic units were 
replaced. At the same time, runners were 
replaced at Krasnoyarsk HPP and Bratsk 
HPP
New Energy HPP 
modernisation programme 
1	
Hereinafter in this section, calculated using the RUB/USD exchange rate of RUB 101.6797 per dollar as at 31 December 2024.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
73
72
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

02
Making life 
comfortable
En+ is a global leader in low-carbon 
aluminium production and the world’s 
largest independent hydropower 
producer. We help millions of large 
consumers to do their business 
and produce energy and heat for 
Russian consumers.
Sustainable 
development 
USD 212.3 mn
environmental investments
USD  76 mn
social investments
ALLOW INERTA
aluminium brand with lowest 
carbon footprint
76	
Sustainability management 
78	
Contribution to the UN SDGs 
and the National Development 
Goals of the Russian Federation
80	
Cooperation and partnerships
83	
Materiality assessment
86	
Stakeholder engagement
90	
Climate and environment
90	
Climate change and energy 
management 
104	
Environment protection 
122	
People
122	
Occupational health and safety 
136	
Employees
148	
Contribution to local 
communities
160	
Governance
160	
Corporate governance
181	
Information for shareholders 
and investors
186	
Internal control and risk 
management
194	
Corporate ethics and 
compliance
202	
Supply chain management
206	
Responsible business 
practices

 
Board of Directors, En+ Group
Health, Safety and Environment 
Committee
CEO,  
En+ Group
Public Relations Directorate
HR Directorate
OHS² Directorate
Sustainable Development Directorate
Functional units and divisions of enterprises
Compliance Directorate
Department of Communications and 
Social Projects
Department of Sustainable 
Development Projects
Environment Department
Water Bioresources Unit
Climate Risk Department
Strategic Partnerships in Sustainable 
Development
Power segment
Board of Directors, Metals 
segment, RUSAL
Health, Safety 
and Environment 
Committee
CEO, RUSAL
Public Expert Council on Sustainable 
Development
Social Policy Committee
Strategy and New Projects Financing 
Committee
Production Directorate
Occupational Health, Industrial and 
Fire Safety Department
Sustainable Business Department
Department of Ecology and Climate
HR Directorate
Sustainable Development Directorate
Centre for Social Programmes
Compliance Directorate
Functional units and divisions of enterprises
Metals segment
Sustainability  
management 
Sustainability management approach
GRI 2-12, 2-13, 2-14
Sustainability management is embedded within 
the Company’s corporate governance system. 
Sustainability management responsibilities lie with 
the Boards of Directors of En+ Group and RUSAL. 
The relevant committees of the segment’s Boards 
of Directors hold regular joint meetings to track 
the sustainability strategy status. 
En+ Group’s sustainability governance structure
IS0 9001:2015
Quality management 
systems
25 enterprises 
of the Metals segment 
are certified 
IS0 45001:2018
Occupational health 
and safety management 
systems
100% of business 
units of the Power 
segment are certified 
and 13 business units 
of the Metals segment 
are certified
ISO 50001:2018
Energy management 
systems
Aughinish Alumina Refinery 
is certified
ISO 26000:2012
Guidance on social 
responsibility
Meets system 
requirements, 
no certification
IS0 14001:2015
Environmental 
management systems
All HPPs and CHPs 
of the Irkutsk region, 
as well as 22 enterprises 
of the Metals segment, 
are certified1
ISO 37001:2016
Anti-bribery 
management systems
In 2023, the assessment 
yielded an AA+ class 
rating, indicating 
a robust level 
of anti-corruption
ISO 27001:2005
Information security 
management systems
Meets system 
requirements, 
no certification
ASI Performance and 
ASI Chain of Custody 
18 enterprises of the Metals 
segment are certified
GRI 2-25
To manage the environmental impact, as well as the social and economic aspects of the business, 
En+ Group develops its management system in accordance with ISO standards and ASI industry 
standards.
1	
Except for mothballed facilities.
2	 Occupational health and safety.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
77
76
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

En+ Group’s sustainability 
priorities and targets
Climate action
Conservation and 
protection of ecosystems
Circular economy and waste 
management
Development of human capital
Sustainable urban 
environment
Collaboration and partnerships
UN Sustainable Development 
Goals
   
   
   
National development 
goals of the Russian 
Federation
•	 Sustainable and dynamic 
economy
•	 Technological leadership
•	 Environmental well-being
•	 Technological leadership
•	 Environmental well-being
•	 Technological leadership
•	 Preservation of the population, promotion 
of health and well-being of people, support 
for families
•	 Realisation of the potential of each individual, 
talent development, and fostering a patriotic 
and socially responsible personality
•	 Sustainable and dynamic economy
•	 Digital transformation of the public 
administration, economic and social sectors
•	 Environmental well-being
•	 Comfortable and safe 
environment for living
•	 Digital transformation of the public 
administration, economic and social 
sectors
Indicators of contribution 
to the national goals
RUB 19 bn  
Invested in New Energy 
modernisation programme
> RUB 600 bn  
Total expected investments 
in new HPPs and WPP
83  
Number of events 
organised by the Company 
to clean up river banks and 
water bodies
RUB 171.3 mn  
Social investments in 
environmental and animal 
protection in 2024(0.01% 
of revenue)
RUB 19.6 bn  
Total environmental 
protection cocsts in 2024 
(1.4% of revenue)
62.4%  
Share of waste was 
recycled
RUB 13.7 bn  
Employee welfare costs in 2024 (1% of revenue)
RUB 28.8 bn  
Total retirement costs in 2024(1.9% of revenue)
RUB 776.8 mn  
Social investments in 
social infrastructure and 
urban environment in 2024 
(0.06% of revenue)
RUB 283.8 mn  
Ratio of the Company’s 
Social investments 
in healthcare in 2024 
(0.02 of revenue)
RUB 1.9 bn  
Social investments 
in educational projects 
in 2024 (0.12% of revenue)
RUB 2.3 bn  
R&D costs in 2024 (0.2% of revenue)
RUB 1.5 bn  
Social investments in development 
of NPOs and local communities in 
2024(0.11% of revenue)
RUB 1.8 bn  
Social investments in sports in 2024 
(0.1% of revenue)
Contribution to the UN SDGs and the National 
Development Goals of the Russian Federation
GRI 2-23
En+ Group embraces the United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals (UN SDGs) and focuses on nine top 
priority goals for its operations and for stakeholders, 
as well as the national goals of the Russian Federation 
(RF). Every year, the Company implements various 
En+ Group reports on its contribution to the 
global sustainability agenda in its annual SDG 
Report. In the previous report, the Company 
disclosed information on En+ Group’s contribution 
to the achievement of the National Development 
projects and organises events to contribute 
to economic development, social welfare, science and 
technology advances, as well as to ensure environmental 
sustainability and enhance the quality of life for people 
across Russia. 
Goals of the Russian Federation for the first time. 
The methodology formed by the national ESG Alliance 
was used as a guidance. 
	 For more details on En+ Group’s contribution 
to the Sustainable Development Goals and the 
National Development Goals of the Russian 
Federation, see the SDG Report for 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
79
78
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

En+ Group is convinced that even the most ambitious global 
challenges can be successfully solved through collaboration
Organisation
En+ Group’s role
Advocacy of the sustainability agenda
National ESG Alliance
En+ Group is one of the founders of the National ESG Alliance, an alliance of corporate 
of ESG leaders.
In 2024, En+ Group headed the working group on the Climate Agenda, which produced 
of an interactive map of climate projects in Russia, preparation a methodology 
on assessing climate-related risks for the non-financial sector of events at the BRICS 
Climate Forum and the UN Climate Change Conference (UNFCCC COP 29). En+ Group 
also participated in the development of a methodology to help the private sector report 
on its contribution to the achievement of the National Development Goals of the Russian 
Federation.
United Nations Global Compact
Starting from 2019, En+ Group has been publishing an annual Communication on Progress 
report detailing its efforts made as part of its sustainable corporate development. 
In addition, in 2024 the Company contributed to the establishment of the Energy 
Transitions Working Group within the Local Network of the UN Global Compact in Russia.
Business 20, B20
En+ Group actively contributed to the work of B20 Task Force on Energy Transition and 
Climate, and Task Force on Trade and Investment.  En+ Group’s proposals on promoting 
internationally-accepted methodologies for calculating and reporting the carbon 
footprint of products taking into account different sectoral requirements were included 
in the corresponding B20 Policy Papers. En+ Group’s suggestions on carbon footprint 
reduction through re-usage of recycled materials are also reflected in the documents.
BRICS Business Council
En+ Group continues to chair the Russian Chapter of the Energy, Green Economy and 
Climate Working Group at BRICS Business Council.  In 2024, under Russia’s presidency 
in BRICS, the Working Group continued to work on the creation of BRICS Energy Skills 
Roadmap, the establishment of BRICS Centre of Excellence and the establishment 
of BRICS Clean Energy Fund. The Working Group also introduced two initiatives: BRICS 
Fairy Tales about Renewable Energy Sources and the Initiative on developing a Hub 
Infrastructure for the Integration of the National Voluntary Carbon Markets. Both 
initiatives were presented at COP29.
Baikal Plastic Free Alliance 
The Baikal Plastic Free Alliance was initiated by En+ Group and united 25 organisations 
in the region (three new organisations in 2024).
	 For more details on the Alliance’s activities in 2024, see the Contribution to Local 
Communities section
Organisation
En+ Group’s role
World Water Forum
In 2024, En+ Group took part in the 10th World Water Forum. Three En+ Group projects 
(New Energy, Scientific and Environmental Monitoring of Lake Baikal, Baikal Plastic Free 
Alliance) were recognised as best practices in the field of water resources management 
in the compendium to the Ministerial Declaration signed by 106 countries following 
the Forum. 
Transparency 
Aluminium Stewardship Initiative 
(ASI) 
ASI is an international standards development and certification body focused 
on advancing responsible practices across the aluminium value chain. The En+ Group’s 
Metals segment assists ASI in developing certification systems and promoting 
the widespread adoption of standards.
International Aluminium Institute 
(IAI)
Within this community, representatives of En+ Group’s Metals segment advocate 
for responsible production, sustainable use, and recycling of aluminium through 
participation in various committees.
Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP)
In 2024, both En+ Group segments submitted their respective climate change reports 
to the CDP.
Climate agenda
Carbon Pricing Leadership 
Coalition (CPLC)
En+ Group and RUSAL are the only Russian members of CPLC, a voluntary partnership 
under the auspices of the World Bank to advance global carbon pricing. 
Climate Partnership of Russia
In 2024, at the Carbon Digital Conference 2024 (CDC2024), an international conference 
on the development of carbon markets and the use of digital technologies in the climate 
sphere, the Climate Partnership of Russia presented En+ Group’s climate projects as best 
practice.
Conference of the Parties 
to the UN Framework Convention 
on Climate Change (UNFCCC)
En+ Group and RUSAL regularly participate in the UNFCCC COP meetings. In 2024, 
at COP29 En+ Group facilitated a session by the Committee on Sustainable Energy 
Transition under the auspices of the UN Global Compact Network Russia.  Representatives 
of various business associations and research institutes from South Africa, and Brazil 
presented their case studies at the session.
Cooperation and partnerships
GRI 2-28
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
81
80
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Prioritising and grouping impacts into topics
•	 Setting a threshold to filter out less significant 
impacts
•	 Grouping significant impacts into topics
•	 Prioritising material topics based on their resulting 
significance
•	 Testing material topics against international 
standards, industry best practices, and guidlines 
(including in the context of the GRI industry standard 
for the mining sector GRI 14: Mining Sector 2024)
Output
Significant impacts grouped into topics
Assessment of the significance of impacts
•	 Ddetermination of the method to incorporate stake-
holder views
•	 сonducting a stakeholder survey to identify the most 
significant positive and negative impacts
Output
A list of impacts ranked by stakeholders
Approval of the list of material topics
•	 adjustment of the priority of topics by the working 
group preparing the Report 
•	 Review and approval of the final list of material  
topics by En+ Group’s senior management and 
the HSE Committee of the Board of Directors 
Output
A list of approved material topics
Materiality assessment
GRI 3-2
Based on the survey results, En+ Group 
specialists formed a ranked list of impacts and 
grouped them into 18 topics with a breakdown 
into three priorities. 
GRI 2-14
At the final stage, the HSE Committee 
of the Board of Directors reviewed and 
approved the final list of material topics 
disclosed in the 2024 Consolidated Report.
GRI 3-1, 2-25 
En+ Group assesses materiality based on the GRI 
standards and its own methodology. The Company’s 
approach to materiality assessment remained 
unchanged in 2024: En+ Group analyses the context 
of the Company’s operations with the involvement 
of stakeholders.
In 2024, 103 representatives of various groups 
of En+ Group’s stakeholders took part in the survey.  
	 For more details on the materiality assessment process, 
see the Appendix 3 Additional ESG Data
GRI 2-14, 3-1
En+ Group’s materiality assessment stages
Identification of the Company’s impacts
•	 Analysis of En+ Group’s context by internal experts: 
business model, Company’s strategies, lines of  
business (bauxite mining, alumina processing, alumin-
ium production, electric and thermal energy), busi-
ness relations (relationships with partners and within 
the supply chain)
•	 Analysis of feedback from stakeholders, their  
suggestions and comments, including those made 
through feedback mechanisms
•	 Benchmarking of impacts and material topics  
disclosed in the reports of Russian and international 
metals, mining and energy companies in 2024
•	 Analysis of the requirements set forth in international 
industry standards and initiative guidelines
Output
A list of En+ Group’s actual and potential positive and 
negative impacts
Organisation
En+ Group’s role
Energy transition
UN Energy Compact Initiative
En+ Group was the first Russian company to join the UN Energy Compact, a United 
Nations initiative on sustainable energy to advance the achievement of SDG 7 (Affordable 
and Clean Energy). 
In 2024, En+ Group updated the UN Energy Secretariat on the progress made 
in implementing the New Energy Programme and the En+ Group’s Renewable Energy 
Certificates project, thus maintaining its membership in the UN Energy Compact 
initiative.
Hydropower of Russia Association
In January 2024, the assessment system developed by the Association with the active 
involvement of En+ Group, including the standard “Methodology for assessing 
the compliance of operating hydropower facilities with sustainable development criteria” 
operating rules and a compliance mark, were registered as a voluntary certification 
system with Rosstandart.
Russian Renewable Energy 
Development Association 
(RREDA)
In 2024, En+ Group joined the Renewable Energy Development Association to strengthen 
stakeholder engagement as part of the project to build a wind farm in the Far East.
In December, with the support of En+ Group, RREDA published an analytical overview 
of the BRICS countries’ energy sectors “BRICS Fairy Tales about Renewable Energy 
Sources.”
National Association of Raw 
Materials Recycling
To increase the share of recycling and reuse of waste generated by the Power segment, 
En+ Group joined the National Association of Raw Materials Recycling. 
ESCAP Sustainable Business 
Network (ESBN)
In 2024, En+ Group became a member of the Circular Economy Task Force and the Energy 
Task Force at the ESBN, a voluntary business partnership under the auspices of the UN 
Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP). The ESCAP position 
paper: “The Secrets to Unlocking the Next Frontier for a Circular Economy in the Asia-
Pacific Region” included the best practices of the En+ Group’s Power and Metals segments.
Stage 1
Stage 3
Stage 2
Stage 4
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
83
82
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Value chain stages
Key input
Key output
Key effect
Sustainability risks
Material topics
General processes 
of the Company
•	 Production and 
distribution infrastructure
•	 Financial capital
•	 Governance system
•	 Royalties
•	 Financial performance
•	 Taxes
•	 Payments to suppliers
•	 Salaries and social benefits 
for employees
•	 Skilled employees
•	 Social investments
•	 Affordable heat and 
electricity for consumers
•	 Creation of shareholder 
value 
•	 Economic development 
of the regions 
of responsibility
•	 Employment stability
•	 Professional development 
of employees
•	 Regional development
•	 Innovation development
•	 Sanctions risks
•	 Compliance risks
•	 HR risks
•	 Risks of human rights violations
•	 Risks of negative impact 
on sustainable development 
in the supply chain
•	 Information security risks
•	 Economic performance
•	 Just energy transition and low-carbon 
products
•	 Sustainable supply chain 
•	 Occupational health and safety
•	 Human rights
•	 Diversity and equal opportunity 
•	 Employees management and 
engagement
•	 Local community engagement
•	 Innovation management
•	 Business ethics
•	 Environmental compliance and 
the best available technologies (BAT)
•	 Corporate governance
Bauxite mining
•	 Bauxite reserves
•	 Land resources
•	 Water
•	 Bauxite
•	 Rehabilitated land
•	 Waste
•	 Biodiversity impact
•	 Impact on land resources
•	 Physical climate-related risks 
•	 Biodiversity loss risks
•	 OHS risks
•	 Occupational health and safety
•	 Safe waste management
•	 Biodiversity
•	 Climate change
Alumina refining
•	 Bauxite
•	 Caustic soda
•	 Calcium carbonate
•	 Water
•	 Fuel
•	 Alumina
•	 Air emissions
•	 Greenhouse gas emissions
•	 Waste
•	 Contribution to climate 
change
•	 Impact on land resources
•	 Transition climate-related risks 
•	 Environmental risks
•	 Safe waste management
•	 Climate change
Heat and electricity 
generation
Heat and electricity co-generation (CHP)
•	 Land resources
•	 Coal
•	 Water
•	 Heat and electricity
•	 Air emissions
•	 Rehabilitated land
•	 Contribution to climate 
change
•	 Air emissions
•	 Impact on land resources 
•	 Transition climate-related risks 
•	 Environmental risks
•	 Air quality
•	 Safe waste management
•	 Energy management
•	 Climate change
Electricity generation (HPP) 
•	 Water
•	 Land resources
•	 Electricity
•	 Noise
•	 Water level fluctuations and 
flood protection
•	 Biodiversity impact
•	 Physical climate-related risks 
•	 Biodiversity loss risks
•	 Water and wastewater management
•	 Biodiversity
•	 Energy management
•	 Climate change
Aluminium production
•	 Alumina
•	 Energy
•	 Aluminium scrap
•	 Water
•	 Fuel
•	 Aluminium and its products
•	 Air emissions
•	 Greenhouse gas emissions
•	 Waste
•	 Wastewater
•	 Contribution to climate 
change
•	 Water pollution and 
reduction of water 
reserves 
•	 Transition climate-related risks 
•	 OHS risks
•	 Environmental risks
•	 Occupational health and safety
•	 Water and wastewater management
•	 Air quality
•	 Safe waste management
•	 Climate change
Value chain
GRI 2-6, 3-2, 203-2
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
85
84
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Stakeholder engagement
Matters of concern in 2024
Engagement methods
Detailed information
Main
Additional
Associations and initiatives
•	 Promotion 
of hydropower
•	 Adaptation of HPPs 
to climate change
•	 Promotion of renewable 
energy certificates
•	 Circular economy
•	 Energy efficiency
•	 Participation in working 
groups and committees
•	 Participation in dedicated 
forums and conferences
•	 Corporate reporting and 
website publications
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation
•	 Public assurance 
of sustainability 
reporting
	 Investment Programme 
and Modernisation 
section
	
Climate Change and 
Energy Management 
section
	
Environmental 
Protection section
Suppliers and customers
•	 Import substitution 
of goods and services
•	 Supplier qualification 
conditions
•	 ESG accreditation 
of suppliers
•	 Сarbon footprint 
of products
•	 Supplier portal
•	 Tender platforms
•	 Signal corporate hotline
•	 Participation 
in dedicated forums 
and conferences
•	 Email communication, 
official 
correspondence
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation
	 Supply Chain 
Management section
	
Business Review section
	
Responsible Business 
Practices section
En+ Group employees
•	 Motivation and 
remuneration
•	 Social support 
for employees
•	 Career development 
and personal 
advancement 
opportunities
•	 Safe work environment
•	 Intranet portal 
for employees
•	 Annual Q&A sessions with 
the management team
•	 Your Voice annual 
employee satisfaction 
and engagement survey
•	 Signal corporate hotline
•	 Contact with trade unions 
and worker committees
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation
	 Employees section
	
Corporate Ethics and 
Compliance section
	
Occupational Health and 
Safety section
Matters of concern in 2024
Engagement methods
Detailed information
Main
Additional
Government authorities
•	 Regulatory compliance 
•	 Contribution 
of the Company 
to the economy 
and sustainable 
development 
•	 Corporate reporting and 
website publications
•	 Provision of access and 
necessary information 
to supervisory authorities 
•	 Email communication, 
official correspondence
•	 Participation 
in workshops, round 
tables and ministerial, 
interagency, and regional 
meetings
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation
	 Corporate Ethics and 
Compliance section
	
For more details on 
the contribution to the 
National Development 
Goals and the UN SDGs, 
see the Sustainability 
Management section
GRI 2–13, 2–25, 2–26, 2–29, 3–3 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
87
86
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Matters of concern in 2024
Engagement methods
Detailed information
Main
Additional
Non-profit organisations (NPOs) and local communities
•	 Improvement 
of the urban 
infrastructure 
in the regions 
of responsibility
•	 Implementation 
of social and charity 
projects
•	 Community liaison 
offices in the Company’s 
cities and towns 
of responsibility
•	 PLUS public space
•	 Annual community 
surveys
•	 Organisation of public 
events
•	 Grant competitions 
to support local NPO 
initiatives
•	 Participation in dedicated 
forums and conferences
•	 Corporate reporting
•	 Email communication, 
official 
correspondence
•	 Public assurance 
of sustainability 
reporting
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation
	 Contribution to Local 
Communities section
	
The public opinion 
in the operating 
regions is analysed 
as part of preparing 
the Sustainable Cities 
Responsibility Index
	
For more details, see the 
Contribution to Local 
Communities section
Metal and stock exchanges
•	 Disclosure of financial 
performance 
•	 Transparent 
corporate governance 
and sustainable 
development practices
•	 Corporate reporting and 
disclosure of information 
about material events 
on the corporate website
•	 Email communication, 
official correspondence
•	 Disclosure of information 
under exchange rules
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation 
	 For more details on 
disclosure channels, 
see the Information 
for Shareholders and 
Investors section
	
Corporate Governance 
section
Matters of concern in 2024
Engagement methods
Detailed information
Main
Additional
Rating agencies (including ESG rating agencies)
•	 Transparent corporate 
governance practices
•	 Invitation to participate 
in sustainability ratings, 
competitions, and 
conferences 
•	 Questions regarding 
the calculation 
of environmental, 
energy efficiency, OHS, 
and employer social 
responsibility indicators 
•	 Provision of information 
as part of assignment 
of ratings
•	 Corporate reporting and 
disclosure of information 
about material events 
on the corporate website
•	 Email communication, 
official correspondence
•	 Public assurance 
of sustainability 
reporting
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation 
	 Corporate Governance 
section
	
ESG Databook 
Shareholders, investors, and financial analysts
•	 Provision of information 
on the energy and 
aluminium market 
developments
•	 Clarifications 
on financial 
performance changes 
•	 New investment 
projects
•	 Distribution of profits
•	 Digitalisation projects
•	 General meeting 
of shareholders
•	 Mandatory issuer 
disclosures
•	 Corporate reporting and 
website publications
•	 Annual feedback 
collection as part 
of the Consolidated 
Report preparation
	 Business Review section 
	
Financial Review section 
	
Investment Programme 
and Modernisation 
section
	
Information for 
Shareholders and 
Investors section
	
Responsible Business 
Practices section
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
89
88
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Climate and environment
Climate change and energy management 
4.3% 
a year-on-year decrease in specific intensity of GHG 
emissions of Power segment  
5,300 tonnes 
of aluminium has been produced using inert anode 
technology since launch (910 tonnes in 2024) 
Governance
GRI 3-3
The climate change and climate-related risk 
management system ensures that tasks are resolved 
effectively and their implementation is closely 
monitored.
	
∙Regulations on Risk Management
	
∙Environmental Policy
	
∙Technical Policy
	
∙Methodology for determining direct GHG emissions 
during the production of primary aluminium
	
∙Methodology for determining direct GHG emissions 
during the production of alumina
	
∙Climate strategy
Material topics
	
∙Climate change 
	
∙Energy management 
	
∙Just energy transition and low-carbon products
Board of Directors
•	 Oversees the implementation of ESG policies and 
monitors the achievement of climate targets
Health, Safety, and Environment Committee
•	 Pursuant to the Regulations on the Committee, 
supervises the management of climate-related 
risks  and opportunities and provides relevant 
information to the Board of Directors. The Committee 
receives quarterly updates regarding developments 
in international and Russian climate change laws, 
as well as innovations in this area. Based on this 
information, it formulates yearly suggestions 
for adjusting climate objectives and presents them 
to the Board of Directors for review, if needed
CEO
•	 The CEO is responsible for implementing 
strategic climate decisions adopted by the Board 
of Directors. Assumes the primary responsibility 
for the operational tasks within this domain. 
The CEO annually approves internal climate 
goals of En+ Group and the budget for activities 
to achieve them 
•	 The CEO participate in operational committees 
and meetings that address climate-related risks  
and the strategies for managing them, while also 
making decisions in this area
Audit and Risk Committee
•	 Reviews the Company’s risk portfolio, including 
its alterations and key risk management programmes, 
particularly concerning climate-related risks, 
on a quarterly basis
Managing Committee on Climate Policy
•	 It manages the implementation of measures 
to achieve climate goals
Climate-related risk Department
•	 Being part of the Sustainable Development 
Directorate, it reports to the Director 
for Sustainable Development in the field 
of climate. 
•	 It provides quarterly updates to the HSE 
Committee and the Board of Directors regarding 
the progress of achievement of the climate goals 
and the progress of activities to manage climate-
related risks and opportunities
GRI 2-13 
Allocation of responsibility for climate change management
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
91
90
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

En+ Group decarbonisation roadmap, mt of СO2e
‘18
‘20
‘21
‘22
‘23
‘24
‘25
‘30
‘32
‘35
‘40
‘50
-0.4
25.1 
-0.4
Power segment
Metals segment
Offsets
Balance
-0.4
-0.4
-1.9
-10.8
-13
-19.7
-29
-47.4
22.9 
23.0 
25.2 
26.5 
27.2 
23.1 
22.7 
21.3 
18.3 
16.2 
15.7
42.0 
38.6 
38.9 
40.5 
39.4 
 39.4 
39.7 
41.3 
43.2 
45.2 
41.8 
31.7
67.1 
61.1 
61.5 
65.3 
65.5 
 66.6 
61.0 
53.2 
51.5 
43.6 
29.0 
0.0
0% 
0% 
0% 
0%
0%
0%
9% 
21% 
23% 
35% 
57% 
100% 
Strategy
GRI 3-3, 14.1.1, SASB EM-MM-110a.2, IF-EU-110a.3
In pursuit of carbon neutrality by 2050, En+ Group 
has crafted a roadmap for decarbonisation. It sets 
forth targets for gross greenhouse gas emissions and 
the activities required to achieve them by segment 
for each year. 
The Company annually publishes its Pathway 
to Net Zero Progress reports. In November 2024, 
the Company presented the report to stakeholders 
at the “Net Zero Day” event. 
GRI 2-13
The Board of Directors is responsible for managing 
energy consumption. The Chief Executive 
Officer provides energy efficiency reports 
which  are then reviewed by the HSE Committee 
of the Board of Directors. The Technical Directorate 
is in charge of overseeing efficiency improvements 
at the operational level for both En+ Group segments. 
The Group has identified climate and energy efficiency 
KPIs that play a role in the remuneration of managers 
throughout the Company structure. For example, 
for the Chief Sustainability Officer, the climate KPI 
accounts for 5% of the annual bonus. In 2024, this 
indicator associated with the verification of calculations 
of greenhouse gas emissions from the reservoirs 
of the Angara HPP cascade was achieved successfully. 
GRI 2-25
The main documents governing the Company’s climate 
change management is the Environmental Policy and 
the Climate strategy. Energy consumption is also 
governed by En+ Group’s Technical Policy. Aughinish, 
Alumina Refinery, is recognised with ISO 50001 
certification, which verifies the effective deployment 
of an energy management system. 
Development of products 
with a low carbon footprint 
100% of the Metals segment’s products 
meet the criterion of a low carbon 
footprint product – a carbon footprint 
of less than 4 t of CO2e per tonne of 
aluminium (Scope 1 and 2). The products 
are sold under the ALLOW brand, with 
a carbon footprint of 2.3 t of CO2e per 
tonne of aluminium (Scope 1 and 2), 
ALLOW INERTA, aluminium with a carbon 
footprint of 0.01 t of CO2e per tonne of 
aluminium (Scope 1 and 2). The product 
portfolio is enriched with products 
involving recycled aluminium scrap 
(foundry alloys for wheel production, 
flat ingots for can strip production, 
cylindrical ingots).
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
93
92
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Net Zero Roadmap activities
 
GRI 3-3, 305-5
Power 
segment
Metals  
segment
Alumina  
production
Generation of low-
carbon energy
Aluminium 
production
Neutralisation 
Power 
generation 
at CHPs
Transportation
Activity
Activity
Improving energy efficiency
All plants of the Alumina Division 
regularly implement relevant 
projects.
At the Achinsk Alumina Refinery, 
a project is underway to capture CO2 
using alkaline bottom-sludge water 
in scrubbers. The project has been 
recorded in the Russian carbon unit 
register.
Progress:
Upgrading aluminium smelters
The Company’s aluminium smelters 
continue to convert electrolysers 
to Eco-Soderberg and pre-baked 
anode technologies. 
Progress:
The project to improve the energy 
efficiency of filtration and 
calcination shop equipment 
through the construction and 
commissioning of a new cyclone 
furnace at the Bogoslovsky 
Aluminium Smelter was also included 
in the Russian register of climate 
projects.
Forest aerial protection
The air patrol and forest fire 
prevention project has been 
implemented since 2019 and 
is registered in the Russian register 
of carbon units.
Rewetting of drained peatlands 
Ongoing research in the Leningrad 
Region is focused on identifying 
the most appropriate previously 
drained peatlands for watering 
purposes.
Verification and certification of HPPs
En+ Group obtained a global 
certification for the verification 
of greenhouse gas emissions 
originating from HPP reservoirs. 
The verification of reservoir emissions 
allowed the Power segment 
to complete the registration of four 
HPPs in the National Low-Carbon 
Electricity Certification System. 
HPP qualification is necessary 
to issue generation attributes 
confirming the low carbon footprint 
of the electricity produced and 
then sell them to companies and 
individuals interested in reducing 
their climate impact.
Progress:
Construction of new HPPs and WPP
The projects are designed to provide 
regions with renewable energy.
	 For more details on the 
construction of HPPs and WPP, 
see the Investment Programme 
and modernisation section
Progress:
Conversion of CHPs to gas
The government of the Irkutsk 
Region, together with a gas 
company, is developing a gasification 
programme for the region, under 
which the possibility and conditions 
for transferring the Group’s CHPs 
to gas fuel are being considered. 
Energy efficiency measures
The Company continues 
to implement energy efficiency 
projects at the Group’s CHPs.
Progress:
 
Hydrogen transport infrastructure
En+ Group is deploying projects 
aimed at developing hydrogen-
fuelled corporate vehicles and 
related infrastructure, including 
electrolysers and refuelling stations. 
In the reporting year, it implemented 
a project to develop infrastructure 
for hydrogen passenger transport 
in Irkutsk and Krasnoyarsk.
Electric vehicle infrastructure
In 2024, En+ Group installed 19 
charging stations for electric vehicles 
in the Irkutsk Region.
Progress:
HPP modernisation
The Company continues to implement 
the ‘New Energy’ Programme.
	 For more details on the progress 
of the ‘New Energy’ programme, 
see the Investment Programme 
and modernisation section
Progress:
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
95
94
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk management
GRI 201-2, 14.2.1, 14.2.2
En+ Group regularly identifies, analyses and 
assesses the materiality of climate-related risks 
as part of the overall risk management process 
in accordance with the internal Regulations on Risk 
Management,the guidance of the IFRS Foundation’s 
International Sustainability Standards Board and 
the Methodological Recommendations of the Ministry 
of Economic Development of Russia1. The assessment 
involves the following:
	
∙Analysis of data on climate-related risks and 
opportunities
	
∙Risk prioritisation using the scenario approach
	
∙Evaluation of how risks align with the general 
risk management principles of En+ Group and 
development of the management activities, 
if necessary
The materiality and priority of climate-related 
risks are assessed by evaluating how likely they 
are to happen and the potential effects if they 
do, while the strategic implications are gauged 
by examining their financial impacts. En+ Group ranks 
risks based on their materiality: the most significant 
of them are characterised by a high or medium 
likelihood of occurrence, as well as consequences that 
are of maximum, high, or medium importance. In cases 
where a risk presents a low chance of happening 
yet carries the potential for severe repercussions, 
the Company often transfers it (most often through 
insurance). En+ Group additionally monitors risks 
with a low probability of occurrence and insignificant 
consequences and considers them acceptable.
Short term
up to 2025
En+ Group assesses climate-related risks  over three planning horizons, 
but most of the risks are relevant in the long term.
Medium term
Long term
up to 2050
up to 2030
sustainable scenario: a 1.5–2 °C 
increase in average temperatures
intermediate scenario: a 2–4 °C 
increase in average temperatures
active consumption of fossil 
fuels: a 4–7 °C increase in average 
temperatures 
The assessment uses the following SSP (Shared 
Socioeconomic Pathways) climate change scenarios:
SSP 126
SSP 245
SSP 585
GRI 201-2, 14.2.1, 14.2.2
The Company takes into account in its business strategy 
both physical climate-related risks, i.e., those associated 
with weather events related to climate change, and 
transition risks, i.e., those caused by the transition 
to a low-carbon economy. 
In the reporting period, the list of transition and 
physical risks and an assessment of their impact 
on the Company’s operations were updated. Physical 
risk assessment spans across the entire perimeter 
of the Group. En+ Group updates the register 
of physical risks on a quarterly basis and monitors 
the relevant mitigation measures. 
1	
Order of the Ministry of Economic Development of Russia No. 267 dated 13.05.2021 On the Approval of Methodological Recommendations and 
Indicators on Adaptation to Climate Change.
Opportunities associated with physical risks:
Construction of facilities generating low-carbon energy
Cost and fuel and energy savings due to reduced heating 
season
Opportunities associated with transition risks:
Adoption of low-carbon technologies driven by their 
progress and long-term affordability
Increased sales of products with a low carbon footprint
Access to new and emerging markets
Emergence of new economic instruments: RES attribute 
certificates, carbon units from climate projects, ESG 
financing instruments
In 2024, En+ Group did not include risks related 
to energy management in the overall list of risks. 
Despite this, the Group consistently implements 
initiatives to increase the efficiency of using fuel and 
energy resources across its enterprises, thus minimising 
risks associated with energy consumption and energy 
efficiency.
GRI 201-2, 14.2.1, 14.2.2
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
97
96
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Transition risks
Business segment
Transition climate-related risk
Potential incident / risk event
Short-term impact on the EBIT 
of the Group’s entities
Risk management activities 
Aluminium Division
Introduction of the Carbon Border 
Adjustment Mechanism in the EU and 
mirror mechanisms in aluminium export 
countries
Increase in operating expenses 
due to carbon charges per tonne 
of aluminium exported
USD 2—10 million
Implementation of a climate strategy to reduce the carbon footprint of the plants 
producing aluminium for export 
Entire company
Introduction of carbon regulation 
in Russia
Increase in operating expenses 
due to carbon tax per tonne 
of GHG emissions
—
Implementation of the Climate Strategy, investment and operational projects to reduce 
CO2 emissions.
Interaction with authorities through participation in associations, working groups; 
comments on and adjustments to low-carbon development bills
Physical risks
Business segment
Hazard
Physical climate-related risk
Potential incident / risk 
event
Short-term impact 
on the EBIT of the Group’s 
entities
Risk management activities (climate change adaptation 
measures)
Hydropower generation
Decrease in the overall water intake
Reduced power generation
Reduced revenue 
in the wholesale electricity 
and capacity market
up to USD 50 million
•	 Continuous monitoring of the evolving water and energy 
situation
•	 Conducting research work on adapting the operating modes 
of HPPs to climate change
•	 Implementation of an automated information system into 
the practice of managing the cascade modes, including 
databases of meteorological, hydrological and water 
management information, mathematical models of runoff 
formation and a simulation model of the functioning 
of the cascade reservoirs
Coal
Heavy rains, severe frost
Flooding due to heavy rains
Lagging behind 
the production plan and 
decrease in coal mining 
revenue
USD 1—2 million
•	 Creation of coal reserves during a period of favourable 
weather conditions 
•	 When upgrading equipment, giving preference to technical 
devices and machines operating in a wider temperature range
1	
Material climate-related risks  are defined as those with a probabilistic financial loss exceeding USD 1 million.
Register of material1 climate-related risks
Consolidated financial assessment of the climate-related risks  impact on En+ operations
 up to USD 50 mn per year
Probabilistic financial loss from the realisation 
of physical climate-related risks  in the short term
up to USD 10 mn per year
Probabilistic financial loss from the realisation 
of transition climate-related risks  in the short term
USD 10.2 mn 
Actual financial loss from the realisation of physical 
climate-related risks  in 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
99
98
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Targets
Status
Progress made in 2024
A 35% reduction in GHG emissions by 2035 compared 
to 2018
On track
As a result of upgrading capacity and 
developing energy-saving measures, 
emissions were cut by 1% compared 
to the baseline year 
Net Zero by 2050
On track
Reducing the average carbon intensity of electricity 
produced and consumed
On track
In the reporting period, the carbon 
intensity of electricity produced 
decreased by 4.3% in the Power segment
Increasing the use of energy from alternative sources 
by 2030
On track
The Company is working on HPP and WPP 
construction projects
Increasing clean electricity generation by 2.5 TWh, and 
preventing emissions of over 2.5 mt of CO2e per year from 
coal-fired power plants from 2025 onwards
On track
Annual hydropower generation rose 
by 2.5 TWh, reducing annual emissions 
of 2.9 mt of CO2e by partially substituting 
demand for electricity generated 
by CHPs
HPP adaptation to climate change
As part of the adaptation of the Angara HPP cascade to climate change, the Company assessed 
climate-related risks to 2030 and 2050 and prepared runoff forecasts. The assessment used 
two scenarios (the moderate one with a 3 °C temperature increase by the end of the century, 
the stressful scenario with a 5 °C warming) and resulted in measures being developed to adapt 
to climate change. 
Risk
Decrease 
in the annual 
volume of river 
flow in the Baikal 
and Angara basins
A higher risk 
of floods and 
droughts
•	 Construction of new HPPs
•	 Updating of the rules for using water 
reservoirs
•	 Development of proposals on HPP 
operating modes, using an automated 
system to manage the modes
•	 Reconstruction of water withdrawal 
facilities at the Bratsk water reservoir
•	 Forecasting of water inflow to HPP sites
After 2030
After 2030
•	 Reforestation and forest protection 
measures in the catchment area
Increased fire 
hazards
Relevant now
Planning horizon
Management activities
1	
Direct, energy indirect and other indirect GHG emissions.
Metrics and targets
GRI 3-3, SASB EM-MM-110a.2, IF-EU-110a.3
En+ Group has set the following targets to reduce 
greenhouse gas emissions and improve energy 
efficiency.
GRI 305-1, 305-2, 305-3, 14.1.5, 14.1.6, 14.1.7, SASB EM-MM-110a.1, IF-EU-110a.1, IF-EU-110a.2
To assess its own climate impact and analyse 
the effectiveness of measures to achieve 
the set climate goals, the Company measures 
Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions1. The market 
approach is used to estimate Scope 2 emissions. 
The measurement includes emissions of such 
greenhouse gases, as carbon dioxide, methane, 
perfluorocarbon, and nitrous oxide. 
En+ Group takes measures to adapt to climate change 
in order to avoid negative consequences for business, 
including the following:
	
∙The Company monitors the condition of production 
facilities and performs timely repairs to avoid their 
destruction as a result of climate-related risk factors.
	
∙To prevent downtime as a result of climate-related 
risks, the Company purchases new equipment 
capable of operating in harsher climatic conditions 
and upgrades existing equipment, such as walking 
excavators.
	
∙To successfully manage climate-related risks, 
En+ Group tracks data on anticipated weather 
conditions to take preemptive steps if forecasts 
worsen, ensuring that workers are informed and safe. 
	
∙To reduce the probability of falling behind 
the production plan for coal mining enterprises, 
the Company creates reserves of extracted raw 
materials.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
101
100
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Energy intensity, GJ/t of aluminium
Energy intensity, GJ/MWh
‘22
‘23
‘24
119.0 
117.4 
113.6
113.6
GJ/t of aluminium  
in 2024
Metals 
segment
‘22
‘23
‘24
2.486 
2.658 
2.551
2.551
GJ/MWh  
in 2024
Power 
segment
GRI 302-3, 14.1.4
GRI 302-3, 14.1.4
In 2024, gross GHG emissions of all Scopes increased 
by 1% compared to the previous reporting period 
to 66.6 mt of CO2e due to increase in Group’s CHP 
generation by 3% year-on-year as a result of an increase 
in energy consumption in the Irkutsk energy system by 
9.2% compared to the previous year.  
GRI 305-1, 305-2, 305-3, 14.1.5, 14.1.6, 14.1.7, SASB IF-EU-110a.1,
IF-EU-110a.2, EM-MM-110a.1
Direct (Scope 1), indirect (Scopes 2 and 3) GHG 
emissions, mt of CO2e
GRI 305-4, 14.1.8
Specific GHG emissions (including carbon dioxide, 
methane, perfluorocarbon, nitrous oxide) from 
the electrolysis process in the Metals segment 
in the reporting period equalled 1.99 tonnes 
of CO2e per tonne of aluminium, a 0.5% increase 
compared to 2023. At the same time, specific 
emissions of the Power segment dropped by 4.3% 
due to increase in HPP generation. Overall, energy 
generation at CHPs of the Power segment is the most 
carbon-intensive area of En+ Group’s operations (37% 
of the Company’s total carbon footprint in 2024). 
Within the Metals segment, the production of alumina 
stands out as the primary source of carbon emissions 
(29.1%).
GRI 305-4, 14.1.8
GHG emissions intensity, 
tonnes of CO2e per tonne of aluminium 
	 For more details on GHG emissions, see Appendix 
Additional ESG Data
GRI 302-1, 302-4, GRI 14.1.2, SASB EM-MM-130a.1
The total energy consumption of En+ Group 
was 346.8 million GJ in the reporting period. This value 
is 1.7% less than the 2023 indicator. 0.5% of consumed 
energy came from renewable sources, while 84% 
of all energy was supplied from renewable sources. 
Both the Power and Metals segments take measures 
to improve energy efficiency. In 2024, the energy 
savings amounted to 8.5 million GJ.
GRI 305-4, 14.1.8
28.3
1.2
‘22
‘23
‘24
65.7 
65.9 
66.6
11.0
23.7
0.5
1.0
27.2
1.1
11.1
25.0
0.5
1.0
26.2
1.2
12.1
25.7
0.5
1.0
Scope 1, 
Metals segment
Scope 2, 
Metals segment
Scope 3, 
Metals segment
Scope 1, 
Power segment
Scope 2, 
Power segment
Scope 3, 
Power segment
‘22
‘23
‘24
2.00 
1.98 
1.99
Metals 
segment
1.99
tonnes of CO2e 
per t of aluminium 
in 2024
‘22
‘23
‘24
0.22 
0.23 
0.22
0.22
tonnes of CO2e 
per MWh 
in 2024
Power 
segment
GHG emissions intensity during electrolysis, 
tonnes of CO2e per MWh 
GRI 302-3, GRI 14.1.4
The energy intensity of the Metals segment was 113.6 GJ 
per tonne of aluminium produced, a 3.2% increase 
vs. 2023. The energy intensity of the Power segment 
reached 2.551 in the reporting period, down 4% 
due to increased output at HPPs and reduced losses.
	 For more details on energy consumption,  
see Appendix Additional ESG Data
GRI 302-1, 14.1.2, SASB EM-MM-130a.1
En+ Group’s energy balance in 2024
Fossil fuel consumption:
Natural gas (128.6)
Heavy oil (21.6)
Coal (320.8)
Petrol (0.2)
Kerosene (0.003)
Propane and butane (0.6)
Diesel fuel (6.1)
Coke (0.9)
Renewable fuel 
consumption:
Charcoal (1.0)
Waste wood (0.8)
Bark waste (0.05)
Purchased energy:
Electricity (262.0)
Heat (4.2)
Total energy consumption: 
346.8 million GJ
Energy sold:
Electricity (316.4)
Heat (110.8)
Energy losses during 
transportation (27.2)
	
∙To update a climate strategy.
	
∙To reassess the impact of climate-related risks 
on the Company’s operations.
	
∙To continue implementing the climate strategy.
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
103
102
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Environment protection 
RUB 19.6 bn
spent on environmental protection
62.4%
of total waste reused or recycled
64.3% 
of water used in recirculating water systems
	
∙Environmental Policy
	
∙Biodiversity Policy
	
∙Regulations on the Health, Safety, and Environment 
Committee
	
∙Stakeholder Engagement Policy
	
∙Supplier Standards
	
∙Corporate Code of Ethics
Material topics
	
∙Air quality
	
∙Water and wastewater management
	
∙Safe waste management
	
∙Biodiversity
	
∙Environmental compliance and the best available 
technologies (BAT)
Governance
GRI 3-3, SASB EM-MM-160a.1
En+ Group is committed to preventing and 
minimising the impact of its production operations 
on the atmosphere, water, land resources and 
biodiversity. In its efforts to protect the environment, 
the Group is governed by the UN Sustainable 
Development Goals and national legislation 
requirements, in particular Russian Federal Law No. 7 
of 10 January 2002 On Environmental Protection and 
the following internal documents:
Board of Directors
•	 Oversees the implementation of the Company’s 
environmental protection policies
•	 Oversees progress against environmental 
protection targets
Health, Safety, and Environment Committee
•	 Manages risks, including environmental risks
•	 Feeds into the policy development process
•	 Makes recommendations to the Board 
of Directors
•	 Oversees the Company’s compliance with 
legal requirements and standards governing 
environmental protection
•	 Evaluates the Group’s environmental protection 
performance
Sustainable Development Directorate
•	 Identifies and assesses the environmental 
impacts of risks
•	 Monitors the implementation of measures 
to manage environmental risks
Environmental protection teams at enterprises
•	 Provides environmental stewardship 
at the enterprise level
Allocation of responsibility 
for environmental protection
Environmental Policy
	
∙defines the Company’s principles and key areas 
of environmental protection efforts
	
∙includes an obligation for each party to comply with 
the requirements in contracts
Stakeholder Engagement Policy
	
∙defines the procedure for stakeholder engagement, 
including on environmental protection matters
Supplier Standards
	
∙establishes environmental protection requirements 
for suppliers
Corporate Code of Ethics
	
∙imposes a duty on Group enterprises to prevent 
environmental incidents and comply with applicable 
laws, among other requirements
Biodiversity Policy
	
∙establishes the Company’s key biodiversity 
conservation principles
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
105
104
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

In the reporting period, En+ Group established an ash 
and slag waste department to improve the efficiency 
of bulky waste management.
GRI 2-13
Key performance indicators (KPIs) related 
to the involvement of waste in circular economy, 
reclamation of disturbed land, compliance with emission 
standards, elimination of risks with environmental 
impacts were set for the Company’s management and 
the Director for Sustainable Development. 
The Company has an environmental management 
system (EMS) certified to ISO 14001:2015 and  
GOST R ISO 14001-2016 Environmental Management 
Systems. In the reporting period, CHPs in the Irkutsk 
Region received certification. The Metals segment’s 
Urals Silicon and Urals Alumina Refinery also 
completed certification. An audit for recertification 
of the environmental management system was carried 
out at the Group’s HPPs. Additionally, several internal 
audits were held at CHPs and HPPs in the reporting 
period. 
In 2024, all contractors’ supplementary agreements 
were updated to include uniform standards 
for environmental protection, with a special emphasis 
on safeguarding aquatic biological resources.
1	
PAH – polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
GRI 3-3, 14.3.1
In order to adhere to the prescribed standards, 
En+ Group carries out pollutant concentration 
monitoring using instrumental methods as part 
of its industrial environmental control (IEC) initiatives. 
Besides, the Company conducts additional air quality 
studies in the regions of responsibility to assess 
the impact of operations on the state of the atmosphere. 
Some of the Company’s enterprises are located 
in the cities participating in the Clean Air federal 
project, such as Bratsk, Novokuznetsk and Krasnoyarsk. 
The goal of the project is to reduce pollutant emissions 
in cities by 20% by 2026. 
Research of the impact of 
the Yenisei River air holes 
on Krasnoyarsk air quality
The Institute of Computational 
Modelling of the Siberian Branch 
of the Russian Academy of Sciences 
analysed the impact of air holes 
in the Yenisei River on the distribution 
of suspended particulate matter 
in the air. The research conducted 
since 2019 showed that the surface 
atmosphere of the river water area has 
lower concentrations of suspended 
particles than in the city due to their 
deposition. This phenomenon can 
also be explained by the mixing of air 
masses generated over the city and 
its surroundings within the open 
environment. Consequently, 
the steaming of the river does not 
have a negative impact on the state 
of the atmosphere of Krasnoyarsk.
Modernises gas purification systems of the coal-fired 
CHP
Uses modern gas purification equipment, automatic 
monitoring systems and mobile emission control 
stations. In 2024, the 16th gas purification unit 
was installed at the Novokuznetsk Aluminium 
Smelter. A total of 24 units are planned to be built, 
with purification efficiency of over 99.5%, making 
it possible to remove a larger volume of pollutants 
from waste gases  
Introduces inert, pre-baked anode,  
and Eco-Soderberg technologies
Introduces anode mass technology with reduced PAH 
content1 to decrease benz(a)pyrene emissions into 
the atmosphere
To achieve the target, En+ Group 
is taking  the following actions:
Environmental 
component
Environmental impact 
Air protection regulations
Air
Emissions of pollutants 
from aluminium smelters 
of the Metals segment and 
CHPs of the Power segment
•	 Federal Law On Atmospheric Air Protection
•	 Order of the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment 
On the Approval of Requirements for Measures to Reduce 
Emissions of Pollutants into the Air during Adverse Weather 
Conditions
•	 Federal Clean Air Project
•	 Presidential Decree on National Development Goals up to 2036 
(National Goal “Environmental Well-Being”)
Strategy
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
107
106
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1	
The assessment was performed using the Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas.
Environmental 
component
Environmental impact
Water protection regulations
Water
Water withdrawal and 
discharge, including into 
natural water bodies 
•	 Water Code of the Russian Federation 
•	 Federal Law On Water Supply and Discharge 
•	 Sanitary Rules and Regulations (SanPin) Hygienic Requirements 
for Surface Water Protection 
•	 Requirements of the Federal Water Resources Agency 
of the Russian Federation 
Environmental 
component
Environmental impact
Land protection regulations
Land
Waste generation: red and 
nepheline sludge, spent carbon 
lining, ash and slag waste, 
overburden rock
Land disturbance as a result 
of mining processes
•	 Land Code of the Russian Federation
•	 Federal Law On Industrial and Consumption Waste
GRI 3-3, 303-1, 303-2, 14.7.1, 14.7.2, 14.7.3
En+ Group enterprises have standards for the use 
of water resources, specifically pollutant discharges, 
developed on the basis of the national legislative 
requirements. Accredited organisations monitor 
prioritised pollutants (oil products and suspended 
particles) in wastewater and reservoirs. To prevent 
pollutants from entering the water, the Group conducts 
regular inspections of the serviceability of generating 
and treatment equipment. 
The Company operates modern treatment facilities 
and upgrades them. Some enterprises of the Metals 
segment оperate a closed-loop water recycling system, 
thus reducing their water withdrawal and discharge. 
Urals Alumina Refinery  continues to implement 
the system.
En+ Group interacts with stakeholders on these 
matters, with the Metals segment publishing voluntary 
respobsible water report.
Operations in water-scarce 
areas
GRI 3-3, 303-1, 303-2, 14.7.2, 14.7.3, SASB IF-EU-140a.3
Some Group enterprises operate in areas 
characterised by severe water shortages1.
To reduce the impact on water resources, 
the Group is introducing closed-
loop water recycling systems across 
its production facilities. In 2024, Armenal 
performed activities to advance its system: 
the measures were taken to improve 
the rolling section recycling unit.
GRI 3-3, 306-1, 306-2, 14.5.1, 14.5.2, 14.5.3, SASB EM-MM-150a.10
The Power segment has an internal Waste Management 
Standard that establishes the procedure for waste 
collection, recycling and disposal. The Metals segment 
aligns its activities with its own Industrial Waste 
Management Strategy to 2030 establishing a hierarchy 
of waste management efforts using the Zero Waste 
to Landfill principle. In the reporting period, the Metals 
segment additionally developed and approved safe 
waste management programmes for 2024–2029 and 
set annual targets. 
To minimise the negative impact on land resources,  
En+ Group implements the following measures:
1.	 The Company monitors compliance of its own waste 
disposal facilities with the established standards 
and controls their safety. In 2024, the Company 
modernised waste storage sites to ensure more 
efficient and safe disposal of bulky waste from coal-
fired generation. 
2.	 En+ Group implements waste recycling projects 
to lower the amount of waste sent for disposal 
and to obtain additional profits. The Company 
has developed a long-term ash and slag waste 
management programme to explore promising 
ways of disposal of such waste. The Metals segment 
has launched a project to produce raw materials 
for household chemicals from electrolysis gas 
purification sludge.
SASB EM-MM-160a.2
3.	 To mitigate the negative impact on land resources 
effectively, En+ Group applies technologies that 
prevent the generation of acid waste.
GRI 14.6.1, SASB EM-MM-540a.2, EM-MM-540a.3
4.	The Group ensures safe functioning of its hydraulic 
structures (HS) and has emergency response plans 
in place. No emergencies or significant sludge spills 
were recorded in 2024.
5.	 The Company strives to minimise the area 
of disturbed land and, after the completion 
of open-pit mining, performs land reclamation 
in accordance with the approved plans, including 
using ash and slag waste. The Company also 
implements reclamation measures for contaminated 
land and waste disposal facilities. 
6.	En+ Group also performs reforestation activities. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
109
108
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Environmental 
component
Environmental impact
Biodiversity conservation regulations
Biodiversity
Distortion 
of the landscape’s natural 
state and a shrinkage 
of green areas, impact 
on the water regime 
of aquatic ecosystems 
during the power 
generation activities 
at HPPs
•	 Federal Law dated On Ratification of the Convention 
on Biological Diversity
•	 The Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework
•	 TNFD1 guidance 
•	 International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standard 6 
Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management 
of Living Natural Resources
•	 Hydropower Sustainability Standard
1	
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures.
Green Office
En+ Group continues to implement 
the Green Office initiative, which aims 
to create a comfortable workspace 
with minimal environmental impact. 
In particular, separate waste collection 
has been organised in the offices. 
To reduce the volume of household 
waste, the Company has abandoned 
the use of disposable plastic dishes, and 
is adopting practices aimed at conserving 
water and energy. In 2024, a separate 
waste collection system was implemented 
across the offices of the Power segment 
in Irkutsk, as well as across the Angara 
HPP cascade, Krasnoyarsk HPP and CHPs. 
To promote the practice, the Company 
developed lectures about the Green Office 
for employees for the corporate portal.
2	 Environmentally vulnerable areas are those with rich biodiversity, strong ecosystem integrity, significant degradation of ecosystem health, high 
physical risks to water resources, or those that are crucial for providing ecosystem services to indigenous peoples, local communities, and other 
stakeholders.
GRI 101-2, 14.4.3
En+ Group develops corporate biodiversity conservation 
programmes for its production sites taking into account 
the requirements of various international standards 
and initiatives, including the Kunming-Montreal Global 
Biodiversity Framework. Within the Power segment, such 
a document is in place for Irkutsk, Bratsk and Ust-Ilimsk 
HPPs and reservoirs. 
The goal of the programme is to prevent or mitigate 
the negative impact of Angara HPPs and reservoirs 
on biodiversity and participate in maintaining stable 
condition of the cascade in the long term. 
GRI 101-4, 101-5, 101-6, 101-7, 14.4.4, 14.4.5
During the development of the programme, experts 
identified areas of direct and indirect impact 
of the facilities on biodiversity and drafted a map 
of the impact areas. Angara HPPs do not operate 
in environmentally vulnerable2 areas. The nearest 
protected area (Pribaikalsky National Park) is located 
at a distance of 43 km.
Map of potential biodiversity impact areas of Irkutsk, Bratsk 
and Ust-Ilimsk HPPs 
Bratsk HPPs
Irkutsk HPPs
Direct potential impact area
Indirect potential impact area
Area of potential indirect impact 
on Lake Baikal
HPP
Ust-Ilimsk HPPs
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
111
110
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

En+ Group entered into an agreement with 
the Institute of Geography of the Siberian Branch 
of the Russian Academy of Sciences on field verification 
of the biodiversity conservation programme. 
Due to the large area covered by the programme 
(8.5 million hectares), the work will be divided into two 
stages. In the reporting period, studies were performed 
in the areas of the Irkutsk and Bratsk reservoirs and 
adjacent territories. Further verification for Ust-Ilimsk 
HPP is scheduled for 2025.
The Power segment has devised a Biodiversity 
Conservation Action Plan for three HPPs, with the first 
stage covering 2023–2025. The plan contains a list 
of planned activities and indicator species (plants, 
animals), which will be monitored and supported 
by specialists. En+ Group strives to increase 
the cumulative positive effect of measures to preserve 
biodiversity and combat climate change. 
For instance, the Company has developed a climate 
change adaptation programme for the Angara HPP 
cascade, which will positively affect biodiversity.
	 For more details on the programme,  
see the Climate Change section
GRI 101-2, 14.4.3
The Metals segment has also completed work 
on corporate programmes to conserve biodiversity 
and maintain ecosystem services for Timan Bauxite, 
Urals Alumina Refinery and Irkutsk Aluminium Smelter 
(IrkAZ). The Company has developed a system 
of metrics and indicators that makes it possible 
to assess both the state of biodiversity of territories and 
the effectiveness of measures taken to preserve it. 
Educational events
We involve local communities in 
biodiversity conservation activities. 
In 2024, the Company produced 
a comic book ‘The Steppe Rat 
Snake, The Mongolian Toad and their 
adventures’ with interesting facts about 
these animals in order to highlight 
their benefits to the ecosystem, 
as well as reflect the importance 
of conservation measures for valuable 
species. 
Community fish protection
The Company supports community 
fishery inspectors by providing 
them with the necessary outfit, 
equipment and labour remuneration. 
The inspectors are responsible 
for patrolling the waters of the Bratsk, 
Irkutsk and Krasnoyarsk water 
reservoirs to prevent poaching and 
other fishing violations. The project has 
helped to:
•	 Detect 570 administrative 
offences in the field of fishing and 
conservation of aquatic biological 
resources
•	 Detect 13 crimes in the field 
of fishing and conservation of aquatic 
biological resources
•	 Seize 724.9 kg of fish from poachers 
•	 Remove 13.2 km of illegal fishing nets 
from water bodies
•	 Take 953 preventive measures
Artificial spawning grounds 
in the Bratsk reservoir
The Bratsk reservoir is home to various 
fish species that lay eggs on last year’s 
vegetation (pike, perch and others). 
However, the reservoir is poor in aquatic 
plants, so in 2024 the Group installed 
400 artificial spawning grounds 
to create suitable spawning conditions 
for fish. They are bundles of coniferous 
tree branches with a weight and a float. 
Locations for spawning are chosen 
at depths that provide optimal 
conditions for the growth of eggs.
The sixth Baikal monitoring 
expedition
In 2024, a sixth scientific expedition 
to monitor the state of Lake Baikal 
took place. The study was conducted 
in the southern and central parts 
of the Baikal water area and the Selenga 
River with a catchment area. Experts 
studied the condition of Baikal endemics1 
and took water samples to assess 
the content of pollutants, including 
microplastics. 
The monitoring results were presented 
to the Academic Council of the Faculty 
of Biology of Moscow State University, 
as well as the extended meeting 
of the Scientific Council of the Russian 
Academy of Sciences (RAS) and 
the Scientific Council of the Siberian 
Branch of the Russian Academy 
of Sciences on Lake Baikal problems. 
The scientific community gave a positive 
assessment of the monitoring results, 
and the RAS sent recommendations 
to relevant state authorities.
In 2024, the project won the XXII 
National Environmental Prize named 
after V.I. Vernadsky in the Science 
for Sustainable Development category.
1	
Species living exclusively in this territory.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
113
112
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk management
GRI 3-3
En+ Group annually assesses environmental risks 
as part of the overall risk management system. 
In 2024, the Company adopted a methodology 
for assessing the environmental impact of risks. 
In 2024, the Power segment revised its Strategic Plan 
for Environmental Risk Management replacing it with 
a Management Plan for Risks with Environmental 
Impacts, which includes risk management measures 
and their deadlines. 
GRI 101-2, 14.4.3
When assessing risks to biodiversity and ecosystem 
services, the Company takes into account the location 
of enterprises and the specifics of their production 
processes. If significant risks are identified, En+ Group 
holds consultations with scientists and industry experts, 
sets biodiversity conservation targets, and develops risk 
mitigation action plans taking into account the hierarchy 
of mitigation activities.
Based on the results of the assessment, the risks were 
recognised as predominantly insignificant, but for some 
aspects, such as land use for mining, it was proposed 
that they were considered to be other than insignificant. 
The Company develops measures to manage such risks.
Targets 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Ensure compliance of the Metals segment 
enterprises’ air emissions with regulatory 
requirements (cut above-limit air emissions 
by 100%) by 2027
On track
The Metals segment continues to upgrade its 
production sites and implement measures under 
the Clean Air federal project
Provide a significant reduction in emissions 
of pollutants per tonne of aluminium, including 
a 25% decrease in total fluorides
On track
The Metals segment managed to reduce intensity 
of emissions by 6.8% (including total fluorides by 
27.4%)
Retrofit ash collectors at Novo‑Irkutsk CHP, 
Ust-Ilimsk CHP, and CHP-6
On track
CHP-6 installed three electric filters for more 
efficient gas treatment. Pre-commissioning 
and commissioning of automatic emission 
control systems is underway and is scheduled 
for completion in 2025
Bring a share of water recycling in the production 
of alumina, aluminium, and finished products 
to 100% by 2027
On track
Armenal implemented measures to improve 
the recycling unit of the rolling department, the 
transition to a closed recycling water supply 
system continues at the Ural Aluminum Plant
Eliminate the discharge of untreated wastewater 
generated by the Power segment by 2030
On track
The Group is developing design documentation 
for local treatment facilities at Bratsk and 
Ust-Ilimsk HPPs, and continues to modernise 
treatment facilities of Irkutsk HPP. In 2024, 
the Company built a complex of treatment 
facilities for a coal company
The Company establishes special barriers that prevent wild 
animals from entering the territory of enterprises. All employees 
have read the instructions on the treatment of animals. Fish 
protection facilities are installed at the CHP to prevent water 
bodies from entering water intakes: in 2024, the technical 
re-equipment of these devices at the Avtozavodskaya CHP 
began. The facility includes louvered water-permeable screens 
for seasonal use and a system of permanent safe fish protection 
electrodes. Experts also highly appreciated the effectiveness 
of similar devices previously installed on the CHP-10.
En+ implements measures to reclaim disturbed lands. Guided 
Guided by the requirements of the legislation, the Company 
carries out stocking of water bodies with fish, which is confirmed 
by acts of fish release signed by the commission. In 2024, 
more than 781,000 fry were released into the water bodies 
of the Irkutsk region, the Republic of Buryatia, and the Republic 
of Khakassia. Compensatory reforestation is also performed: 
about 274,000 seedlings were planted in the reporting period.
Metrics and targets
GRI 3-3, 101-1, 14.4.2
En+ Group has set the following targets for environmental protection and biodiversity conservation. 
Compensation
Restoration
Minimisation
Prevention
During the development of corporate biodiversity 
conservation programmes, the Metals segment also 
conducted a preliminary risk assessment. The procedure 
for assessing risks to biodiversity and priority ecosystem 
services consists of the following stages:
	
∙Identification of impact factors
	
∙Assessment of physical risks (including potential 
risks) associated with impact factors
	
∙Assessment of transition risks (including potential 
risks) associated with impact factors
	
∙Overall assessment of corporate risks
	
∙Creation of a risk register
Prevention of negative effects on biodiversity is ensured 
by the Company’s approach aimed at identifying risks and 
mitigating them, including when developing new projects.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
115
114
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1	
En+ Group defines the impact as significant if it leads to penalties exceeding USD 1 million.
Targets 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Ensure a gradual reduction of at least 10% 
in the intensity of waste generation which  
is neither recyclable nor reusable, measured per 
tonne of metal, and safe disposal of 100% of such 
waste by 2030 in the Metals segment
On track
The volume of waste generated by the Metals 
segment has been reduced by 9.8% compared to 
2021. Ensured safe disposal of waste that cannot 
be disposed
Put back to economic use or utilise at least 
15% of alumina production waste and at least 
95% of aluminium and silicon production waste 
by 2035
On track
The Metals segment recycled 7.7% of generated 
red/nefeline sludge, 78.8% of spent coal lining 
and 96.2% of aluminium slag
Implement large-scale projects related to the use 
of ash and slag waste
On track
In 2024, a bypass road was built in Usolye-
Sibirskoye utilising materials derived from 
the recycling of ash and slag produced by CHPs 
of the Irkutsk Region. At the same time, 
the Group, together with research organisations, 
participated in the construction of experimental 
road structures using ash and slag mixtures. Ash 
and slag waste is successfully used to produce 
construction materials (concrete, aerated 
concrete, cement). In 2024, En+ Group sent 
315,000 tonnes of ash for these purposes  
(+14% vs. 2023)
Develop biodiversity conservation programmes 
and action plans for pilot facilities (three 
operating facilities in each segment) by 2024
Achieved
The programmes and action plans are in place 
for Angara HPPs and Timan Bauxite, UAZ and 
IrkAZ
Develop biodiversity conservation programmes 
and action plans for En+ Group’s facilities with 
identified biodiversity risks by 2030
On track
Species conservation measures are being 
implemented (artificial spawning grounds, 
community fish protection, etc.)
The total payments for the negative environmental 
impact were RUB 814.8 million, a 23.9 decrease 
year-on-year. 
GRI 305-7, 14.3.2, SASB EM-MM-120a.1, IF-EU-120a.1
In the reporting period, gross air pollutant emissions, 
excluding greenhouse gases, equalled 708.1 kt, 2.4% 
more than the 2023 indicator due to increase in CHP 
generation in 3% year-on-year. Сarbon dioxide (67.4%) 
accounted for the majority of emissions of the Metals 
segment, while sulphur oxides (58.9%) was the primary 
source of the Power segment’s emissions.
2	 Subtotals may not add up to the total due to rounding.
3	 PCB — polychlorinated biphenyls.
4	 To track the results of measures to reduce the negative impact on environmental components, the Company calculates specific emission 
indicators tied to the volume of aluminium produced (for the Metals segment) and the volume of thermal and electrical energy produced 
(for the Power segment). The denominator values are indicated in the appendices and are common to all specific environmental indicators 
of the segments in the Climate and Environmental Protection section.
Total environmental protection costs, %2
Atmospheric emission intensity indicators4
Metals segment, kt / kt
Power segment, kt / bn kWh
0.03
11.1
1
5.4
Management of waste 
with PCB3 content 
Waste utilisation
Land reclamation
Water protection
Air protection
Environment 
equipment 
maintenance
Conservation of 
biodiversity and 
protection of natural 
areas
Other environmental 
protection costs
78
2
1.5
1
RUB
19.6 
billion
‘22
‘23
‘24
0.052 
0.012 0.01 
0.0002
0.006
0.01
0.01
0,0003
0.005
0.011 0.01 
0.0003
Nitric oxides (NOx)
Sulphur oxides (SOx)
Particulate matter
Volatile organic compounds 
(VOCs)
‘22
‘23
‘24
1.4809
0.5787
0.0025
0.431
1.6065
0.64
0.0032
0.4453
1.6503
0.6445
0.0029
0.4476
Nitric oxides (NOx)
Sulphur oxides (SOx)
Particulate matter
Volatile organic compounds 
(VOCs)
GRI 2–27, SASB EM-MM-140a.2, IF-EU-140a.2, EM-MM-150a.9
There were no incidents in the reporting period that 
could lead to significant1 environmental damage. 
The Company took into account the alerts and notices 
received from Supervisory authorities and developed 
corrective action plans.
RUB 19.6 billion was spent on environmental measures 
in the reporting period, with the majority of funds 
allocated to air protection. The cost structure did not 
change significantly compared to the previous year. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
117
116
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

GRI 303-3, 14.7.4, SASB EM-MM-140a.1, IF-EU-140a.1
In 2024, En+ Group totally withdrew 1,062.0 million m³, 
which is 2.6% more water than in 2023 due to increase 
in output at the Group’s CHPs by 3% year-on-
year. In 2024, the majority of water was withdrawn 
from surface water bodies. Due to the nature 
of the production processes, the Power segment 
withdraws most of the water (85.0%). Fresh water 
withdrawal was 1,032.9 million m³, up 2.6% vs. 
2023. Sea water is only used by the Metals segment 
for equipment cooling processes. The share of water 
withdrawal in regions with water shortages was 1.1% 
for the Metals segment. These indicator did not change 
year-on-year.
GRI 303-5, 14.7.6, SASB EM-MM-140a.1, IF-EU-140a.1
The Company consumed 727.2 million m³ of water 
in the reporting period. This represents a 2.4% 
increase year-on-year. The Power segment consumed 
most of the water (87.6%). The share of water used 
in recirculating water systems was 64.3%.
GRI 303-4, 14.7.5
In the reporting period, En+ Group discharged 
664.9 million m³ of water, up 12.3% vs. 2023. The Power 
segment discharged the largest volume of water (93.5%). 
641.9 million m³ of fresh water were discharged, up 13.6% 
year-on-year. The Power segment accounted for 96.9% 
in fresh water discharge.
Ground water 
0%
Ground water 
4.6%
Surface water 
bodies 
93.8%
Third-party 
organisations 
19.0%
Water withdrawal 
1,062.0  
million m 3
Water consumption 
727.2  
million m 3
Water discharge 
664.9  
million m 3 
Sea water 
3.5%
Surface water 
bodies 
2.2%
Other water 
1.3%
Water used 
in recirculating water 
systems
Water consumption 
for production and 
household needs
Surface water 
bodies
72.9%
Structure of water 
consumption and 
discharge in 2024
GRI 303-3, 303-4, 303-5, 14.7.4, 14.7.5, 14.7.6, SASB EM-MM-140a.1, IF-EU-140a.1
Public 
utilities
2.8%
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
119
118
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Water-related intensity metrics
Metals segment, mn m3/kt
Power segment, mn m3/bn kWh
‘22
‘23
‘24
0.045 
0.042 
0.041
Intensity of total water withdrawal
Intensity of total water discharge
0.012 
0.012 
0.011
Intensity of total water withdrawal
Intensity of total water discharge
‘22
‘23
‘24
7.05 
7.45 
7.45
4.37 
4.66 
5.13
GRI 306-3, 14.5.4, SASB EM-MM-150a.4, EM-MM-150a.5.,
EM-MM-150a.6, EM-MM-150a.7
In 2024, En+ Group generated 157.9 mt of waste, 
down 29.8% year-on-year due to reduction of 
waste generation in the coal business. The Power 
segment generated the majority of waste (70.0%). 
The Company’s waste is mostly non-hazardous1 (99.6%).
GRI 306-4, 14.5.5, SASB EM-MM-150a.8
In 2024, the Group utilised2 98.5 mt of waste (62.4% 
of all waste), down 5.6% year-on-year. The majority 
of waste was utilised by the Power segment (96.6% 
of total waste disposed of all utilised waste).
1	
The Company classifies Class I–III waste (according to the classification of the Russian legislation) as hazardous and Class IV–V waste 
as non-hazardous.
2	 En+ Group recycles and reuses waste, including sending it to specialised organisations for such purposes.
GRI 306-3, 306-4, 14.5.4, 14.5.5, 14.5.6, 306–5, SASB EM-MM-150a.8, SASB IF-EU-150a.1
Generated
157.9 mt
Hazardous waste 
0.7 mt
Non-hazardous waste 
157.2 mt
Utilised
98.5 mt (62.4%)
Hazardous waste 
0.7 mt
Non-hazardous waste 
97.8 mt
Disposed
60.3 mt (38.2%)
Hazardous waste 
0.6 mt
Non-hazardous waste
59.8 mt
Waste generation and utilisation in 2024
Waste intensity metrics
GRI 14.8.6
As of the beginning of the reporting period, the area 
of disturbed but not yet reclaimed land of the Company 
amounted to 24,200 ha; as of the end of the period 
it was 24,500 ha. In 2024, 511 ha of land was disturbed 
(a year-on-year increase of due to 31.0). The Company 
managed to rehabilitate 175 ha, which is 50.2% less 
than in the previous year. In the reporting period, 
Group employees planted 250,000 tree seedlings 
in the Kirenskoye forest area. The plantings will be taken 
care of over the next three years. In total, the Company 
planted trees on an area of 64 ha.
Metals segment, mt/kt
Power segment, mt/bn kWh
Plans for 2025 and the medium term
	
∙To monitor the implementation of measures 
to manage risks with environmental impact.
	
∙To continue installing in-house designed gas 
purification facilities at aluminium smelters.
	
∙To continue to work towards achieving the goals 
of the Clean Air federal project.
	
∙To continue installing in-house designed gas 
purification facilities at aluminium smelters.
	
∙To continue construction of treatment facilities 
at Irkutsk HPP and put them into operation.
	
∙To continue converting to a closed-loop water 
recycling system.
	
∙To carry on with implementing initiatives to involve 
waste in business turnover.
	
∙To rehabilitate at least 79.9 ha of land of the Power 
segment.
	
∙To continue field verification of the Angara HPPs 
Biodiversity Conservation Programme.
	
∙To extend the practice of installing artificial spawning 
grounds to the Irkutsk and Krasnoyarsk reservoirs.
	
∙To conduct field studies for the Krasnoyarsk HPP 
Biodiversity Conservation Programme.
	
∙To continue scientific environmental monitoring 
of Lake Baikal.
‘22
‘23
‘24
0.016 
0.016 
0.011
0.011
mt/kt
intensity in 2024
Intensity of the total volume 
of waste generated
‘22
‘23
‘24
1.18 
1.17 
0.91
0.91
mt/bn kWh
intensity in 2024у
Intensity of the total volume 
of waste generated
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
121
120
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

People
Occupational health and safety 
0.84 
Lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR)1  
(compared with 0.76 in 2023)
1.17 
Total recordable injury rate (TRIR)2  
(compared with 1.05 in 2023)
	
∙Health, Occupational, Industrial, and Fire Safety 
Policy
	
∙Regulations on the Health, Safety, and 
Environment Committee
	
∙Regulations on the Occupational Safety 
Committee 
Material topic
	
∙Occupational health and safety 
GRI 3-3, 403-1, 403-2, 403-4, 403-8,
14.16.1, 14.16.2, 14.16.3, 14.16.5, 14.16.9
People are a key asset of En+ Group. The Company’s 
main goal is to reduce the overall injury rate and 
achieve zero fatalities. 
To meet this goal, the Group focuses on fostering 
a robust safety culture among its employees, boosting 
their competencies, preventing accidents and injuries, 
while minimising the impact of occupational hazards.
The Company has established an occupational 
health and safety (OHS) management system 
that encompasses all employees and contractors. 
Governance
1	
Hereinafter in the Occupational Health and Safety section, LTIFR is calculated per 1 million man-hours worked and includes fatal, 
high-consequence, and minor injuries causing temporary incapacity for work, recorded by the Company for the specified period.
2	 Hereinafter in the Occupational Health and Safety section, TRIR is calculated per 1 million man-hours worked and includes work-
related fatal injuries, injuries causing temporary and permanent incapacity for work, and micro injuries requiring medical treatment 
and/or transfer to another job.
When developing and updating its corporate 
OHS documents, the Group is guided by current 
requirements of national regulations, international 
standards, and best industry practices.
En+ Group’s basic principles and responsibilities 
are set out in its Health, Occupational, Industrial, and 
Fire Safety Policy that establishes the right of each 
employee to decline work that poses a threat to their 
life and health. According to the document, the CEO 
should promote the implementation of the Policy’s 
objectives and demonstrate a personal commitment 
to occupational safety.
The Company places considerable importance 
on the confirmation that its OHS management 
system complies with ISO 45001:2018. All production 
units of the Power segment have valid certificates 
of compliance with this standard. In the Metals 
segment, 12 enterprises have such certificates, and 
part of them were recertified in 2024. In 2024, all 
certified enterprises underwent external supervisory 
audits that confirmed their compliance with 
the said standard. The Group also conducts annual 
internal audits of the system. Over the past year, 
the OHS Department arranged 24 on-site audit visits. 
To improve communication with employees during 
on-site inspections, behavioural safety audits (BSAs) 
are also undertaken.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
123
122
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

 
Board of Directors, Metals segment, RUSAL
CEO, RUSAL
Health, Safety, and Environmental 
Committee
Occupational Health, 
Industrial and Fire Safety 
Department
Production Directorate
Metals segment
Board of Directors, En+ Group
CEO, En+ Group
Health, Safety, and Environment 
Committee
Occupational Health and 
Safety Department
Occupational Safety 
Committee
Power segment
Contractor management
GRI 403-1, 403-2, 403-5, 403-7, 14.16.2, 14.16.3, 14.16.6, 14.16.8
En+ Group strives to ensure the safety of not only 
its own employees, but also those of contractors who 
perform work for the Company.
In 2024, the Regulations on the Contractor Safety 
Management were approved in Power segment. These 
Regulations describe safety requirements for contractors. 
The Regulations are aimed at ensuring the safety of both 
contractors and the Company’s own employees when 
contractors work on the Company’s premises.
The Agreement for Occupational Health, Industrial, and 
Fire Safety, that is included in all contracts with suppliers, 
outlines the OHS obligations and responsibilities 
of contractors. Each contractor receives an induction 
briefing before being permitted to work at En+ Group’s 
facilities. The OHS team informs contractors about 
corporate safety requirements, necessary PPE, and 
potential risks inherent in the Group’s operations. 
To monitor the safety of contractors, En+ Group 
conducts comprehensive on-site audits, special-
purpose and surprise inspections. In 2024, most 
common violations included violations committed 
when working at height, issuing safe work permits, and 
preparing the work site, as well as failure to use PPE, 
failure to follow the standard operating procedure, and 
non-compliance with safety signs.
To minimise OHS violations among contractors, 
the Company conducts BSAs and holds meetings 
and consultations with contractors’ managers, 
OHS departments, and employees. Leveraging a risk-
based approach commensurate with the nature 
of the performed work, the Company provides 
additional training to contractors. For example, 
heads of OHS departments of the Power segment’s 
contractors received a two-days’ training at a safety 
coaching session in 2024.
The Metals segment applies the principle of collective 
responsibility in case of violations of OHS requirements 
by contractors: the entire team is suspended from work 
and receives unscheduled briefings and training. 
The Health, Safety, and Environment Committee 
assesses the efficiency and effectiveness of En+ 
Group’s OHS management on a quarterly basis. 
As a result of the analysis, the Committee makes 
recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning 
the approval of OHS goals, policies, and strategies. 
	 For more details on En+ Group’s Health, Safety, and 
Environment Committee and its performance, see 
the Corporate Governance section 
To improve the efficiency of the OHS management 
system, establish communication channels between 
functions and directorates, and enhance safety 
culture, the Occupational Safety Committee has 
been established in the Power segment. During 2024, 
the Committee held ten meetings where the following 
issues were considered:
	
∙Occupational safety goals for 2024
	
∙Findings of investigations into accidents and 
hazardous situations
	
∙Progress in implementing the strategic occupational 
safety plan
	
∙Results of comprehensive and special-purpose 
inspections of occupational safety at branches
	
∙Analysis of employee survey results concerning their 
satisfaction with the quality of personal protective 
equipment (PPE)
	
∙Analysis of the Safety Plus employee survey devoted 
to safety culture aspects
	
∙Best industrial safety practices offered by branches 
and their rollout at all enterprises
	
∙Takeaways from the World Day for Safety and Health 
at Work
	
∙Factor analysis of injuries
	
∙Results of the Safety Leader competition, etc.
The OHS Department coordinates the functioning 
of the system. The duties of the Department include:
	
∙Boosting specialist competencies and managing 
OHS functions at enterprises
	
∙Conducting internal audits of the OHS management 
system at enterprises
	
∙Enhancing the efficiency of communication with 
employees, including through BSAs
	
∙Employee training 
OHS management structure
GRI 2-13
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
125
124
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

periodic, pre-trip, 
and pre-shift medical 
examinations
monitoring 
and correction 
of the psycho-
emotional state 
of operational 
staff in specialised 
psychological relief 
rooms
medical care under 
the programme 
of voluntary medical 
insurance (VMI)
drug and alcohol 
testing of employees
health improvement 
programmes 
for pre-retirees
medical check-ups
sanitary safety 
education
medical care at medical 
aid posts at enterprises
individual counselling 
sessions and a 24-hour 
support hotline
vaccination according 
to the national 
vaccination schedule
health resort treatment
sporting events
To maintain and improve health, 
reduce the negative impact 
of production factors, En+ Group 
arranges a wide range of medical 
and preventive care measures 
for its employees.
Strategy
The Power segment is implementing the Strategic 
Action Plan for 2024–2026 that has been developed 
as a result of an external safety culture audit conducted 
in 2023. 
To achieve a 50% reduction in work-related injury 
rates and critical occupational accidents and eliminate 
fatal injuries, the Metals segment is pursuing 
the Occupational Health and Safety Strategy to 2030. 
This Strategy includes the Safety Culture project 
designed to assess employees’ unsafe behaviour, make 
line managers, middle and senior managers aware 
of the psychological aspects of safe behaviour, and 
develop their leadership competencies.
Safety culture
GRI 403-2, 403-4, 14.16.3, 14.16.5
En+ Group implements various measures to enhance 
its safety culture, including:
	
∙The practice of conducting BSAs to help 
the Company monitor the behaviour of employees 
during process operations and develop their safe 
work habits, which subsequently reduces the impact 
of the human factor on the incident rate. 
	
∙Coaching sessions with managers across various 
levels to foster their commitment to occupational 
safety.
	
∙The practice of video recording of meetings 
to control the quality of OHS briefings and 
the efficiency of communication between employees 
and their line managers. Such communication 
includes mandatory five-minute reports on injuries 
or existing injury risks to be given at each meeting 
by line managers.
Cancer screening programme
In 2024, the Company launched 
a cancer screening programme 
at its industrial facilities in Shelekhov and 
Krasnoyarsk. 1,254 employees took part 
in the programme. The Company arranged 
surgical treatment of two employees with 
early-stage malignant tumours. 
Improving the availability 
of medical services 
The project is aimed at increasing 
the availability of healthcare services 
in remote regions. In 2024, the Company 
expanded the list of healthcare 
professionals temporarily employed 
in regions with a pronounced shortage 
of doctors. This has multiplied 
the total number of patient visits. Both 
employees and their family members 
and local people are able to receive 
medical treatment. In two towns, 
patients are able to arrange a medical 
appointment with highly specialised 
children’s doctors.
Health protection
GRI 2-25, 403-3, 403-6, 403-10, 14.16.4, 14.16.7, 14.16.11
The Company organises regular advanced training 
for in-house healthcare professionals and engages 
other qualified medical care providers. All health data 
is collected and stored in accordance with statutory 
requirements and transmitted via secure communication 
channels.  
The Company has 11 own healthcare centres, regularly 
opens new healthcare facilities and repairs/renovates 
existing ones. In January 2025, a medical aid post 
	 For more details on En+ Group’s 
sporting events, see the Contribution 
to Local Communities section, and 
on the Company’s VMI programme, 
see the Employees section 
was opened at the industrial site in the village 
of Startsevo, Emelyanovsky District, Krasnoyarsk 
Territory. Moreover, repairs were carried out on 
medical centers in Krasnoturinsk, Shelekhov, 
Sayanogorsk, and Achinsk. In addition to general 
health promotion, such measures help the Company 
detect occupational diseases at an early stage and 
initiate prompt treatment thus preventing health 
deterioration. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
127
126
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Basics of safe behaviour 
In the reporting period, the Metals 
segment launched the Basics of Safe 
Behaviour project. The initiative focuses 
on employees’ psycho-physiological state 
which  could increase the risk of dangerous 
actions. The relevant training course 
for employees was launched on an online 
platform. The Company expects that 
the project will help employees develop 
useful habits for protecting their life and 
health and the skill of analysing their own 
state before performing work that requires 
caution and attention. 
GRI 3-3, 403-2, 403-7, 14.15.1, 14.15.3, 14.15.4
Because of the specifics of En+ Group’s operations 
and location of its production sites, the Company 
is exposed to the risk of natural and man-made 
emergencies, accidents and incidents at hazardous 
industrial facilities and hydraulic structures.
The Company has developed Emergency Response 
Plans for all hazardous industrial facilities and 
coordinated them with representatives of state 
supervisory body. These Plans outline key emergency 
risks and response strategies. For all facilities at risk 
of petroleum product spills, En+ Group has formulated 
Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure 
(SPCC) Plans that have been approved by supervisory 
authorities. 
All employees working at the relevant industrial 
facilities are required to familiarise themselves with 
these documents. Based on these Plans, exercises 
and drills are held with the involvement of fire-rescue 
and emergency response teams and representatives 
of state supervisory bodies, such as the Russian 
Ministry of Energy, Ministry of Emergency Situations, 
and the Federal Environmental, Industrial, and Nuclear 
Supervision Service of Russia (Rostechnadzor). 
For example, in 2024, the Company conducted drills 
on remediating the consequences of an emergency 
caused by an interruption of heat and hot water supply. 
In 2024, En+ Group started to review existing and 
introduce new civil defence training programmes and 
methods for the population, officials, and employees, 
and focused on bringing civil defence protective 
structures into proper condition and preparing 
measures to evacuate employees from potential 
emergency zones to safe areas. 
To prevent emergencies and reduce their adverse 
consequences, the Company maintains the functionality 
and modernises local warning systems, and also 
integrates them with municipal warning systems.
GRI 413-1
En+ Group has established a system to share 
emergency-related data at the emergency 
forecasting phase and in case of its actual occurrence. 
A dedicated hotline is used to receive information from 
employees and third parties. For emergency alerts, 
the Company’s enterprises use local warning systems 
that are integrated with municipal alert mechanisms. 
GRI 14.15.1
To prevent industrial accidents and incidents that may 
be caused by the operation of hazardous production 
facilities, En+ Group ensures maintenance, industrial 
safety reviews1, upgrades, and overhauls of equipment, 
buildings, and structures, implements modern 
operational practices, and uses advanced operation, 
maintenance, and repair technologies.
1	
Industrial safety requirements, including those related to the preparation and performance of industrial safety reviews, are set out 
in the Group’s local documents.
Industrial safety working 
groups
In 2024, an industrial safety working group 
consisting of 15 employees was created 
at the Metals segment. The objectives 
of the group are to identify accident and 
incident risks at hazardous industrial 
facilities, develop measures to prevent 
them, and find opportunities for improving 
the industrial safety management system. 
In the reporting period, the working group 
focused on enhancing the safety of mining 
operations: checklists were developed 
to inspect hazardous industrial facilities, 
and facility audits were performed. 
GRI 403-5, 14.16.6
En+ Group conducts regular mandatory training 
for employees in occupational health and safety, 
fire safety, civil defence, emergency prevention 
and response. The Group has established Basic and 
Principal Safety Rules that are regularly communicated 
to employees and contractors during briefings and 
meetings.
Moreover, the Company holds additional training 
sessions depending on its goals and objectives 
for the current period. Employees receive training 
in-house and in external training centres. 
Upon completion of a training course, trainees undergo 
knowledge assessments and provide feedback through 
post-training satisfaction surveys, enabling En+ Group 
to evaluate training effectiveness and the need to improve 
training programmes. HR specialists monitor timely 
provision of training under each programme.
In 2024, the Power segment developed and implemented 
a matrix of mandatory types of employee training and 
certification for each job and profession. In the reporting 
period, the Metals segment included workplace safety 
cases in its training programmes for the talent pool 
of managers.
Emergency preparedness
OHS training
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
129
128
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Avoidance of hazardous operations, elimination 
of hazards
Replacement of hazardous operations, equipment, 
and materials
Technical methods to reduce the impact of hazards 
on employees
Organisational methods to reduce the time 
of employees’ exposure to hazards
Administrative methods (training sessions, briefings, 
technical courses, audits, etc.)
Collective and personal protective equipment
Professional indemnity insurance
GRI 3-3, 403-2, 403-4, 403-9, 14.16.1, 14.16.3, 14.16.5, 14.16.10
The risk-based approach underlying the Group’s 
OHS management system allows for proactive risk 
management strategies to ensure employee safety. 
En+ Group’s enterprises apply corporate safety risk 
assessment procedures. The Group adopts preventive 
measures to reduce risk levels and takes actions 
developed as a result of accident investigations. 
Since PPE is the final physical barrier between harmful 
and hazardous workplace factors and employees, 
the Company pays great attention to the quality and 
range of PPE provided to employees. All PPE is provided 
to employees in accordance with their gender and 
anthropometric parameters.
As a result of conducted risk assessments and accident 
investigations and based on violations identified during 
internal audits, the Company has made a list of the most 
significant risks:
	
∙Risk of employees falling when moving around 
the site and industrial premises of enterprises
	
∙Risk of falling from a height 
	
∙Pinch point and caught-between hazards when 
working with rotating and moving machines
	
∙Caught-in hazards when working near rotating parts 
of machines
	
∙Risk of electric shock
	
∙Risk of collapse of the roof of the mine 
due to the impact of a mining impact
Key OHS risks (process risks and safety such as natural 
disasters, large-scale accidents, epidemics, etc.) 
are included in the consolidated list of sustainability 
risks at En+ Group and regularly analysed 
by the Group’s top management. 
Undoubtedly, hazardous operations have the highest 
injury potential. Each enterprise has approved a list 
of hazardous operations. Supervisors in charge 
of relevant operations carry out a mandatory risk 
assessment and take measures to manage identified 
risks.  
	 For more details on realised risks, injuries, accidents, 
incidents, and emergencies, see the Metrics and 
Targets subsection
Employees are also expected to identify unsafe 
conditions and actions before and during performing 
any operation. There are several communication channels 
for employees to report such actions/conditions to their 
line manager and OHS specialists so that they could take 
corrective measures:
	
∙telephone and e-mail 
	
∙telegram-channels
	
∙labour dispute commissions, OHS commissions, and 
ad-hoc commissions 
	
∙monthly meetings on OHS issues
	
∙the Signal hotline
	
∙speak-up boxes
	
∙an incident warning system for managers 
En+ Group conducts a special assessment of working 
conditions at least once every five years1. The most 
prevalent harmful workplace factors for the Power 
segment include occupational noise, heightened dust 
levels in working areas, and whole-body vibration. 
In the Metals segment, harmful workplace factors 
are attributed to arduous work. 
Risk management
1	
In accordance with the classification provided in the Federal Law On Special Assessment of Working Conditions.
The Company has established 
the following hierarchy of risk 
management measures (in descending 
order of effectiveness):
Occupational noise
•	 Protection by time – 
arrangement 
of the appropriate 
work and rest 
schedule
•	 Hearing protection 
equipment
Whole-body vibration
•	 Appropriate work and 
rest schedule
•	 Replacement 
of driver seats 
in special vehicles 
with shock-absorbing 
seats
Heightened dust 
levels in working 
areas 
•	 Dust suppression and 
aspiration systems
•	 Respiratory 
protection 
equipment
Arduous work
•	 In-process testing 
of exoskeletons 
is being carried out
Measures to improve working conditions
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
131
130
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

GRI 3-3, 403-1, 14.16.1, 14.16.2
The Company regularly reviews the results of external 
and internal audits of its OHS management system 
and tracks the achievement of safety goals and KPIs. 
In accordance with the Regulations on Ongoing 
OHS Status Monitoring, managers across all levels 
conduct monthly assessments of the prevalent 
OHS situation and report these data to OHS functions.
GRI 3-3, 14.16.1
In 2024, KPIs of managers across all levels at the Power 
segment were supplemented with occupational 
safety indicators: zero fatal injuries, achievement 
of the Company’s target LTIFR, ISO 45001 certification, 
implementation of the strategic OHS action 
plan. As for the Metals segment, KPIs of business 
unit managers included the launch of projects 
to introduce occupational safety tools in addition 
to the implementation of measures to improve working 
conditions. The KPI achievement status is assessed 
annually and affects the remuneration of managers 
across all levels.
GRI 403-9, 14.16.10, SASB EM-MM-320a.1, IF-EU-320a.1
In total, the Company recorded 119 workplace accidents 
involving employees and 29 workplace accidents 
involving contractors in 2024. The most common types 
of occupational injuries are bruises, fractures, chemical 
(due to exposure to sodium hydroxide solution) and 
thermal burns in the Metals segment, and bruises, 
fractures, and thermal burns in the Power segment. 
A large portion of incidents was caused by falls, 
including falls from the same level, pinch point and 
caught-between hazards, falling objects, contact with 
rotating parts and mechanisms.
GRI 403-2, 403-9, 14.16.3, 14.16.10, 
SASB EM-MM-320a.1, IF-EU-320a.1
En+ Group registers and maintains records of work-
related injuries, accidents, and occupational diseases 
among both employees and contractors. The Company 
rigorously investigates each incident in compliance 
with effective legislation and local procedures. Based 
on the investigation results, causes of incidents 
are identified and measures to prevent such incidents 
in the future are developed.
In 2024, the main causes of occupational injuries 
included:
	
∙Poor condition of stairs
	
∙Littering and late cleaning of pathways from snow 
and ice
	
∙Movement along an unauthorised route
	
∙Lack of coordinated action when performing work
	
∙Violation of the rules for placing machine parts and 
mechanisms
	
∙Performance of hazardous operations without a safe 
work permit
	
∙Staying in a hazardous area with rotating mechanisms
	
∙Personal negligence
The causes of fatal and serious injuries included 
a rock fall, lack of control over the organisation and 
performance of operations by responsible persons 
and violation of safety requirements by the injured, 
inadequate work management.
In 2024, 7 employees and 4 contractors died as a result 
of occupational accidents at the Company’s facilities.
A group accident occurred at the Metals segment 
as a result of falling rock at a mine. One employee lost 
his life and the other was seriously injured. The Company 
improved its information support for research and 
identification of focal factors of rock bumps, adjusted 
the methodology for calculating the stability indicator, and 
arranged the development of earthquake-resistant mine 
supports.
An employee of the Metals segment was fatally 
injured as a result of a collapse of metal structures. 
After this incident, the Company reconstructed all multi-
stage washers at the site to make them single-stage 
washers, assessed the technical condition of all washers, 
and developed temperature control measures for possible 
admission of employees to the washer.
In the Power segment, a fatal accident occurred at one 
of open-pit coal mines as a result of an employee being 
caught between rotating parts of production equipment. 
Following this incident, the Company installed additional 
guards for rotating mechanisms that prevent unauthorised 
access of employees to a hazardous area, inspected 
light and sound alarms, safety and locking devices on all 
equipment with rotating parts, and installed additional 
light alarms with a remote start function.
Another fatality occurred as a result of an unstable 
metal structure falling on an employee. Based 
on the investigation results, an action plan 
was developed that included the development 
of safe work maps with step-by-step descriptions 
for the manufacture of large-size, same-type metal 
structures.
Metrics and targets
Key 2024 goals
Goals 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Decrease LTIFR by 10% 
and achieve zero fatalities
Not achieved
•	 LTIFR of En+ Group was 0.84 (per 1 million working 
hours)
•	 One fatality occurred at the Power segment, and six 
fatalities occurred at the Metals segment
Develop OHS digitalisation 
and automation projects
Achieved 
•	 The pilot operation of the En+ Life mobile application 
was completed 
•	 A project to improve the Inspections section of the 1C 
OHS system was presented at the competition My 
Career 2024. The implementation of the project 
commenced in 2024
Increase the percentage 
of enterprises whose 
OHS management 
systems comply with 
ISO:45001
Achieved 
•	 All enterprises of the Power segment and 12 
enterprises of the Metals segment are certified 
for compliance with ISO 45001:2018
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
133
132
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR) 
for employees, per 1 million man-hours worked
‘22
‘23
‘24
1.15 
1.66 
1.33
Metals segment
Power segment
En+
1.2 
0.77 
1.05
1.26
1.0
1.17
‘22
‘23
‘24
Metals segment
Power segment
En+
0.89 
0.67 
0.81
0.52 
0.76
0.94
0.57
0.84
0.9 
‘22
‘23
‘24
Metals segment
Power segment
En+
123
65
188
113 
255
163
65
228
142 
1	
Hereinafter in the Occupational Health and Safety section, statistics on occupational diseases include only registered cases for existing 
employees. The figures exclude cases of occupational disease that were first detected in the post-exposure period. No fatalities 
as a result of occupational diseases were recorded in the reporting period.
GRI 403-9, 14.16.10, SASB EM-MM-320a.1, IF-EU-320a.1
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)
for employees, per 1 million man-hours worked
GRI 403-9, 14.16.10, SASB EM-MM-320a.1, IF-EU-320a.1
GRI 403-10, 14.16.11
In 2024, the Group registered 228 cases 
of occupational disease. The prevalent occupational 
diseases are vibration syndrome at the Power 
segment and vibration syndrome, arthrosis, 
periarthrosis, and chronic fluorine intoxication 
at the Metals segment.
Occupational diseases suffered by employees1
	
∙To commence full-scale operation of the En+ Life 
application.
	
∙To implement the Regulations on the Contractor 
Safety Management.
	
∙To introduce a company-wide system to analyse 
identified violations.
	
∙To review the BSA process.
	
∙To learn lessons from occupational safety incidents 
and apply the insights at all enterprises.
	
∙To arrange dental care for employees – a pilot 
project at Krasnoyarsk HPP.
	
∙To organise rehabilitation for operational staff 
of enterprises in case of emotional burnout and 
psychological difficulties.
Plans for 2025 and the medium term
GRI 403-10, 14.16.11, 14.15.3
No natural or man-made emergencies occurred 
at En+ Group’s facilities in 2024.  
En+ Group’s injury rates in 2024
GRI 403-9, 14.16.10, SASB EM-MM-320a.1, IF-EU-320a.1
fatal injuries
Employees
Contractors
high-consequence 
injuries
minor injuries
micro injuries that required 
medical treatment
7
20
92
48
4
5
20
14
	 For more details on injury metrics and rates, 
see the Appendix Additional ESG Data
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
135
134
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Employees
29.3% 
of the workforce represented by women compared 
with 28.4% in 2023 
93,486 employees 
at the end of 2024
	
∙Corporate Code of Ethics
	
∙Policy on Human Rights
	
∙Diversity and Equal Opportunities Policy
Material topics
	
∙Employees, management and engagement
	
∙Social and cultural diversity and equal opportunities
GRI 3-3, 2-27
Employee development and support is an important 
part of the En+ Group Strategy. En+ Group’s HR 
management complies with the Company’s Human 
Rights Policy, the Diversity and Equal Opportunities 
Policy and the Corporate Code of Ethics. Regardless 
of the grade, all employees are required to comply with 
the provisions of these documents. At the same time, 
Management
HR management structure
81.7% of employees 
covered by collective bargaining agreements 
compared with 85% in 2023
the Company expects its partners and suppliers to also 
comply with the principles stipulated in the Policies and 
the Code. In its operations in the regions of presence, 
En+ Group strictly follows national labour laws. In 2024, 
no violations of the labour laws and the Company’s 
internal policies were recorded.
GRI 2-13
CEO
Remuneration 
Committee
•	Develops and 
regularly reviews the 
remuneration policy
•	Reviews matters related 
to the establishment 
of effective and 
transparent 
remuneration practices
Corporate governance 
and Nominating 
Committee
•	Sets the Company's 
priority business areas
•	Runs a detailed 
formalised procedure 
for the self-evaluation 
or external performance 
evaluation of the Board 
of Directors and its 
committees
•	Plans appointments
HR Directorate, Metals segment 
•	Carries out strategic HR management 
in the Metals segment
HR units at individual production facility
•	Carry out day-to-day HR management 
at the enterprise level
Board of Directors, Metals segment
Metals segment
Nominations committee
•	Runs the Board 
of Director's self-
evaluation process
•	Arranges an external 
performance evaluation 
of the Board of Directors
•	Determines 
the individual 
responsibilities of the 
Board members
Remuneration 
Committee
•	Related to establishing 
effective and transparent 
remuneration practices
•	Oversees the 
implementation of the 
remuneration policy and 
incentive programmes
•	Supervises disclosure 
of information on the 
remuneration practices 
of the Board of Directors 
and the CEO
CEO
HR Directorate, Power segment
•	Coordinates the implementation of 
the HR policy across the Company
HR units at individual production facility
•	Carry out day-to-day HR management 
at the enterprise level
Board of Directors, En+ Group
Power segment
Appointments/instructions
Review of resolutions, preparation of 
recommendations/implementation of resolutions
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
137
136
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Strategy
En+ Group’s HR management strategy seeks to provide 
opportunities for the professional development and 
social well-being of its employees: 
	
∙guarantees competitive salaries and additional 
payments; 
	
∙provides opportunities for training and professional 
development; 
	
∙offers an expanded package of social guarantees; 
	
∙takes care of physical and mental health;
	
∙creates a comfortable working environment. 
Incentives and remuneration
En+ Group offers its employees competitive pay above 
the market average, thereby boosting their motivation 
and overall job performance. Employees’ compensation 
comprises a basic salary and additional payments 
contingent upon their performance evaluation. 
The incentive system includes various categories 
of payments:  
	
∙bonuses awarded by heads of subsidiaries;
	
∙annual, quarterly and monthly bonuses;
	
∙payments to employees actively contributing 
to the Company’s social projects;
	
∙payments to recipients of corporate, national, 
or agency awards.
The amount of annual, quarterly and monthly bonuses 
depends on the achievement of key performance 
indicators (KPIs). To assess the results, En+ Group 
monitors the indicators on a monthly basis, and 
employees submit quarterly progress reports through 
UNIVER, the Company’s intranet portal. En+ Group 
uses the 32 parameters of SHL methodology 
to assess its employees’ competencies. The metric 
scores are grouped into the Talent Management, Task 
Management, and Self-Management pillars, reflecting 
three key aspects of job performance.
Social support 
GRI 401-2
En+ Group offers its employees a wide range of social 
programmes beyond those required by law and also 
provides equal benefits regardless of the type of their 
employment contract. 
Expenses for social programmes and benefits, 2024, RUB mn
8,908
1,974
29.7
489.5
222.3 311.0
13,684.2
Organisation and holding of social 
and fitness events for employees 
and their families
Organisation and holding of medical 
events for employees and their 
families
Family and Parenthood Support 
Programmes
Financial assistance programs for 
employees of the organisation who 
find themselves in a difficult life 
situation
Housing programmes
Corporate programmes of 
non-state pension coverage and/or 
long-term savings
Social support programmes for employees and their families
Support programme
Description
Preferential mortgage 
programme and housing 
programme
The Company cares about the affordability and quality of living conditions for its employees.
En+ Group has a preferential mortgage programme that covers 50% of the monthly payment 
for employees who have worked at the Group’s facilities for a minimum of three years, 
as well as for specialists under 35 years old employed by the Group for at least a year. In 2024, 
the Metals segment launched its own housing facilities at enterprises. It is planned to purchase 
150 flats in the cities of the Company’s responsibility. The flats will be converted into dormitories 
and corporate apartments.
Health resort treatment
Every year the Company sponsors employee health improvement programmes at recreational 
medical facilities and resorts, and organises vacations for employees’ children. Every 2–3 years 
employees can receive a reimbursement of 80-90% of the voucher cost for themselves and up 
to 70% for their family members. 
Supporting employed 
parents
Assistance is provided to large families and schoolchildren’s parents through financial support, 
along with the distribution of school supplies during the annual Get a Child Ready for School 
campaign and New Year gifts for employees’ children.
Furthermore, parents of children with special needs are entitled to a monthly allowance 
of RUB 10,000 per child until the child reaches the age of 18, along with reimbursement 
of preschool costs.
Meal allowance
En+ Group provides subsidised meals to all employees.
Promotion of sports and 
healthy lifestyle
The Company organizes sports activities for employees. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
139
138
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

GRI 2-30, 401-2, 407-1, SASB EM-MM-310a.1
To ensure effective social support for its employees, 
the Company responds attentively to their wishes and 
needs, guided by the principle of social partnership. 
En+ Group fosters positive dialogue with employee 
representatives from trade union committees and 
negotiates collective bargaining agreements with 
Involvement of work, women’s, and youth councils 
Council
Involvement
Women’s councils
The Group’s enterprises have women’s councils, whose activities include the organisation 
of master classes, meetings with invited speakers and career guidance events. 
In 2024, the women’s council of the Krasnoyarsk HPP organised and held sports events, creative 
master classes, family team games, and also took part in the all-Russian campaign “Give Books 
with Love!” The council members promote family values and support the Company’s female 
employees and their families.
Work councils
Work councils are responsible for facilitating communication between employees and 
the employer regarding labour, production development, and compensation. Additionally, they 
hold volunteer and leisure events for employees. 
Youth councils
Youth councils involve young specialists in the corporate decision-making process. 
GRI 413-1
Support programme
Description
Maintaining employee 
health
The Company implements a set of measures to maintain the health of employees: provides 
voluntary medical insurance, develops its own medical centres, participates in a project 
of the Social Insurance Fund (SIF) to prevent occupational diseases, arranges voluntary 
vaccination and a programme for the prevention of cardiovascular diseases, provides health 
resort recreation.
Retiree support
Retired employees of En+ Group are entitled to partial compensation of health resort treatment 
costs.
Dobroservice advisory 
support line
Employees can contact the hotline of the Dobroservice employee support centre to receive 
psychological and legal support as well as personal finance advice. Upon receiving a support 
request, the customer service manager schedules a convenient time for a consultation 
or facilitates an immediate connection with an expert if the issue is urgent. The service 
is confidential and available 24/7. In 2024, about 300 calls and more than 770 messages were 
received through the hotline.
Psychological relief rooms 
To prevent burnout and reduce stress, the Company created a network of psychological relief 
rooms at its enterprises. In these rooms, employees can use massage chairs and special massage 
glasses, aroma diffusers, video and audio equipment. In 2024, 14 psychological relief rooms were 
available to employees. Two new rooms were opened in branches. In the reporting year, 3,555 
employees used the rooms.
GRI 2-23, 406-1
En+ Group’s HR management is based on the principle 
of non-discrimination set out in the Diversity and Equal 
Opportunities Policy. The Company guarantees equal 
treatment of all employees and non-discrimination.
Key human rights documents:
	
∙Policy on Human Rights
	
∙Diversity and Equal Opportunities Policy
GRI 408-1, 409-1
En+ Group does not tolerate child, forced, 
or compulsory labour. No cases of discrimination 
and the use of child or forced labour were recorded 
in the reporting period. En+ Group respects 
Human rights
human rights, works to prevent human rights 
violations at its facilities, and expects the same from 
its counterparties. 
GRI 410-1
The HR Department is responsible for ensuring human 
rights compliance across the Group. Human rights 
risks are incorporated into the Company’s overall risk 
management system. En+ Group conducts regular 
assessments of these risks. The Company delivers 
regular training courses for employees to promote 
human rights principles. In 2024, 100% of security staff 
received training in human rights and their application 
to the field of security. In 2024, no complaints about 
violations of labour rights were recorded.
	 For more details on available mechanisms for reporting 
violations, see the Corporate Ethics and Compliance 
section
them. En+ Group does not impose any restrictions 
on employee participation in such associations. 
In the reporting year, 81.7% of the Company’s employees 
were members of trade unions. Interaction with 
employees is also carried out through representative 
bodies: work, women’s and youth councils. 
GRI 403-6
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
141
140
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Projects for schoolchildren
En+ Group invites its employees to schools, including 
former pupils of the same schools, to share their 
experience, talk about the Company’s activities and 
career opportunities for future specialists. En+ Group 
also organises tours to its enterprises, more than 800 
schoolchildren visited them during the reporting period.
In the reporting year, the 14th Annual All-Russian 
Academic Competition for Schoolchildren “13 Element. 
Alchemy of the Future” in natural science subjects 
was held. More than 44,000 schoolchildren have 
participated in it over the entire period of time. 
Employee training
En+ Group provides extensive opportunities 
for employee training and development:
•	 Univer portal: corporate portal with 14 educational 
courses, programmes and personnel assessment 
system.
•	 Professional training: the Company runs 
professional training programmes across 54 blue-
collar professions, alongside various professional 
development programmes for managers and 
specialists. Additionally, simulation training 
is provided for CHP operational staff. 
•	 Subsidised higher education: a subsidised higher 
education programme for En+ Group employees 
at partner universities for the purpose of subsequent 
rotation and development. In 2024, 74 employees 
were trained, 26 of them were selected for a new 
stream.
•	 Kommersant 2024: corporate development 
programme to strengthen the talent pool in project 
management, develop negotiation skills and 
emotional intelligence (19 participants, 18 participants 
completed the programme).
•	 Leader’s School: training courses in management 
skills (35 participants).
•	 Financier’s School: additional educational modules 
for employees of financial and economic units (66 
participants).
•	 Law School: training for employees of legal 
departments (202 participants).
•	 Power of Law: Innovations and Solutions 
for the Future: an annual conference for lawyers 
on robotic automation, ecology, PPP and bankruptcy. 
In 2024, the conference brought together 162 
participants and 43 speakers, included sessions and 
expert advice.
Attracting students
En+ Group actively cooperates with educational institutions 
to train young specialists and attract students:
•	 IT Academy: enrollment of the fourth group in the Power 
segment in 2024. Current training: third group – 47 people, 
fourth group – 60 people. Graduation and employment 
of trainees from the second group at En+ Digital LLC – 31 
people on a permanent basis and 4 people under a fixed-
term contract. The third group consisting of 175 students 
was enrolled in the Academy in the Metals segment.
•	 Business Academy: the Company trains logistics, 
procurement and sales specialists. Following the first 
training module in 2024, 40 people signed employer-
sponsored contracts.
•	 Economist’s Academy: together with the Siberian Federal 
University and the Ural Federal University, a new economics 
course was launched in the reporting year, with 17 students 
selected for the course.
•	 Scholarship programme: talented students studying at 57 
selected educational institutions of various specialisation 
can receive a scholarship from the Company. The total 
number of applications received under the programme 
in 2024 was 803. Following the 2024 selection process, 
200 people were awarded the scholarship.
•	 Employer-sponsored training: En+ Group also 
enters into employer-sponsored education contracts 
with students from Russian higher education 
institutions, granting additional monthly scholarships 
sponsored by the Company. Graduates are employed 
by the Company. Some 45 graduates were employed 
in 2024. In 2024, employer-sponsored contracts were 
concluded with 77 students of Irkutsk National Research 
Technical University (INRTU), Bratsk State University (BrSU), 
Irkutsk State Agrarian University, Irkutsk State Transport 
University, Irkutsk State University (ISU).
•	 Grant programme: 34 educational institutions took part 
in Energy Lab, the annual grant programme for students. 
The programme was designed to search for innovative 
solutions for further implementation at En+ Group 
facilities. The awardees received cash prizes from 
the general fund of RUB 1 million.  
•	 Support for foreign students: En+ Group implements 
an international educational programme under which 
160 students from Jamaica, Guinea and Guyana have 
graduated from the Siberian Federal University (SibFU), 
Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia (RUDN University), 
Ural Federal University, Ural State Mining University, 
Russian University of Transport (MIIT), Moscow Automobile 
and Road Construction State Technical University (MADI), 
National University of Science and Technology MISIS, 
Krasnoyarsk State Medical University since 2011.
En+ Group provides its employees with a wide range 
of opportunities for development and training. 
In the reporting period, the average number of training 
Employee training and development 
GRI 404-2
Training of young employees
En+ Group actively supports the development 
of its young specialists through several programmes:
•	 My Career 2.0: a development marathon in the form 
of a case championship, where teams consisting 
of young specialists compete under the guidance 
of En+ Group experts. In 2024, 110 people took part 
in the programme, and 20 have already been included 
in the talent pool.
•	 Future Leaders: a corporate-wide programme 
for En+ Group, RUSAL and ISO to train future leaders 
in the Company. Some 61% of employees (out of 298) 
undergoing training under the programme have 
already received a new appointment. The first group 
of trainees is expected to complete the Leaders 
programme in 2026.
•	 En+ Group also has a mentoring system for young 
specialists. Mentors receive financial support, 
undergo training, and the mentoring unit is included 
in the leaders’ training programme.
Partnership under 
the Professional 
Training federal project 
(Professionalitet)
The Professionalitet federal project 
contributes to the implementation 
of a new industry-driven workforce 
training model by integrating colleges 
and leading industrial enterprises into 
clusters focused on the key sectors 
of the economy. 
As part of its participation in the project 
in 2023–2024, the Company invested 
RUB 112.7 million (USD 1.2 million). 
In the reporting year, as part 
of the programme, the Company 
collaborated with 11 educational 
institutions in the Fuel and Energy 
Complex, Information Technologies, 
Tourism and Services. In 2024, all budget-
funded places were allocated, more 
than 90 students plan to conclude 
employer-sponsored contracts with 
the Power segment, and about two 
thirds  of students have entered into 
an employer-sponsored contract with 
the Metals segment. 
In addition to various educational programmes, 
the Company also supports employee development 
through an annual professional excellence 
competition. For example, En+ Group organises 
annual competitions among CHP operational 
staff. In 2024, 132 employees (12 teams) took part 
in them. Following the professional competition, 
three winners were selected in the team 
competition, 10 winners – in the individual 
competition “Best in the Profession.”
hours per employee was 49 hours. In 2024, En+ 
allocated RUB 994.5 million for training programmes 
(USD 10.7 million).
Training and development opportunities 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
143
142
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk management
En+ Group consistently implements a set of preventive 
measures to minimise potential HR management risks. 
These measures include a comprehensive system 
of professional training and development of employees, 
an expanded package of social programmes, improving 
the quality of life in small towns, including medical 
care, educational programmes, and opportunities 
for comfortable recreation.
GRI 2-7, SASB EM-MM-000.B
At the end of 2024, En+ Group’s headcount 
was 93,486 up by 3.7% year-on-year. The majority 
of employees are employed under full-time (98.7%) 
permanent (93%) employment contracts. 
	 For more details on risks, see the Internal Control and 
Risk Management section
Metrics and targets
Key 2024 goals
Goals 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Ensure the implementation 
of the Scholarship programme
Achieved
Following the 2024 selection process, 200 people from 
56 educational organisations in Russia became awardees 
(in 2023 – 177 people). 
Continue the IT Academy educational 
programme through partnerships with 
INRTU, ISU, BrSU, and SibFU to ensure 
that our needs for IT talent are covered
On track
35 graduates of the second stream are employed 
by En+ Group, 47 participants of the third stream and 
60 participants of the fourth stream (which was enrolled 
in 2024) are undergoing training. 
As part of the Professionalitet 
project, ensure the implementation 
of the approved action plan, commence 
training programmes at the Irkutsk 
Energy College and the Ust-Labinsk 
Social Pedagogical College
Achieved
Training on the basis of target colleges in the IT and 
Fuel and Energy clusters has been launched, and 
an agreement has been concluded to set up a new 
cluster – Tourism and Services
Implement the Energy Lab project 
engaging at least 15 higher and 
secondary vocational education 
institutions
Achieved
Students of 34 educational institutions were involved 
in the annual project, three winning teams were selected 
at the final stage, their solutions of production cases were 
recommended for implementation at En+ Group
Ensure the development of the En+ 
Group Leaders programme 
in accordance with the action plan
Achieved
In 2024, the training modules “Manager as Leader” and 
“Business Leader” were successfully completed. 
GRI 202-2, 401-1 
Women account for 29.3% of the total workforce. 
This is due to the specifics of the Group’s 
operations related to the statutory prohibition 
of women’s engagement in particularly hazardous 
types of production. Of the 18,147 new employees 
hired during the reporting period, women 
accounted for 33.9%. The share of women 
on the Board of Directors of IPJSC En+ Group 
was 33%. When recruiting for its facilities and units, 
the Company prioritises local hiring: the proportion 
of locally hired managers stood at 93.4%.
Employment of people with special needs 
is a significant area of the Company’s HR policy. 
In 2024, their headcount reached 980 people 
(1% of the total workforce). 
GRI 2-8, SASB EM-MM-OOO.B
In addition to full-time employees, the Company 
engages contractors and subcontractors to perform 
construction and repair operations and contribute 
to technological developments, employee training, 
and marketing activities. 
Total headcount as at the year-end, people
59,463
37,154
57,100
32,964
58,174
35,312
‘22
‘23
‘24
Metals segment
Power segment
96,617
90,064
93,486
GRI 2-7, 405-1
Gender diversity in 2024, %
Men
Women
29.3
70.7
22.2
77.8
58.0
42.0
25.4
74.6
22.5
77.5
Senior 
management
Middle-level 
management
Specialists
Blue-collar 
employees
Total 
workforce
GRI 2-7, 405-1
Under 30
30–50
Over 50
25.2
13.3
25.7
14.9
20.5
13.6
29.1
3.2
39.8
0.3
61.5
59.4
65.9
67.7
59.9
Senior 
management
Middle-level 
management
Specialists
Blue-collar 
employees
Total 
workforce
	 For more details on En+ Group employees, broken down by age groups,  
see the Appendix Additional ESG Data
Employee breakdown by age, %
GRI 2-7, SASB EM-MM-OOO.B
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
145
144
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

GRI 401-1
Total payroll expenses reached RUB 170.9 billion in 2024 
(USD 1.848 billion). In 2024, the average pay of En+ Group 
employees was RUB 113,824. Female-to-male salary ratio 
was 0.70 in the Power segment and 0.58 in the Metals 
segment. The basic salary of men at the Company is higher 
than that of women due to statutory restrictions that 
prevent women from working in hazardous setting.
GRI 404-3
Assessment of employee performance is an important 
component of En+ Group’s HR management system. 
The Company analyses the achievement of KPIs 
by employees. In 2024, 9,859 (27%) employees of the 
Power segment underwent performance and career 
development assessment based on the 9-box model. This 
assessment system helps identify promising employees 
and determine areas of development for various 
categories of personnel, 2,226 employees were included 
in En+ Group’s Talent pool. 
En+ Group takes a set of measures to reduce 
turnover: from maintaining a competitive salary 
to providing employees with additional social benefits. 
In the reporting year, the staff turnover stood at 16.8%, 
which is 4 p.p. higher than in 2023. 
The Company regularly monitors the level of employee 
engagement and satisfaction. To this end, En+ Group 
conducts the Your Voice annual survey and a social 
survey once every 2–3 years. In 2024, 64,415 people 
(69% of the total workforce) took part in the Your Voice 
survey. 
Average pay of En+ Group employees 
in Russia in 2024, RUB
90,947
129,655
113,824
Power 
segment
Metals 
segment
En+
Female-to-male basic salary ratio at Russian entities
Metals segment
Power segment
0,70
0,58
0.81
0.78
0.81
0.80
0.91
0.82
1.08
0.71
Senior 
management
Middle-level 
management
Specialists
Blue-collar 
employees
Total 
workforce
Employee engagement and 
satisfaction levels, %
73.8
67.8
79.8
77.7
74.0
75,6
‘22
‘23
‘24
Satisfaction
Engagement
Recognition of educational 
projects
In 2024, two En+ Group educational 
projects received prizes in various 
competitions, including:
•	 All-Russian Competition of Best 
Youth Employment Practices 
of the Ministry of Labour of Russia: 
–	 the IT Academy project was ranked 
first in the category “Building 
the Career Trajectory of a Young 
Specialist” 
–	 the Energy School project 
was ranked second in the category 
“Career Guidance”
•	 Rosmolodezh competition:
–	 En+ Group University was included 
in Top 10 among companies 
in the category “Contribution 
to Youth”.
Plans for 2025 and the medium term 
GRI 405-2
	
∙To launch of own production of digital training 
content.
	
∙To ensure the submission of three applications 
for participation in the Professionalitet Federal 
project.
	
∙To ensure the development of the En+ Group 
Leaders programme.
	
∙To ensure the implementation of the mandatory 
training plan.
	
∙To provide training to employees of En+ Group’s 
northern cluster through the implementation 
of the Bratsk branch of the Corporate University 
project.
	
∙To develop new educational programmes 
for employees, including for the formation 
of a corporate culture, onboarding of new 
employees, familiarisation with business 
processes, development of leadership and 
management, and support of professional 
growth.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
147
146
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Sustainable Cities 
Responsibility Index
The Sustainable Cities Responsibility 
Index is a tool for a comprehensive 
assessment of the appeal 
the Company’s regions of responsibility 
have as a place to live  and work. 
The Index helps identify priority 
areas for the development of local 
communities and measure the public 
effect from the implementation 
of En+ Group’s social projects 
within its areas of responsibility. 
The 2023 assessment of the regions 
of responsibility included more than 40 
cities and municipalities, with the total 
number of respondents exceeding 
7,500 people.
The identified areas for improvement 
facilitated the allocation of En+ 
Group’s community investments 
designed to improve the quality of life 
in the regions in which it it operates. 
In 2025, the Group intends to allocate 
100% of its social investments based 
on the Index. 
Contribution to local communities
RUB 7.0 bn 
(USD 76 mn) – total social investments by En+ Group
>5,000 employees 
participating in volunteer programmes
Management
GRI 3-3, 203-2
En+ Group promotes the economic development 
of its regions of responsibility through active 
engagement with local communities and employment 
of their representatives. The Company gives 
priority to local candidates when recruiting and 
hiring employees.
GRI 2-29
The Company’s operations in the regions of presence 
are governed by the Stakeholder Engagement Policy. 
The document formalises the core principles and 
procedures for liaising with government bodies, 
local communities, non-profit organisations (NPOs), 
and the Company’s employees living within its areas 
of responsibility. 
GRI 413-1, SASB EM-MM-210a.3
The Company’s social investments are aimed 
at developing infrastructure facilities, increasing 
the availability of educational and medical services, 
and supporting cultural and sports initiatives. 
To identify the needs and expectations of local 
people, the Company annually conducts a social 
survey for subsequent development of special-
purpose programmes to solve the most pressing 
problems of local communities. Moreover, En+ 
Group routinely hosts forums and meetings with 
local community members and actively engages local 
communities in the Company’s volunteer projects. 
GRI 411-1, 14.11.2, SASB EM-MM-210a.2
When engaging with local communities, En+ Group 
pays special attention to observing the rights 
of indigenous minorities. The Company does not 
operate in the territories or near the places where 
they live and avoids actions that entail the need 
for resettlement. In 2024, no violations of the rights 
of indigenous minorities and no instances of forced 
resettlement were recorded. 
	
∙Stakeholder Engagement Policy
Material topic
	
∙Community engagement
	 For more details on the Index, see 
the Appendix Additional ESG information
GRI 3-3, 14.10.1
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
149
148
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

GRI 2-13
En+ Group’s social investment and project management structure
Strategy
Development of infrastructure and urban 
environment
GRI 203-1
The Company organises and participates in urban 
projects, including those implemented together with 
local authorities through public-private partnership (PPP) 
initiatives. In addition, En+ Group ensures uninterrupted 
power supply within its areas of responsibility thanks 
to improvements made to the power supply system.
Project
Objective
Investments
2024 results
Power segment
Cities with a Plus Sign 
grant competition
Supporting long-term 
projects to improve 
the environment 
in the cities where 
En+ Group operates
238 applications for grants were 
submitted. Grants were awarded to ten 
participants who will receive financing 
of RUB 3 to 5 million to implement their 
projects. 
Up and Do 
comprehensive 
community support 
and development 
programme
Supporting initiatives 
of local communities 
and municipal 
institutions 
Four workshops, seven marathons, 
and 13 meetings were held as part 
of the mini-grant competition 
in Divnogorsk and Bratsk. 
131 applications for participation 
in the mini-grant competition were 
considered, 66 projects were financed 
and implemented. 
Metals segment
Agreement with 
the Krasnoyarsk 
city administration 
to implement social 
projects
Creating a comfortable 
urban environment 
in Krasnoyarsk 
RUB 2.3 bn 
(USD 24 mn)
An agreement was signed with 
the Krasnoyarsk city administration 
to implement urban improvement 
projects: reconstruct the Central Park, 
restore buildings in the Historical 
Quarter. 
The project is scheduled for completion 
by 2026.
Health care and creation 
of significant social 
infrastructure for the 
people 
Assistance in 
diagnosing and 
combating infectious 
diseases to local 
residents
RUB 26.3 mn 
(USD 284,000)
Construction and repair of various social 
infrastructure (drinking water wells, 
first-aid posts, etc.) were financed.
CEO
Board of Directors,  
Metals segment
Metals segment
Sustainable Development 
Directorate
•	 Develops the social 
investment strategy 
and priorities under 
the Sustainable 
Development Strategy
Public Expert Council on Sustainable Development
Social Policy Committee 
•	 Approves the social investment 
strategy, priorities, and budget, 
as well as the content and scope 
of funding for social programmes 
and projects in each region 
of operation
Regional Social Investment 
Committees
Committees on Social 
Projects at enterprises
•	 Review charitable 
assistance requests 
received by enterprises
•	 Make proposals on social 
investments in respective 
regions
Centre for Social Programmes Corporate Charitable Foundation
•	 Carries out day-to-day management of charitable activities and 
social investments in the regions of operation
•	 Monitors and evaluates social projects
•	 Prepares proposals to improve existing programmes and 
develop new ones
CEO
Board of Directors, En+ Group
Power segment
Deputy CEO  
for Public Relations
Sustainable Development Directorate
•	 Develops the social investment strategy and priorities under 
the Sustainable Development Strategy
Public Relations  
Directorate
Department of Communication and 
Social Projects
Social Investment Committees
Social project committees at enterprises
•	 Directly engages with host communities; review queries and 
assistance requests
•	 Develops recommendations on the social policy for committees
•	 Approves social investments at the enterprise level
Appointments/instructions
Review of resolutions, preparation of recommendations / implementation of resolutions
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
151
150
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Project
Objective
Investments
2024 results
Power segment
Project 360 
environmental 
volunteer initiative
Protecting Lake Baikal and 
protected areas from negative 
environmental impacts
The project was supplemented 
with such activities as clean-up 
events, arrangement of eco-trails, 
improvement of the tourist 
infrastructure, and maintenance 
of protected areas.
83 environmental campaigns were 
run in 13 Russian cities (+2 compared 
to 2023) with the participation of 48 
municipalities.
5,216 En+ Group’s corporate 
environmental volunteers 
and city residents took part 
in the campaigns and collected 186 
tonnes of waste.
Metals segment
River Day Marathon 
annual environmental 
initiative
Cleaning the banks of rivers 
and other water bodies within 
areas of responsibility
RUB 1.7 mn 
(USD 18,300)
The event was held in 15 cities where 
the Group operates. More than 
2,500 volunteers cleaned the banks 
of water bodies from 40 tonnes 
of waste.
Green Wave traditional 
environmental 
initiative
Running urban greening 
initiatives selected 
on the basis of the Sustainable 
Cities Responsibility Index 
study
RUB 5 mn 
(USD 54,000)
400 trees and shrubs were 
planted in 22 cities by the initiative 
participants.
Support for environmental projects
GRI 203-2
The Company implements environmental initiatives 
in cooperation with volunteers, non-profit organisations, 
Raising fishing nets
The expedition was conducted 
with the assistance of the Angara-
Baikal Territorial Administration 
of the Federal Fisheries Agency. 
More than 4 km of fishing gear and 
400 kg of other waste were lifted 
from the lake. 
Eco-lessons for children
Interactive lectures and lessons were 
held in summer camps in Irkutsk 
and the Irkutsk Region, where 
children were told about the unique 
ecosystem of Lake Baikal, introduced 
to the fauna and flora of the water 
body, and explained the importance 
of environmentally friendly habits.
Hackathon
The three-day hackathon "Plastisphere 
is not our world” for students was held 
at Irkutsk National Research Technical 
University (IRNTU). More than 50 
participants developed projects 
focused on promoting the concepts 
of a circular economy, addressing 
microplastic contamination, and 
fostering a mindset of responsible 
consumption.
Ballet on Lake Baikal
The goal of the festival is to draw 
public attention to the problem 
of pollution of Lake Baikal. In 2024, 
soloists from the Bolshoi Theatre, 
the Mongolian Opera and Ballet 
Theatre, as well as graduates 
of the Buryat Choreographic College 
performed excerpts from classical 
works on the lake shore.
In 2024, a number of events were held under the auspices of the alliance:
Creative competitions
A travelling exhibition of photographs of Buryat photo artists "Dalai/The Sea" 
was held in 2024, where visitors got acquainted with the unique ecosystem 
of the lake. In addition, the alliance organised a contest “Baikal Evolution: 
People and Meanings” to create art objects from waste, mostly plastic. Each 
submitted project incorporated at least 70% of recycled content, with half 
of the materials being recyclable. The exhibition of the participants' works 
was held in Irkutsk. The alliance also held a contest of videos and photos 
for schoolchildren called Baikal Plastic Free, the participants of which shot 
photographs and videos regarding the pollution of the lake.
Baikal Plastic Free Alliance
In 2022, the Company launched the Baikal Plastic Free Alliance, with the goal of shifting how 
the public views the issue of plastic pollution affecting the lake and its nearby areas. The alliance 
comprises more than 25 companies (+3 companies in 2024), including business representatives, 
research organisations, non-profit and public organisations. Baikal Plastic Free supports limiting 
the distribution of disposable plastic items within the core ecological region of the Baikal Natural 
Area, implementing separate waste collection and waste recycling, and educating visitors 
on the significance of protecting the water body.
	 For more details on the Company’s environmental initiatives, 
see the Environmental Protection section
and national parks. En+ Group’s environmental projects 
are focused on preserving natural ecosystems and 
biodiversity and providing local communities with 
environmental education. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
153
152
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Support for education
GRI 203-2
The Company implements professional development 
and support programmes for talented young 
people, provides targeted assistance to educational 
institutions, and participates in career guidance events. 
Project
Objective
Investments 
2024 results
Power segment
Krasnoyarsk 5.0 national 
championship
Creating a professional 
environment for future 
robotics engineers
More than 2,500 people took part 
in the championship.
Knowledge with a Plus Sign is a comprehensive programme to advance education in the Group’s regions of operation 
and promote the job of a power engineer among local community members.
Energy School
Educating school students 
interested in the power 
industry
Over RUB 5 mn
(USD 54,000)
Over 100 schools in the Irkutsk 
Region are participating 
in the project. 184 events were 
held. More than 1,000 school 
students are participating 
in the 3rd year of the project. 
A total of 4,777 individuals 
(including parents and teachers) 
have registered on the Energy 
School’s portal.
Energy Classes
Free tutoring 
for the Unified 
State Examinations 
for admission 
to universities focusing 
mainly on specialties 
required in the energy 
sector
Over RUB 2 mn 
(USD 21,000)
46 school students attended 
Energy Classes and 74% of them 
were admitted to Irkutsk National 
Research Technical University 
(INRTU) and Bratsk State 
University (BrSU) where they 
will study for a degree in power 
engineering.
Multilabs
Establishing state-
of-the-art centres 
of competencies 
in robotics, electronics, 
engineering design, and 
multimedia
RUB 66.2 mn 
(USD 715,000)
Three multilabs were launched 
in Bratsk, Nizhny Novgorod, and 
Ust-Ilimsk.
5,683 events were held in seven 
existing multilabs.
Energy in Every Drop
Developing hydropower-
related skills among 
school students using 
robotics 
The third educational camp 
of the project was held. 80 
teachers and school students from 
23 cities of Russia took part in it.
Project
Objective
Investments 
2024 results
RoboSib robotics festival
Promoting robotics 
among young inventors 
aged 4 to 18
800 young inventors from 
the Irkutsk Region, Krasnoyarsk 
Territory, Novosibirsk, and 
the Republic of Buryatia 
participated in the festival: 
•	 Ten teams received vouchers 
totalling RUB 150,000 
for purchasing robotics 
equipment; 
•	 Nine teams were awarded with 
trips to the All-Russian finals – 
Krasnoyarsk 5.0 National 
Championship;
•	 In total, the festival 
was attended by more than 
5,000 people.
Metals segment
RUSAL FestivAL#Science
Unlocking the potential 
of school students 
in En+ Group’s regions 
of responsibility 
The festival was held for four 
months in 16 cities and included 
more than 100 scientific shows 
and workshops. 
36,000 children and adults took 
part in the festival.
Scholarship programmes 
in Guinea and Jamaica
Providing financial 
support to foreign 
students from Guinea and 
Jamaica studying in Russia 
RUB 962.7 bn 
(USD 10.4 mn) 
(support for students 
from Jamaica)
113 students from Guinea and 
Jamaica continued their studies 
at Russian universities.
Grants for students 
in Jamaica
Providing grants 
and scholarships 
to outstanding students 
in Jamaica to realise 
the potential of future 
specialists
RUB 1.4 bn 
(USD 15.6 mn)
73 students from various 
universities and colleges 
in Jamaica received grants 
or scholarships.
	 For more details on educational projects for the Company’s employees, 
see the Employees section 
The En+ programme “Knowledge with a Plus Sign” 
became the winner of the national award “Leaders 
of Responsible Business” in the nomination “Ensuring 
Technological Leadership”.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
155
154
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Project
Objective
Investments 
2024 results
Power segment
Nation’s Health 
in Women’s Hands
Providing support 
and advice to parents 
of children with special 
needs
Ten meetings with psychologists, speech 
pathologists, and other specialists were 
arranged.  
Metals segment
Sokol martial arts 
centres
Supporting 
the development 
of martial arts 
in the operating 
regions, providing 
beneficial recreational 
opportunities 
to children and young 
adults
RUB 772.5 bn
(USD 8.3 mn)
Martial arts centres were built 
in the following cities: Achinsk, Volgograd, 
Divnogorsk, Krasnoturinsk, Krasnoyarsk, 
Severouralsk, Shelekhov. A total of nine 
centers were built.
Laboratory 
for Highly Infectious 
Diseases
Assisting Guineans 
in combating infectious 
diseases
Investments were made to develop 
the Research Institute for Epidemiology 
and Microbiology and reorganise it into 
a laboratory for analysing highly infectious 
diseases.
Support for sports and healthy lifestyle
En+ Group promotes sports and healthy lifestyles 
in the regions of responsibility. The Company’s projects 
and events attract local community members, including 
En+ Group’s employees and their families. The Company 
invests in both amateur and professional sports 
development by providing financial support to sports 
teams and implementing sports infrastructure projects.
Promoting culture
En+ Group promotes culture in its regions 
of responsibility through arranging events and financing 
cultural and artistic institutions. 
Project
Objective
2024 results
Power segment
Energy+ festival
Promoting culture 
in the regions 
of responsibility
Musical and dance performances, lectures, film screenings, public 
talks with famous Russian writers, directors and actors were held in 
four cities where the Company is present – Irkutsk, Nizhny Novgorod, 
Divnogorsk, Bratsk. An exhibition of art objects made of straw was 
held in Irkutsk and Divnogorsk, 20 teams of sculptors from all over 
Russia took part in the creation of the exhibition.
Energy of Colours 
street art festival
Promoting the street art 
culture
Creative master classes and a sketch competition were held among 
residents of Divnogorsk, Bratsk, and Ust-Ilimsk. 117 applications 
were submitted for the competition. Three murals were created on 
the facades of apartment buildings. Free painting workshops were 
attended by 300 people. 
Volunteering
En+ Group supports volunteer initiatives to involve 
people in social activities. The Company develops 
Project
Objective
Investments 
2024 results
Helping is Easy
Promoting corporate and 
community volunteer 
initiatives
RUB 24.7 mn 
(USD 266,800)
The results of a survey conducted among 
370 volunteers of the project from 
29 cities showed a high level of their 
engagement and satisfaction – 79.6%.
the volunteer movement by involving both its own 
employees and local community members in social and 
environmental initiatives. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
157
156
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk management
GRI 413-2, SASB EM-MM-210b.1
Based on the results of the assessment conducted 
in the reporting period, the Company did not identify 
any significant risks associated with local communities. 
To prevent such risks, En+ Group regularly organises 
forums and meetings with local communities to discuss 
its projects and works to develop feedback mechanisms. 
In the reporting year, En+ Group recorded no violations 
of the rights of local community members or social and 
economic incidents related to such violations.
Project
Objective
2024 results
PLUS public space
Implementing ideas 
and projects of local 
community members
220 events with 2,000 attendees were held. As a result 
of the events, 15 applications for participation in grant competitions 
were submitted and eight start-ups were launched. The Company’s 
methodological support helped raise third-party grants for project 
implementation in the amount of RUB 1 million
Pro Irkutsk debating 
club
Fostering dialogue 
between En+ Group 
and local authorities 
of the city of Irkutsk 
for joint development 
of the region 
The Company identified the need to promote environmentally 
responsible behaviour and launch educational programmes 
on eco-friendly lifestyles for school and university students, and 
the need to arrange green spaces/plant trees and shrubs in the city 
to create a comfortable urban environment.
Pro Bratsk social club
Establishing an open 
dialogue with local 
authorities and 
communities of Bratsk
En+ Group’s representatives arranged weekly meetings with local 
community members in community liaison offices. More than 100 
visitors were received. The causes for their visits included mainly 
social issues, discussion of proposals for improvement, construction 
of parks, complaints about urban infrastructure, requests 
for financial support.
	 For more details on risks, see the Internal Control and 
Risk Management section 
Metrics and targets
Goals
Status
Progress made in 2024
Expand social initiatives and engagement with 
stakeholders, including through a robust dialogue with 
youth and work councils and partnerships with public 
organisations and national parks
On track 
•	 A new Plus public space was opened
Develop innovative tools to engage local community 
members through workshops, task-based activities, 
games, etc.
On track
•	 The Power segment implemented 
the first street art festival, which 
included master classes and a sketch 
competition.
Commission several sports infrastructure facilities, 
including a football pitch and a multi-use track 
for bicycles, scooters, and skateboards
On track
•	 The Metas Segment continued the 
implementation of the project for 
the construction of Sokol martial arts 
centres, opening six new facilities
Expand the volunteer movement
On track
•	 More than 10 projects and events were 
implemented within the framework 
of the volunteer programme “Helping 
is Easy” with the involvement of more 
than 7 thousand volunteers
Align 100% of community investments with 
the Sustainable Cities Responsibility Index methodology 
as part of the Metals segment’s transformational project
On track
•	 In 2024, 100% of social investments 
will be carried out in accordance with 
the methodology. An assessment of 
changes in the quality of life in the 
areas of responsibility is planned 
for 2025.
GRI 203-1, П2-1.4, П2-1.8, П2-2.4,
П2-2.8, П2-2.10, П2-3.1, П2-3.3
Social investments in 2024, RUB mn
46.3
178.6
1 797.5
283.8
334.6
171.3
1,935.2
776.8
1,498.8
8.6
USD 
7.0 bn 
Volunteering
Social support
Sports
Healthcare
Culture
Environmental and 
animal protection
Educational projects
Social infrastructure 
and urban environment
Development of NPOs 
and local communities
Other
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
	
∙To continue environmental education activities under 
the auspices of the Baikal Plastic Free Alliance.
	
∙To implement a year-round educational programme 
for corporate volunteers to increase involvement and 
develop employees’ soft skills.
	
∙To ensure the information system implementation 
at all stages of managing social investment and 
charity projects.
	
∙To re-calculate the Sustainable Cities 
Responsibility Index.
Key 2024 goals
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
159
158
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Fundamental principles 
and goals of En+ Group’s 
corporate governance:
	
∙Transparency
	
∙Open and clear decision making
	
∙Timely disclosure of reliable information 
about the Company
	
∙Well-balanced and effective internal risk 
management systems
	
∙Legal compliance, including clear and 
robust compliance with requirements 
for the Company to be and remain clear 
from OFAC sanctions2
	
∙Ongoing growth in the Company’s value 
for the benefit of all stakeholders
1	
As defined by Federal Law No. 290-FZ On International Companies and International Funds dated 3 August 2018.
Governance
Corporate governance
67%
share of independent directors
Independent non-executive directors head the Board 
of Directors and all its committees
	
∙Charter
	
∙Regulations on the General Shareholders Meeting
	
∙Regulations on the Board of Directors
	
∙Regulations on the Audit and Risk Committee
	
∙Regulations on the Remuneration Committee
	
∙Regulations on the Compliance Committee
	
∙Regulations on the Corporate Governance 
Committee
	
∙Regulations on the Nominations Committee
	
∙Regulations on the Health, Safety, and Environment 
Committee
	
∙Board of Directors Diversity Policy
	
∙Policy on Human Rights
	
∙Regulations on the Corporate Secretary
	
∙Regulations on Performance Evaluation of the Board 
of Directors
	
∙Regulations on Internal Audit
	
∙Regulations on Dividend Policy
Material topic
	
∙Corporate governance
GRI 3-3 
Maintaining high standards of corporate governance is key 
to attracting new investment, strengthening the Group’s 
competitive position, and boosting shareholder value. 
Good governance is based on the clarity of roles and 
responsibilities. The Company aims to ensure that 
its governance procedures are applied at all levels 
of decision making across the Group. 
As an international company¹, En+ Group builds 
its corporate governance practice in accordance 
with the Listing Rules of the Moscow Exchange and 
the requirements of applicable Russian laws, and 
also strives to comply with the recommendations 
of the Corporate Governance Code of the Bank 
of Russia. 
Compliance with the recommendations and 
principles of the Bank of Russia’s Corporate 
Governance Code
	 For more details on compliance with the 
recommendations and principles of the Corporate 
Governance Code, see Appendix No. 1.
2	 OFAC – the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury.
9 February 2024
for the first time, the Board of Directors approved 
the Regulations on Performance Evaluation of the Board 
of Directors
23 May 24
Vladimir Kolmogorov took over as the Company’s CEO
22 May 2024
The contract with the CEO of Company, Mikhail Khardikov, 
was terminated 
19 December 2024
the Board of Directors extended the powers 
of Vladimir Kolmogorov as the Company’s CEO from 
1 January until 31 December 2025
Governance changes in 2024
53
20
‘22
‘23
‘24
5
1
56
18
4
1
57
17
4
1
Fully complied with
Partially complied with
Not complied with
Not applicable
Key goals for 2024
Goals
Status
Progress made in 2024
To conduct independent evaluation 
of the Board of Directors, 
its members, and committees 
in order to assess the Board’s 
performance
Achieved
External evaluation of the Board’s performance 
was conducted with the involvement of an independent 
consultancy (for more details see the Board Performance 
Evaluation section below)
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
161
160
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Corporate governance structure
In 2024, the Company did not record any:
GRI 2-27 
instances of unethical behaviour 
of Board members or the CEO
GRI 2-15 
conflicts of interest involving Board 
members or the CEO
corporate disputes and criminal 
cases against key officers and 
employees of the Company
General Shareholders Meeting
RAS External Auditor
Board of Directors
Corporate Secretary
Director of the Internal Audit 
Directorate
CEO
Board committees
•	 Audit and risk committee
•	 Remuneration committee
•	 Compliance committee
•	 Corporate governance committee
•	 Nominations committee
•	 Health, safety, and environment committee
Auditor’s report on the Company’s financial 
statements
Approval
Reliable, unbiased, and 
complete information 
on the Company’s activities
Election
Preliminary review of matters and 
recommendations
Appointment
Implementation 
of resolutions
Appointment
Appointment
Accountability
Appointments/instructions
Review of resolutions, 
preparation 
of recommendations/
implementation 
of resolutions
Authorisation 
of appointment
Support 
for activities
GRI 2-9, 2-13 
The Company’s corporate governance system outlines 
the relationship between the Company’s shareholders, 
the Board, and the CEO, as well as the roles and 
General Shareholders Meeting
Issues under the competence of the General 
Shareholders Meeting (GSM), the procedure for making 
decisions on them, the conditions for convening and 
the requirements for participation are described 
in detail in the Charter and Regulations on the General 
Shareholders Meeting. Voting at a GSM is conducted 
on the basis of the “one share, one vote” principle. 
Resolutions are generally passed by a simple 
majority of shareholders voting in favour of a motion 
at the meeting, save for a number of matters, including 
amendments to the Charter and reorganisation 
of the Company, which require voting by a 2/3 majority.
En+ Group holds an Annual GSM (mandatory) 
meeting and an Extraordinary GSM (as necessary). No 
extraordinary GSMs were held in the reporting period.
Report on meetings held during the year
In 2024, the Annual GSM meeting of the Company 
was held on 26 June by absentee voting, attended 
by shareholders holding 84.4079% of votes 
between them.
The Annual GSM meeting considered and passed 
the following resolutions:
1.	 To approve the Company’s Consolidated Annual 
Report for 2023
2.	 To approve the Company’s annual accounting 
(financial) statements for 2023
3.	 Not to distribute the Company’s net profit for 2023 
and not to pay dividends on shares for 2023
4.	To elect the Company’s Board of Directors, consisting 
of 12 members, from the list of candidates approved 
by the Board:
–	 Christopher Burnham
–	 Lyudmila Galenskaya
–	 Vadim Geraskin
–	 Anastasia Gorbatova
–	 Thurgood Marshall Jr.
–	 Andrey Plugar
–	 J. W. Rayder
–	 Olga Filina
–	 Zhanna Fokina
–	 Andrey Sharonov 
–	 James Schwab
–	 Andrey Yanovsky
5.	 To approve Centre for Audit Technologies and 
Solutions — Audit Services as the Company’s auditor 
for the accounting (financial) statements prepared 
in accordance with Russian accounting legislation.
	 For more details on the results of the annual GSM 
meeting, see the Company’s official website
responsibilities of the Board committees. The Company’s 
corporate governance structure includes the following key 
elements.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
163
162
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Responsibility statement  
The members of the Board confirm that: 
	
∙The consolidated financial statements, prepared 
in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board and as adopted 
by the European Union, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position, and profit 
or loss of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken 
as a whole. 
	
∙This Consolidated (Annual) Report includes a fair 
review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the Company 
and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, together with 
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face. 
Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
The liability of all Board members related 
to the discharge of their duties at the Company 
is insured under a D&O liability insurance policy that 
covers any damage caused during the Directors’ tenure. 
Board composition
GRI 2-9 
As at 31 December 2024, the Board of Directors 
included 12 directors: eight independent non-executive 
directors, one of them being the Chairman of the Board, 
and four non-executive directors. All of them attended 
at the meetings of the Board of Directors throughout 
2024.
Board of Directors
GRI 2-12 
The Board of Directors of En+ Group takes strategic 
decisions on the Company’s operations and exercises 
control over their implementation. The Board 
of Directors aims to create a long-term value 
for the Company by supporting the balance between 
short- and long-term objectives. The procedure 
for forming the Board, powers and duties of the Board 
members are outlined in the Charter and Regulations 
on the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors 
is accountable to the GSM.
Independent directors help put together an objective 
view of the Company’s business and the strength 
of its strategy, provide constructive challenge, 
and bring to the Board and management of the 
Company an unbiased perspective on the state of risk 
management and internal controls, management’s 
performance, as well as the strength of the Company’s 
financial model and policies.
In 2024, the Board of Directors held 11 meetings. 
The Board discussed matters remotely 
via videoconference, where each director could give 
comments, followed by absentee voting. All Board 
members attended 100% of the Board meetings.
	 Full biographies are available 
on the Company’s website
Shareholdings
As at the end of the reporting period, none 
of the Board members, CEO or members 
of the management directly or indirectly 
held shares in the Company or concluded 
any transactions with Company shares 
in 2024.  
Conflicts of interest and loans issued 
to members of the Board and the CEO
During 2024 and up to the date of this 
Report, the Company has not been aware 
of any conflicts of interest affecting 
any member of the Board or the CEO 
(including in connection with their 
participation in governance bodies 
of the Company’s competitors).
GRI 2-15 
In the event of a direct or indirect conflict 
of interest, members of the Board are obliged 
to provide a notification of its existence. 
In this case, they abstain from voting on issues 
in which they have an interest.
GRI 2-11 
The Chairman of the Board of Directors 
is an independent non-executive director and 
does not combine their functions with those 
of the CEO.
In 2024, no loans were issued by the Company 
(or any Group company) to members 
of the Board or the CEO.
Member of the Board 
of Directors since
Attendance at meetings 
of the Board of Directors in 2024
Independent non-executive directors
Christopher Bancroft Burnham
Chairman of the Board since March 2022
27 January 2019
11/11
Lyudmila Galenskaya
18 May 2022
11/11
Thurgood Marshall Jr.
26 May 2021
11/11
J. W. Rayder
25 May 2022
11/11
Zhanna Fokina
26 May 2021
11/11
Andrey Sharonov
27 January 2019
11/11
James Schwab
3 April 2023
11/11
Andrey Yanovsky
25 September 2020
11/11
Non-executive directors
Vadim Geraskin
8 February 2019
11/11
Anastasia Gorbatova
29 June 2023
11/11
Andrey Plugar
29 June 2023
11/11
Olga Filina
15 December 2021
11/11
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
165
164
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Lyudmila Galenskaya
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1958
H
C
N
Lyudmila Galenskaya started her career at Angarsk Polymer Plant, leading a team 
of 150 people. After she moved from Angarsk to Irkutsk, she secured a new job 
at Irkutskenergo. Currently, Lyudmila Galenskaya is responsible for ecology and 
environmental protection as the Head of the Environmental Safety and Rational 
Use of Natural Resources Service at Baikal Energy Company. She supports all 
of the company’s environmental activities, engages with government authorities, 
and communicates with the entire Group and all its branches. She ensures 
that the public is informed about the company’s environmental efforts and 
participates in environmental events and discussions. She engages with the media 
on environmental matters and actively shares experience with all environmental safety 
teams within the Group. She is open to new ideas and participates in developing new 
projects and bringing them to life.
Thurgood Marshall Jr.
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1956
R
H
C
Thurgood Marshall Jr. has extensive experience at the intersection of law, business 
and politics. Throughout his career, Thurgood Marshall Jr. has served as a partner 
at an international law firm, was a member of boards of listed companies, and held 
a wide range of positions in the US Government, including Staff Director and Chief 
Counsel to Senator Al Gore, Director of Legislative Affairs and Deputy Counsel 
to Vice President Al Gore. Thurgood Marshall Jr. also practiced law in Washington, 
DC, where he completed his judicial clerkship. He earned his Bachelor of Arts (BA) 
in 1978 and a Juris Doctor (JD) degree in 1981 from the University of Virginia.
Christopher Bancroft Burnham has a distinguished career in government, diplomacy, 
banking, and private equity. He is a globally recognised expert on reporting and 
transparency, having served as UN Under-Secretary-General for Management, Under 
Secretary of State for Management (acting), Assistant Secretary of State for Resource 
Management, and CFO of the US Department of State. Christopher Bancroft 
Burnham serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO at Cambridge Global 
Capital, which he co-founded. He is the former Vice Chairman and Managing Director 
of Deutsche Asset Management. He completed Georgetown’s National Security 
Studies Programme and graduated from Washington and Lee University and Harvard 
University, where he earned an MPA in 1990.
Christopher 
Bancroft Burnham
Chairman of the Board
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1956
A
J. W. Rayder
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1960
J. W. Rayder has been involved in or led significant corporate restructuring projects, 
financings and M&A deals; he also has a solid track record in negotiating numerous 
power and natural gas supply contracts on behalf of his clients. He also advises clients 
on a myriad of legislative, regulatory and transactional matters related to energy 
markets and federal taxation. He graduated from University of Arkansas (BSBA 
in Accounting, JD) and Georgetown University Law Center (LL. M).
R
A
C
Zhanna Fokina
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1978
Zhanna Fokina has an extensive track record in environmental regulatory and 
supervisory authorities. Currently, she leads the environment department 
at Krasnoyarsk Aluminium Smelter. Zhanna is in charge of preparing and approving 
environmental reports, arranging for environmental monitoring, overseeing 
the execution of environmental initiatives, as well as supporting and conducting 
government environmental supervision activities. Before joining RUSAL, she worked 
at Rosprirodnadzor (Federal Service for Supervision of Natural Resources) and 
in the pharmaceutical industry. In 2009, she graduated from Siberian Federal 
University.
G
H
N
Andrey Sharonov
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1964
Andrey Sharonov is the CEO of the National ESG Alliance and member of the Board 
of Directors at the Skolkovo Foundation. Since 2002, he has worked as an independent 
director and representative on the boards of directors of about 30 public companies. He 
was a People’s Deputy of the USSR, Chairman of the State Committee for Youth Affairs 
of Russia, a key figure at the Ministry of Economic Development and Trade, a Managing 
Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors at Troika Dialog, Deputy Mayor of Moscow 
for Economic Policy, Chairman of the Regional Energy Commission, and headed 
the Executive Committees of the Moscow Urban Forum and the Open Innovations Forum. 
He graduated from Ufa State Aviation Technical University and the Russian Presidential 
Academy of Public Administration and holds a PhD in Sociology. Andrey Sharonov also 
received a DBA degree from Bocconi University, Milan.
G
A
N
James Schwab
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1965
James Schwab has 30 years of general management and private equity experience 
across a variety of industries, including logistics, the paper and forest industry, 
telecommunications, government, etc. He has held board positions at CrimStone 
portfolio companies, Western Marketing, Cimcon Finishing, Waples Manufacturing 
and Greenscape Landscaping. James Schwab holds a Bachelor’s degree (with 
distinction) in Mathematics from the United States Naval Academy and a Master 
of Business Administration (MBA) from Harvard Business School.
G
A
N
Committee chair
Corporate Governance Committee
Renumeration Committee 
Audit and Risk Committee 
G
R
A
H
C
N
Health, Safety and Environment Committee
Compliance Committee 
Nominations Committee 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
167
166
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Andrey Yanovsky
Independent non-
executive director
Year of birth: 1966
Andrey Yanovsky has been the CEO of the European Medical Center and member 
of its Board of Directors since 2014. During his career, Andrey Yanovsky was the CEO 
of the Coca-Cola Company franchise in Russia, CEO of Nidan Juices (2003–2009), Vice 
President for Organisational Development and Personnel at TNK-BP (2009–2013), and 
Director for Strategy and Organiational Development at NefteTransService (2013–2014). 
Andrey Yanovsky graduated from the Riga Higher Military Political School and received 
an MBA in Strategic Management from Kingston University.
R
A
H
Vadim Geraskin
Non-Executive Director
Year of birth: 1968
Vadim Geraskin has extensive experience in government relations at the national 
as well as regional level. Since September 2012, as the Deputy CEO for Government 
Relations at Basic Element, he has been heavily involved in promoting the company’s 
socioeconomic development programmes in the regions where it operates. Vadim 
Geraskin led RUSAL’s Natural Monopolies Administration for eight years before 
joining Basic Element, and prior to that he headed RUSAL’s Transport and Logistics 
Administration and Transport Department. From 1997 to 2000, he served as CEO 
of Zarubezhcontract, a company focused on the non-ferrous metals market. From 1993 
to 1997, he worked for AluminProduct. Vadim Geraskin graduated from Lomonosov 
Moscow State University with a degree in Physics.
R
H
Anastasia Gorbatova
Non-Executive Director
Year of birth: 1979
Anastasia Gorbatova has a remarkable track record with leading law firms, having 
acted as an adviser to major Russian and international companies on multi-
billion-dollar M&A, EPC, and corporate finance deals, as well as capital markets 
transactions. Anastasia Gorbatova served on the Board of Directors of EN+ GROUP 
IPJSC as a non-executive director from 2019 to 2021 and is currently engaged 
in private legal practice. She graduated with honours from the International Law 
School of the Moscow State Institute of International Relations (MGIMO University).
G
C
Andrey Plugar
Non-Executive Director
Year of birth: 1970
Andrey Plugar has extensive experience in international law and providing legal 
advice on M&A transactions. He has led investment (M&A) and legal departments 
at major Russian companies with diversified asset portfolios. He currently heads 
the investment department at Impulse Group, where he manages investment 
projects and is responsible for M&A transactions. Andrey Plugar graduated from 
the International Law School of the Moscow State Institute of International Relations 
(MGIMO University). He has a diploma of international lawyer with knowledge 
of foreign languages (English, French).
C
Olga Filina
Non-Executive Director
Year of birth: 1983 
Olga Filina has over 15 years of experience in internal control and compliance 
(including senior positions at Deloitte and KPMG). Her primary areas of focus 
include complex fraud investigations, corruption investigations (including 
financial investigations and audits for compliance with the US Foreign Corrupt 
Practices Act (FCPA)), setting up and testing compliance functions, hotline 
outsourcing and support, and managing internal audit and internal control 
projects.
R
C
GRI 405-1 
Composition of the Board 
of Directors as at 31.12.2024
Tenure on the Board
3.5 
average tenure of the Board 
members
Average age of the Board 
members  
57 years old 
average age of the Board 
members
8
3
3
2
2
5
3
6
4
Men
Women
 up to 2 years
 2–5 years
over 5 years
35–45 years
46–55 years old
56–65 years old
over 65 years old
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
169
168
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Power 
industry 
Strategic 
management
Legal and 
corporate 
governance
Ethics and 
compliance
Risk man-
agement and 
audit
Environmental 
management
Occupational 
health and 
safety
Independent non-executive directors
Christopher 
Bancroft 
Burnham
+
+
+
Lyudmila 
Galenskaya
+
Thurgood 
Marshall Jr.
+
J. W. Rayder
+
+
+
+
Zhanna Fokina
+
Andrey 
Sharonov
+
+
James Schwab
+
Andrey Yanovsky
+
+
Non-executive directors
Vadim Geraskin
+
+
Anastasia 
Gorbatova
+
Andrey Plugar
+
+
Olga Filina
+
+
The Company is strongly committed to promoting 
a diverse and inclusive workforce and recognises and 
embraces the benefits of having a diverse Board 
and senior management to enhance the quality 
of their performance. The Company has approved 
the Board of Directors Diversity Policy, which sets out 
the Company’s approach to promoting and maintaining 
Board diversity.
The Board of Directors has 
the vision and knowledge 
to ensure En+ Group’s 
leadership in the markets 
of presence
The high level of professionalism and 
solid track record of the Directors, 
coupled with a balanced Board 
composition, are intended to enhance 
the Board’s performance.
GRI 2-10 
When selecting candidates 
for nomination to the Board 
of Directors, the Nominations 
Committee considers objective factors, 
regardless of their gender or nationality: 
•	 independence
•	 cultural and individual diversity 
•	 age
•	 impeccable reputation
•	 qualifications
•	 skills
•	 relevant personal experience
•	 knowledge of business specifics 
•	 knowledge of the Company’s core 
businesses
•	 willingness to devote sufficient time 
to discharging their duties as a Board 
member
All members of the Board of Directors share 
the Company’s commitment to equal opportunities, 
creating an inclusive environment, and 
non-discrimination, and strictly follow En+ Group’s 
Corporate Code of Ethics and Policy on Human Rights.
Competencies of members of the Board of Directors
Diversity and equal opportunities
Training and professional development of Board 
members 
GRI 2-17 
New Directors take induction training upon their 
appointment, which includes:
	
∙Meetings with the CEO, the Chairman of the Board 
of Directors, the Corporate Secretary, and heads 
of corporate business units of the Company
	
∙Familiarisation with operations, including site visits 
to the Group’s production facilities with operational and 
management briefings and meetings with Company’s 
management teams
	
∙Access to internal reports and other important 
documents
	
∙Opportunity to ask questions and receive explanations 
from the Company’s management team
	
∙Attending meetings of all Board committees 
as observers
	
∙Mandatory training, including by external advisors, 
on matters relating to insider trading, disclosures, and 
compliance with sanctions
GRI 2-17 
The Corporate Secretary coordinates 
the implementation of this programme with 
the support of the relevant committees of the Board 
of Directors (the Nominations Committee and 
the Corporate Governance Committee).
In addition, the Board also organises regular 
training sessions for its members, including with 
the involvement of external advisors. However, no 
special training sessions were held in 2024. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
171
170
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Board performance evaluation
GRI 2-18 
The Board performance is evaluated based 
on the results of regular self-assessment, which, 
as a rule, is carried out every year, and periodic external 
assessment with the involvement of independent 
consultants. In the reporting period, the Company 
approved the Regulations on Performance Evaluation 
of the Board of Directors, which will make it possible 
to structure this process and improve its effectiveness. 
In 2024, an independent external assessment 
of the Board of Directors was performed. The Company 
did not perform a separate self-assessment 
in the reporting period, since self-assessment 
questionnaires were part of the independent external 
assessment methodology.
The assessment was carried out by an independent 
consultant RosExpert, a Russian consulting company 
that has been specialising in the assessment, formation 
and development of management teams for more 
than 20 years. The evaluation methodology included 
individual interviews and benchmarking with relevant 
international companies.
Analysis of the results of self-assessment of members 
of the Board demonstrated stable and improving 
performance of the Board and its committees 
compared to the previous year.
Results of independent external assessment of the Board performance
Positive aspects
Areas for further improvement
The Company’s commitment to high standards of corporate 
governance
Increasing the Board’s focus on new technologies
Attention to the analysis of production and financial results 
of the Company’s activities and risk management, including 
compliance with the requirements of regulators and exchanges
Succession planning
Professional development of members of the Board
Active interaction of the Board with executive management
Strengthening the role of the Board in matters 
of sustainable development and social responsibility
The Board’s focus in 2024
Area of focus
Key matters considered and decisions adopted 
Strategy and risk
•	 The Board preliminarily approved the Consolidated (Annual) Report 
for 2023.
•	 The Board approved the Company’s business plan for 2025.
Sustainable development
•	 The Board considered the latest updates on health and safety matters.
•	 The Board took note of the reports of management and committee chairs 
covering, among other things, performance in occupational health, industrial 
safety, and environmental protection; the Company’s climate goals; 
the status of the environmental and climate strategy (including progress 
towards net zero); and the implementation of the biodiversity strategy.
•	 The Board reviewed environmental upgrades, infrastructure projects, and 
digital initiatives.
Succession and leadership
•	 The Board appointed a new CEO of the Company.
•	 The Board approved the composition and elected chairpersons 
of the committees of the Board of Directors.
Corporate governance
•	 The Board approved overall levels of D&O (Directors and Officers) liability 
insurance.
•	 The Board approved the results of the assessment of the 2023 KPI 
achievement by the CEO.
•	 The Board approved the CEO’s KPIs for 2024 and 2025.
Financial performance
•	 The Board approved the consolidated interim and annual financial 
statements.
Nature and number of critical issues considered
by the Board of Directors, %
12
34
‘22
‘23
‘24
47
7
12
34
47
7
11
11
66
12
Economic and financial matters
Social and environmental matters
Corporate governance
Other
GRI 2-16
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
173
172
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Audit and Risk 
Committee
Compliance 
Committee
Corporate 
Governance 
Committee
Health, 
Safety, and 
Environment 
Committee
Nominations 
Committee
Remuneration 
Committee
Independent non-executive directors
Christopher 
Bancroft 
Burnham
7/7
Lyudmila 
Galenskaya
2/2
5/5
1/1
Thurgood 
Marshall Jr.
2/2 (C)
5/5
2/2
J. W. Rayder
7/7 (C)
2/2
2/2
Zhanna Fokina
1/1
5/5 (C)
1/1
Andrey 
Sharonov 
7/7
1/1 (C)
1/1
James Schwab 
7/7
1/1
1/1 (C)
Andrey Yanovsky
7/7
5/5
2/2 (C)
Non-executive directors
Vadim Geraskin
5/5
2/2
Anastasia 
Gorbatova
2/2
1/1
Andrey Plugar
1/1
Olga Filina
2/2
2/2
Membership in the Board committees and attendance at meetings
7/7  –	 To the left of the slash — the number of committee meetings attended in 2024,  
to the right — the total number of committee meetings
(C)  –	  Committee Chairperson 
	 For more details on each committee, see the 
Committees of the Board of Directors section of the 
official website of the Company
Committees of the Board of Directors
The compositions of the Committees were reshuffled 
after the annual GSM in June 2024. 
All Board members attended 100% of meetings 
of the Board Committees. 
	 For more details on the powers and duties of the CEO, 
see the Charter
As a rule, the CEO is appointed by the Board 
for a period of five years unless another term of office 
is established by the Board.
Until 22 May 2024, Mikhail Khardikov held the CEO 
position. On 23 May 2024, Vladimir Kolmogorov 
was appointed as the CEO; at the end of the reporting 
period, his term of office was extended until the end 
of 2025. 
Corporate Secretary
Pursuant to the Regulations on the Corporate 
Secretary, the Corporate Secretary of the Company 
is responsible for ensuring the Company’s efficient 
ongoing communication with shareholders, coordinating 
the Company’s activities to protect the rights and 
interests of shareholders, and supporting the effective 
operation of the Board and Board Committees. 
The Corporate Secretary also ensures the Company’s 
interaction with regulatory bodies, trading organisers, 
the registrar, and other professional participants 
in the securities market within the powers vested 
in the Corporate Secretary.
Currently, the Company’s Corporate Secretary 
is Sergey Makarchuk, who has held this position since 14 
November 2019. 
Under the Charter, the CEO acts as the sole executive 
body of the Company, is responsible for overseeing 
the Company’s day-to-day operations and holds 
all powers falling outside the exclusive competence 
of the GSM and the Board of Directors.
	 For more details on the Corporate Secretary,  
see the company’s website
	 The Corporate Secretary can be contacted by e-mail: 
CS@enplus.ru
Vladimir Kolmogorov
CEO
	
∙Year of birth: 1956
	
∙Appointed as the CEO: 23 May 2024
Vladimir Kolmogorov graduated from the Novosibirsk 
Electrotechnical Institute and started his career 
as a foreman at Krasnoyarsk HPP and then took the position 
of senior group foreman at Sayano-Shushenskaya HPP. 
In 1989, he was appointed Director of Krasnoyarsk 
HPP, which he managed until 1997. He then moved 
to RAO UES of Russia, where he held senior positions 
in the management of generation facilities in Siberia. 
Between 2000 and 2016, he headed such energy 
companies as Siberian Energy Company, Irkutskenergo, and 
OGK-3, and also served as an advisor to the CEO of Norilsk 
Nickel. From 2016 to 2023, Mr. Kolmogorov served 
as first deputy CEO of En+ Group for technical policy. 
Mr. Kolmogorov is currently the CEO of En+ Group.
Sole executive body — CEO 
	 For more details on Vladimir Kolmogorov,  
         see the official website of En+ Group
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
175
174
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Compliance Committee
GRI 2-15 
The main task of the Compliance Committee is driving 
the build-out of the Group’s compliance management 
system. The scope of responsibility of the Compliance 
Committee is outlined in the relevant Regulations. 
The Compliance Committee reviews its own performance 
and reassesses the adequacy of regulatory compliance 
procedures and guidelines.
In 2024, the Compliance Committee held two meetings 
and reviewed regular Company compliance reports, 
as well as compliance with the terms of removal from 
OFAC’s SDN List given the current geopolitical situation.
Corporate Governance Committee
The Corporate Governance Committee develops and 
monitors the implementation of the corporate governance 
system in accordance with statutory requirements, best 
practices and business ethics. The powers of the Corporate 
Governance Committee are outlined in the relevant 
Regulations. 
In 2024, the Corporate Governance Committee held 
one meeting to consider two issues: the general 
levels of the Company’s D&O liability insurance and 
the Regulations on Performance Evaluation of the Board 
of Directors.
Audit and Risk Committee
En+ Group’s Audit and Risk Committee monitors and 
supervises financial statements, the internal control 
system, risk management and compliance with regulatory 
requirements. The scope of responsibility of the Audit and 
Risk Committee is outlined in the relevant Regulations.
GRI 2-5 
The Audit and Risk Committee is also responsible 
for reviewing the effectiveness of the external audit 
process, in conjunction with other Board committees.
The Audit and Risk Committee consists entirely 
of independent members of the Board of Directors. 
In 2024, the Audit and Risk Committee held seven 
meetings. The agenda included financial statements, 
internal audit reports, work plan for 2024, external 
audit reports, and internal control and risk management 
reports.
Health, Safety, and Environment 
Committee
The HSE Committee develops and monitors measures 
to ensure safety, reduce environmental impact 
and protect the health of employees. Its scope 
of responsibility is described in detail in the relevant 
Regulations. 
In 2024, the Health, Safety, and Environment 
Committee held five meetings and reviewed regular 
HSE reports, the environmental and climate strategy 
development updates, the Company’s environmental 
risk management status, performance against HSE 
KPIs in 2024 and target KPIs for 2025, the biodiversity 
strategy update, and En+ Group’s HSE roadmap 
for 2025.
Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee is responsible 
for the selection, assessment and succession planning 
of members of the Board of Directors and senior 
management. In addition, it develops recommendations 
to the Board of Directors on Board performance 
evaluation. The powers of the Nominations Committee 
are outlined in the relevant Regulations.
The Nominations Committee consists entirely 
of independent members of the Board of Directors. 
In 2024, the Nominations Committee held one meeting 
to consider the proposed appointment of Vladimir 
Kolmogorov as the Company’s CEO and the Company’s 
Regulations on Performance Evaluation of the Board 
of Directors.
Audit services
Non-audit services
Total fees paid to the audit firm
Power segment
USD mn¹
0.3
0.2
0.5
RUB mn
31.8
19.2
51.0
share of services type, %
60
40
100
Metals segment
USD mn¹
2.6
1.2
3.8
RUB mn
238.9
111.9
350.8
share of services type, %
68
32
100
En+ Group
USD mn
2.9
1.4
4.3
RUB mn
270.7
131.1
401.8
share of services type, %
67
33
100
Remuneration Committee
The Committee develops an incentive and remuneration 
system for members of the Board of Directors and 
management, ensuring its compliance with the Company’s 
strategic goals. Its scope of responsibility is described 
in detail in the relevant Regulations. 
The majority of the members of the Remuneration 
Committee (3 of 5), including its chairman, 
are independent directors.
GRI 2-20 
In 2024, the Remuneration Committee met twice to review 
the CEO’s KPIs and the remuneration arrangements 
for the CEO appointed on 23 May 2024.
Auditor’s remuneration for audit and non-audit services 
For the year ended 31 December 2024, the accrued fees for audit and non-audit services provided by the Group’s 
external auditor, B1, totalled as follows1:
1	
Calculated based on the 2024 average USD/RUB exchange rate of RUB 92.5262 per dollar.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
177
176
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1	
All amounts are gross.
2	 Calculated based on the EUR/USD exchange rate of 1.08 as at 31 December 2024. 
3	 Mandatory payments (pension contributions, compulsory medical insurance, etc.) as required by Russian law.
Remuneration report
GRI 2-19 
Objectives of the remuneration policy of En+ Group:
	
∙Attract, remunerate, and retain skilled talent 
supporting the achievement of the Company’s 
strategic goals
	
∙Maintain the right balance between the Company’s 
short-term operating results and long-term goals
	
∙Create value for our shareholders, given the risks that 
may impact the variable component of remuneration
Remuneration of Board members1 
GRI 2-19
Type of remuneration
Amount
Remuneration of Board members (excluding 
the Chairman of the Board)
EUR 215,000 (about USD 249,000 thousand)2
Additional remuneration for chairing committees or other 
structural units of the Board
EUR 26,000 (about USD 28,000)2 
Additional remuneration for membership in each 
committee or in other structural units of the Board
EUR 18,000 (about USD 19,000)2
Pension contributions
The Company does not pay any other pension contributions 
or retirement benefits, except for the mandatory contributions 
to the Pension Fund of the Russian Federation as required 
by Russian law 
Total remuneration of the Board of Directors in 2024, 
excluding social insurance contributions3 amounted 
to USD 10.8 million1.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors, 
USD mn
6.1
10.0
10.8
‘22
‘23
‘24
Remuneration of Board members
In 2019, the Board considered and approved the base 
levels of compensation for Board members.
GRI 2-19, 2-20 
The Company’s remuneration system is aimed 
at attracting and retaining key management 
personnel. The amount of remuneration is determined 
Type of additional 
remuneration
Approach
Links to metrics
Key changes 
during the year
Annual bonus
Encourages focus 
on the Group’s 
strategic goals
•	 The bonus is paid for meeting 
individual KPIs
•	 KPIs for the CEO are set 
by the Remuneration Committee 
and approved by the Board
•	 KPIs are set at the beginning 
of each financial (calendar) year
•	 KPIs are regularly reviewed and 
updated to ensure that they align 
with the Group’s goals
Examples:
•	 Financial performance: 
adjusted EBITDA, free cash flow
•	 HSE and sustainability: lost 
time injury frequency rate 
(LTIFR), zero environmental 
incidents, accidents, 
or violations
•	 Strategy: achievement 
of strategic goals and 
successful implementation 
of development projects
•	 Other objectives: in accordance 
with the manager’s area 
of responsibility
No changes 
during the year
Additional 
payments and 
benefits
Optional bonus 
payments for achieving 
targets other than KPIs 
for the relevant year
•	 Paid for achieving results that 
are important for the Company 
but not included in KPIs
•	 Task-specific
No changes 
during the year
Remuneration 
of other risk 
takers
Attracts and retains 
highqualified 
professionals
•	 Top managers of En+ Group 
subsidiaries are considered risk 
takers
•	 The Group’s executive 
remuneration policy applies
•	 Aligned with the Group’s 
executive remuneration 
structure
No changes 
during the year
Structure of additional payments to key executives 
GRI 2-19
by the Company’s internal documents without 
the involvement of external stakeholders.
Remuneration of key executives
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
179
178
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

1	
Calculated based on the EUR/USD exchange rate of 1.08 as at 31 December 2024.
In 2024, the remuneration of key executives, including 
the CEO, amounted to USD 7.0 million1, including a base 
salary of USD 5.0 million and bonuses of USD 2.0 million.
Remuneration of key executives
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
The Company intends to continue developing corporate 
governance in accordance with high standards, 
best practices and the provisions of the Corporate 
Governance Code of the Bank of Russia.
6.2 
5.4
6.0 
5.7
4.7 
2.0
‘22
‘23
‘24
Base salary
Bonuses
11.6
11.7
6.7
Information for shareholders and investors
As at 31 December 2024, En+ Group’s share capital 
was divided into 638,848,896 ordinary shares with 
a par value of USD 0.00007 each.  
The Company’s ordinary shares are traded 
on the Moscow Exchange’s Level One Quotation List 
under the ticker ENPG. 
From 3 November 2017, En+ Group ordinary shares 
in the form of global depositary receipts (GDRs), each 
representing one ordinary share, have been  listed 
on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) under the ticker 
ENPL. Since 3 March 2022, the London Stock Exchange 
has suspended trading in securities of most Russian 
companies, including En+ Group. On 16 April 2022, 
Federal Law No. 114-FZ came into force, requiring 
Russian companies to initiate the termination of deposit 
agreements for their GDR programmes. The Company 
obtained permission to continue trading its GDRs 
outside Russia until 7 November 2024, inclusive. 
To comply with the Federal Law, on 8 October 2024 
the Company sent a request for terminating the listing 
and admission of its GDRs to trading. Deposit 
agreements for the GDR programmes were valid 
until 7 November 2024 inclusive (until their expiration 
date). The London Stock Exchange formally suspended 
the admission of En+ Group’s GDRs to trading from 
08:00 am (London time) on 19 November 2024. 
Until 17 April 2020 inclusive, En+ Group GDRs were 
traded on the Moscow Exchange (under the ticker 
ENPL). The Company then delisted the GDRs from 
the Moscow Exchange on 20 April 2020. During 
the two-month transition period preceding this date, 
two financial instruments of the Company (GDRs and 
ordinary shares) continued to be listed on the Moscow 
Exchange.
GRI 2-1 
All shareholders owning more than 5% of the Company’s share capital and known 
to En+ Group are listed below.
En+ Group shareholding structure, as at 31 December 20242
44.95%
21.37%
13.95%
10.55%
9.17%
Mr. Deripaska3
SFO4
Public float
Glencore
Other shareholders5
2	 Percentages may not total 100 due to rounding.
3	 Directly or indirectly. Exercises voting rights in respect of 35.00% of shares.
4	 Shares initially purchased from VTB by an En+ Group subsidiary, as reported by the Company on 6 February and 12 February 2020, and later 
(on 26 October 2023) acquired from the En+ Group subsidiary by a Special Financial Organisation (SFO), an orphan entity registered in Russia 
and not affiliated with En+ Group. Voting rights in respect of the 14.33% shareholding are held by an independent trustee, while the remaining 
voting rights in respect of 7.04% of shares are exercised by the Chairman of the Board at the Board’s direction.
5	 Other shareholders holding less than 5.00% each.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
181
180
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Registrar 
Joint Stock Company Interregional Registration Center 
(the IRC). 
Tel.: +7 (495) 234 4470 
Email: info@mrz.ru
www.mrz.ru
	 Link to the Investor Tools section  
of the website
In 2024, En+ Group’s ordinary share price 
on the Moscow Exchange was down from RUB 447.4 
as at 3 January 2024 to RUB 347.5 as at 30 December 
2024. The average daily trading volume during the year 
was 385,000 ordinary shares.
Share repurchases
During the reporting period, the Company did not, 
either itself or through a person acting in their own 
name but on the Company’s behalf, repurchase 
any of the Company’s own shares, and did not, either 
itself or through a person acting in their own name but 
on the Company’s behalf, hold any shares in treasury.
Depositary bank4  
Citibank N.A.
Registered address: 388 Greenwich Street, New York, 
New York 10013, United States of America.  
Tel.: +1 (212) 723 5435 
Email: CitiADR@Citi.com
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
6,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
RUB per share 
ths shares
Share price, RUB per share (LHS)
Trading volume, ths shares (RHS)
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Analytical coverage
As at 31 December 2024, three investment banks 
provided analytical coverage of En+ Group shares 
with a “buy” recommendation. The Investor Relations 
Department of En+ Group monitors and regularly 
communicates consensus forecasts of analysts 
to the senior management of the Company, and 
cooperate with brokers to expand analytical coverage.
Credit ratings
Credit ratings are assigned to several legal entities 
within the Group. Their levels attest to the moderately 
high creditworthiness of companies and the financial 
reliability of their debt obligations.
5	 Source: Moscow Exchange.
En+ Group’s international securities identification 
numbers
Moscow Exchange
Regulation S GDRs (until 17 April 2020 
inclusive)
Ordinary shares
Ticker 
ENPL   
ENPG   
ISIN1
US29355E2081
RU000A100K72
London Stock Exchange
Rule 144A GDRs
(until 18 November 2024 inclusive)
Regulation S GDRs
(until 18 November 2024 inclusive)
Ticker
ENPL
ENPL
ISIN1 
US29355E1091
US29355E2081
Common Code2
171560667
170465199
CUSIP3 
29355E109
29355E208
En+ Group share performance and trading volumes5 
1	
ISIN — International Securities Identification Number.
2	 A Common Code is a nine-digit identification code issued jointly by CEDEL and Euroclear.
3	 A Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures (CUSIP) number is an identification number assigned to the issue of shares 
to facilitate clearing.
4	 The depositary agreements in respect of the GDRs were valid until 7 November 2024 inclusive.
Moscow exchange
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
183
182
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Credit ratings of En+ Group companies and their forecasts as at 31 December 2024
Company
Credit rating agency
ACRA
Expert RA
EN+ GROUP IPJSC 
A(RU) 
Stable
—
Power segment
ILLC EN+ HOLDING
A+(RU) 
Stable
—
JSC EN+ GENERATION 
(until December 2024 JSC EuroSibEnergo)
A+(RU) 
Stable
ruA+
Stable
Metals segment
IPJSC UC RUSAL
A+(RU) 
Stable
ruA+
Stable
Bonds
En+ Group companies actively place debt obligations 
on the open market to finance current projects and 
other business goals. Their bonds are traditionally 
popular with investors.
At the end of the reporting period, three issues 
of bonds of the Power segment and 14 issues 
of bonds of the Metals segment were in circulation. 
The Company’s loan portfolio is diversified by currency 
and duration.
Dividend policy
The Company’s Regulations on Dividend Policy stipulate 
that when determining the amount of dividend 
1	
Free cash flow, for any period, means the cash flows generated from operating activities less net interest paid, capital expenditures, 
restructuring fees, and other costs related to share issuance, adjusted for settlement payments under derivative financial instruments, plus 
dividends from associates and joint ventures.
2	 The En+ Group Power segment is a segment defined in the Group’s IFRS consolidated statements.
Disclosure 
The Company places a particular emphasis on making 
relevant information readily available to both 
shareholders and analysts simultaneously, in accordance 
with applicable provisions of Russian law and disclosure 
requirements of the Moscow Exchange.  
recommended to the GSM, the Board of Directors may 
calculate the dividend amount as follows: 
	
∙One hundred per cent (100%) of dividends received 
from RUSAL (as long as the Company remains 
a RUSAL shareholder)
	
∙Seventy-five per cent (75%) of free cash flow1 
in the En+ Group Power segment2, but in any event, 
at least USD 250 million per year
Dividend payments 
On 22 May 2024, the Board of Directors 
recommended not to distribute the net profit received 
by the Company based on its performance in 2023 
and not to distribute dividends on shares for 2023. 
On 26 June 2024, the Company’s GSM approved this 
decision of the Board of Directors.
Retail Investors Forum
In 2024, for the second year in a row, 
En+ Group was a partner of the Retail 
Investors Forum organised by the Retail 
Investors Association. The Forum 
is a unique platform that brings 
together retail investors, securities 
market regulators, issuers and other 
participants in the Russian stock 
market for the purpose of professional 
discussion.
The Investor Relations 
Department can be contacted 
at: ir@enplus.ru
Information about En+ Group 
is distributed through the following 
channels: 
Interfax Corporate Information Disclosure Centre
The Company’s website (releases on key events 
as well as operating and financial results)
En+ Group channel on the Pulse social network 
for investors
Channels in Telegram, OK and VK
Official service for publishing messages on the 
website of the Fedresurs registry (EFRSFDYUL)
Retail Investors Association website
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
185
184
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Internal control and risk management
	
∙A risk committee has been established to coordinate 
the actions of the Company’s structural divisions
	
∙The environmental risk assessment methodology has 
been updated 
	
∙Risk Management Policy 
	
∙Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy
	
∙Corporate Code of Ethics
	
∙Policy on Conflict of Interest
	
∙Sanctions Policy
	
∙Regulations on Risk Management
Key goals for 2024
Goals
Status
Progress made in 2024
Update internal documents
On track
The Risk Management Policy and Regulations on Risk 
Management have been updated. 
Material topics
	
∙Corporate governance
Internal control and risk management system
Internal control and risks management at En+ 
Group is organised in accordance with global best 
practice to ensure the identification and systematic 
analysis of risks when making decisions to prevent/
minimise them. 
The Company’s approaches to risk management and 
internal control are set out in the Risk Management 
Policy, and the process is outlined in the Regulations 
on Risk Management. In 2024, the Policy and 
Regulations were updated.
The Group has established a comprehensive internal 
control system (ICS) to safeguard its assets, improve 
business processes, and ensure compliance with 
applicable laws and local regulations throughout 
its operations. 
Organisational structure of internal control and risk management
GRI 2-12, 2-13, 2-16
The Internal Audit Directorate (IAD) seeks to ensure 
that a robust system of internal controls is in place 
in the Group through:
	
∙operational and financial control;
	
∙compliance control;
	
∙business process institutionalisation;
	
∙implementation of ICS enhancement projects. 
The risk management system (RMS) is an integral part 
of ICS and the corporate governance system as a whole. 
RMS ensures compliance with corporate governance 
standards and consistent sustainable development 
of the Group’s business.
In 2024, a risk committee was established at the level 
of the Company’s management to ensure effective risk 
management by coordinating the actions of various 
structural divisions.
To enhance risk management’s effectiveness, objectives 
in this area are integrated into the key performance 
indicators (KPIs) of both management and relevant 
employees.
Audit and Risk Committee
•	 Supervision of risk management and internal 
control systems 
•	 Control over internal and external audit
•	 Development of recommendations for the Board 
of Directors
Internal Audit Directorate (IAD)
•	 Independent of Group management
•	 Methodological support of risk management and internal control 
processes at the Group level
•	 Review and approval of 
–	 the risk map 
–	 mitigation measures 
–	 internal controls
•	 Performance of comprehensive audits and control reviews
•	 Preparation of financial statements for the Board of Directors
Board of Directors
•	 Overall responsibility for maintaining 
an appropriate risk management and internal 
control system
Risk supervisors 
•	 Consolidation of information on risk management and internal control at the level of business units
Risk owners
•	 Risk management and ensuring the functioning of internal controls within internal 
business processes
CEO
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
187
186
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk identification 
Defining and describing a risk
Approach to risk management
GRI 2-25 
Risk management at the Company is structured 
as a continuous cyclical process, which enables En+ 
Group to promptly identify potential threats that may 
affect its operations and take measures to reduce 
the adverse impact if they occur.
The Company regularly analyses material factors 
and monitors changes in legislation and regulatory 
requirements not only in the countries where 
it operates, but also at the international level. 
In the course of strategic and business planning, 
the Company assesses the impact of external and 
internal environment factors on the most probable 
risks. 
The risk management process commences with setting 
the Company’s business objectives. The Company 
manages risks vertically, with risks to business 
processes identified at the individual facility level and 
subsequently aggregated at the Company level. 
The IAD conducts quarterly monitoring of risk status, 
including analysing changes during the reporting 
period, the likelihood of their materialisation, 
reviewing the ongoing relevance of financial risk 
assessments and the progress of mitigation measures, 
as well as assessing whether the new risks that emerged 
during the quarter were promptly identified.
To foster a robust risk management culture, employees 
and managers take training and courses that equip 
them with the requisite knowledge and practical skills 
to analyse, assess, and manage risks. 
Risk management process
Key risks of the Company
The key risks in En+ Group are risks that may prevent 
the achievement of the Company’s goals and the creation 
of value for shareholders or lead to significant damage. 
To prevent/minimise potential damage, the Company 
is constantly improving the system for identifying risks 
and responding to each risk to the extent corresponding 
to the nature and size of the risk.
The extent of risk impact is determined by the amount 
of possible financial losses (damage) taking into account 
the assessment of the probability of the occurrence 
of a risk event (statistical and analytical methods 
are used as appropriate).
When managing risks, the Company takes into account 
the expectations of stakeholders and assesses 
the economic, environmental and social impact based 
on sustainable development principles.
Key risks of the Company
In 2024, key risks impact assessment in En+ Group remained unchanged.
Risk assessment 
Analysing a risk, its impacts, and 
how it may affect the Group’s 
operations
	 For more details on sustainability risk management, see 
the relevant Risk Management sections.
Monitoring 
Control and improvement of risk 
management measures 
Developing, implementing, and overseeing 
risk management measures  
The goal is to reduce/eliminate the likelihood 
of risks and their possible negative 
impact on the environment, society and 
the economy
1
2
4
1
6
4
2
3
Environment risks
Laws and regulations 
risks
Market risks
Geopolitical risks
Maintenance 
risks
High impact
Low impact
Medium impact
5
11
10
7
8
Safety risks
Laws and 
regulations risks
Commercial and 
project risks
IT security and resilience risks
Financial risks
9
Health and safety 
risks
Climate-related risks
12
3
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
189
188
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk
Description
Changes 
in 2024
Mitigation measures
External and market risks
1
Environment
Risk of negative impacts stemming 
from legislative initiatives and 
law enforcement practices 
on the Company’s day-to-day 
operations. Extension of new legal 
requirements to existing facilities. 
Tougher sanctions for regulatory 
non-compliance and delayed 
acquisition of permit.
Risk of sanctions or fines resulting 
from soil, water, or air pollution 
due to equipment failure or human 
error
no change
Robust operation 
of the environmental 
management system.
Consistent application 
of Environmental Policy 
provisions.
Environmental auditing and 
monitoring of operating 
processes.
Engagement with national 
and local governments 
on developments 
in environmental laws
2
Laws and regulations
Impact of legislative changes 
or their enforcement, both 
domestically in Russia and 
internationally, encompassing 
antimonopoly and tariff regulations, 
licensing and permits, and 
environmental and HSE regulation
no change
Monitoring changes 
in the regulatory frameworks.
Engagement with 
the regulatory authorities
7
Legal risks
Risks of potential losses arising 
from the enforcement of judgments 
on claims
no change
Legal defence against claims. 
Negotiating with claimants
3
Market: supply, 
demand and 
commodity price 
volatility
Business impact of fluctuations 
in supply, demand, and/
or commodity prices critical 
to the Group’s operations:
•	 in the Metals segment — 
aluminium, alumina, bauxite, 
energy (primarily natural gas);
•	 in the Power segment — 
electricity prices (long-term 
contracts, day-ahead market).
Risk of a recession in the US/EU and 
worldwide
no change
Monitoring risks and 
conducting market research, 
business planning, and scenario 
analysis.
Using derivative financial 
instruments for partial hedging 
of market risks.
Expanding customer portfolio, 
expanding product range 
to diversify sales, and boosting 
sales in alternative markets.
Promoting highly competitive 
low-carbon metal and 
electricity
Risk
Description
Changes 
in 2024
Mitigation measures
4
Geopolitical
Risks of an adverse business impact 
(including commodity security and 
supply chain risks) in the event 
of new economic restrictions 
imposed by foreign governments, 
affecting:
•	 company share price;
•	 equipment deliveries, 
leading to the postponement 
of investment projects and/
or increased capital expenditures;
•	 capital flows and the Group’s 
ability to secure foreign currency-
denominated credit facilities;
•	 sales mix and volumes, leading 
to delayed customer payments;
•	 tougher export controls 
for certain types of goods, works 
and services, including high-tech;
•	 limited access to software and 
hardware
no change
Monitoring geopolitical 
situation and relevant risks.
Developing and implementing 
risk mitigation measures:
•	 elaborating various 
scenarios;
•	 implementing counterparty 
due diligence procedures; 
•	 identifying alternative 
suppliers, buyers, and 
carriers;
•	 exploring possible 
replacements for imported 
equipment, seeking 
alternative sources 
of financing, etc.
Protecting the Company’s 
interests through legal means
5
Safety risks 
Risks of significant damage 
to production facilities and 
suspension/termination 
of operations of the Company’s 
enterprises as a result of terrorist 
attacks
no change
Scenario planning.
Development of early 
response measures, including 
a set of organisational and 
practical measures to ensure 
the integrity of assets
Business and operational risks
6
Maintenance
Equipment operation risks 
involve potential equipment 
failures leading to financial losses, 
lower productivity, or the halt 
of operating facilities, including 
situations where repair plans 
are not fulfilled (due to failures 
or longer lead times for imported 
equipment and materials)
no change
Timely maintenance 
and repairs/overhauls 
of equipment; upgrades 
to operating facilities.
Searching for alternative 
suppliers of imported 
equipment
Risk impact on the Company’s operations
High
Medium
Low
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
191
190
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk
Description
Changes 
in 2024
Mitigation measures
8
Commercial and 
project
Risks of disruptions in supply chains 
for goods and raw materials.
Pricing risks: monopolistic pricing 
in the transportation market and 
regulatory pricing in the electricity 
market.
Risks of time or budget overruns 
for projects
no change
Negotiating with suppliers 
and broadening the pool 
of potential suppliers.
Monitoring lead time 
and investment contract 
performance.
Entering into long-term 
contracts with formula pricing 
mechanisms.
Making spot purchases subject 
to economic viability.
Continuous monitoring 
of alternative markets
9
Health and safety  
Workforce or contractor injury 
due to human error, equipment 
failure, or workplace configuration, 
given the endemic risks within 
the Power and Metals segments 
relating to major accident hazards
no change
Managing dedicated units 
tasked with  
•	 developing regulatory 
documentation, 
•	 conducting staff training,  
•	 and overseeing compliance 
with requirements 
for complex and hazardous 
works.
OHS compliance checks 
by regulatory authorities 
(Rostechnadzor, 
Rospotrebnadzor, etc.) 
during both scheduled and 
unscheduled inspections
10
IT security and 
resilience 
Risks of data loss or IT infrastructure 
damage stemming from hacker 
attacks or malware intrusion.
Risks of malfunctions in automated 
information control and 
management systems at major 
industrial facilities (HPPs, CHPs, 
etc.)
no change
Testing the IT infrastructure 
for security vulnerabilities.
Using uniform policies and 
procedures to ensure security
Risk
Description
Changes 
in 2024
Mitigation measures
Financial risks
11
Financial
Financial implications resulting from 
market volatility in foreign exchange 
rates, interest rates and commodity 
prices.
Tax risks
no change
Ongoing monitoring 
of the Company’s financial 
position.
Ensuring compliance with 
the terms of loan agreements 
with banks, including regular 
monitoring of financial 
covenant compliance.
Coordination of tax planning 
and oversight of tax 
assessments and payments.
Implementing partial hedging 
of currency risks, diversifying 
the debt portfolio and foreign-
currency deposits.
Continuous monitoring and 
adjustment of cash flow
Climate-related risks 
12
Transition risks
Financial or reputational impact 
due to policy, legal, technology, and 
market changes
no change
Constant monitoring of policy, 
legal, technology, and market 
changes
Physical risks
Negative impacts on operations 
stemming from climate change, 
including fluctuations in water 
supply and temperature variations
no change
Business and scenario planning; 
climate research and analysis.
Incorporating climate-
related risks and regional 
considerations into R&D and 
investment projects
Plans for 2025 and the medium term
	
∙To approve and apply the updated Risk Management 
Policy and Regulations on Risk Managemen.
	
∙To analyse the efficiency and effectiveness of the risk 
management system for 2024. 
	 For more details on climate-related risks, see the Climate Change 
and Energy Management section
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
193
192
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Corporate ethics and compliance
АА+
class according to the Anti-Corruption Rating
	
∙Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy
	
∙Corporate Code of Ethics
	
∙Policy on Conflict of Interest
	
∙Diversity and Equal Opportunities Policy
	
∙Policy on Human Rights
	
∙Sanctions Policy 
	
∙Regulation on Internal Investigations
	
∙Regulation on Insider Information
	
∙Regulation on the Information Policy
	
∙Supplier Standards
Material topics
	
∙Business ethics
Governance
GRI 2-13, 2-24 
En+ Group has a compliance system that ensures 
compliance with effective laws and improvement 
of business processes. The Company improves 
the system taking into account regulatory requirements, 
regulators’ recommendations, industry standards and 
best practices.
The Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors 
ensures control and development of the compliance 
system. Twice a year, the Board of Directors reviews 
the Committee’s report on the implemented and 
planned measures, assesses the effectiveness 
of the compliance system and anti-corruption 
programme management.
Statement from Christopher Burnham, 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
SASB EM-MM-510a.1 
The Company maintains a zero 
tolerance policy for any form 
of corruption. The Company 
continuously strives to foster 
a culture of zero tolerance 
for corruption based on high ethical 
standards and implements measures 
to maintain an environment of trust, 
mutual respect, and integrity. 
The Board of Directors is responsible 
for ensuring compliance with 
the Policy on Human Rights. Twice 
a year, the Compliance Committee 
of the Board of Directors meets 
in person to review the report 
on implemented and planned 
measures, analyse the effectiveness 
of compliance system management 
in general and the anti-corruption 
programme in particular, thus 
ensuring the alignment between 
the Company’s strategy, risk 
management principles, and the Anti-
bribery and Corruption Policy.
GRI 2-23 
Ethical business is one of the fundamental principles 
of En+ Group. For the purpose of its implementation, 
the Group forms a unified corporate culture based 
on mutual respect, trust and openness. At the heart 
of our business lies a strong commitment to the highest 
legal and ethical standards, as formalised in En+ Group’s 
Corporate Code of Ethics. 
The Code of Corporate Ethics outlines the fundamental 
principles and standards of business conduct expected 
from both employees and members of the Board 
of Directors. It addresses various issues arising 
in relationships with colleagues, clients, partners and 
government authorities, as well as occupational health, 
safety, environmental protection, confidentiality, 
reporting and conflict of interest resolution. The Code 
of Corporate Ethics is available in both Russian and 
English on the Company’s corporate website. 
GRI 2-24 
En+ Group’s Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy and 
the Policy on Conflict of Interest comply with the United 
Nations Convention against Corruption and  outline 
the tasks, roles, responsibilities, and authority of ethics 
officers across the Group’s entities. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
195
194
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Strategy 
SASB EM-MM-510a.1 
En+ Group consistently improves anti-corruption 
practices in accordance with international norms and 
effective laws of the countries of operation, including 
Federal Law of the Russian Federation No. 273-FZ 
dated 25 December 2008 On Combating Corruption, 
the UK Bribery Act of 2010, and the US Foreign Corrupt 
Practices Act (FCPA).  
SASB EM-MM-510a.1 
En+ Group maintains 
a zero tolerance policy 
for any form of corruption 
and expects all employees 
and counterparties to adhere 
to this approach.
GRI 2-15 
Particular focus is directed towards conflicts 
of interest, as they can increasingly become a catalyst 
for corruption offences. All new employees complete 
conflict-of-interest declarations. En+ Group employs 
an electronic system for the annual collection 
of conflict-of-interest declarations. This solution 
assists ethics officers in identifying potential conflicts 
of interest within the Group’s subsidiaries and 
generating reports based on the declarations received. 
As an additional precaution, En+ Group conducts 
regular public-source reviews of all new hires 
to identify potential conflicts of interest. If necessary, 
information on conflicts of interest is communicated 
to En+ Group’s senior management. 
GRI 2-24 
En+ Group regularly informs employees about 
the Company’s ethical standards and approaches 
to combating corruption and conflicts of interest 
through:
	
∙mandatory training once every two years on topics 
“Anti-corruption and compliance with anti-
corruption laws at En+ Group” and “En+ Group 
corporate ethics”;
	
∙a section on the corporate intranet portal;
	
∙dedicated pages on the public websites 
of the Group’s entities;
	
∙E-mail newsletters;
	
∙information on screensavers;
	
∙articles in the corporate newspaper;
	
∙stories on corporate TV;
	
∙promotional gifts.
The Signal hotline
GRI 2-25, 2-26 
En+ Group operates the 24/7 Signal hotline 
for its employees and partners. All reports are processed 
confidentially and anonymously, which ensures 
the protection of whistleblowers. The Company 
guarantees no retaliation for reporting incidents 
through the hotline. Employees, partners, investors 
of the Company may report the following issues:
	
∙violation of the rights and lawful interests 
of employees, counterparties and shareholders 
of the Company;
	
∙workplace incidents involving discrimination 
or harassment;
	
∙violation of HSE requirements;
	
∙bribery and corruption;
	
∙embezzlement and misappropriation of assets;
	
∙conflicts of interest;
	
∙trade secrets disclosure;
	
∙employees’ actions contrary to the Code of Corporate 
Ethics;
	
∙other facts that may adversely affect the financial 
position or image of En+ Group.
Measures to promote the hotline: 
	
∙sending e-mail messages to employees on existing 
ethical principles and details about the Signal hotline;
	
∙distribution of information materials and promotional 
gifts (posters, pocket calendars for 2025 with 
the hotline brand);
	
∙regular publication of articles with sample reports 
in the Impulse corporate newspaper;
	
∙placement of a commercial on the Signal hotline on TV 
screens in the Group companies and an advertising 
banner in the Impulse corporate newspaper;
	
∙placement of information about the Signal hotline 
on the corporate intranet and public websites 
of the Group companies;
	
∙inclusion of information about the hotline in courses 
on corporate ethics and anti-corruption.
Employees who have violated the Code of Corporate 
Ethics are assigned a refresher training course 
on corporate ethics, and the Company’s stance 
on corporate ethics in interactions with colleagues 
is clarified. Disciplinary measures are taken against 
employees who committed gross violations, though 
to and including dismissal.
In 2024, En+ Group created additional communication 
channels to report incidents via the hotline:
	
∙instant messaging system in Telegram;
	
∙contact form on the corporate website, including 
with access through the Company’s QR code.
Actions taken by the Company 
in response to reports 
via the hotline
A mandatory initial verification with 
the involvement of relevant departments 
is performed, details are specified by the individual 
reporting the incident
Analysing verification findings and developing 
recommendations to correct malfunctioning 
processes/regulations, followed by monitoring 
implementation
Recommendations are reviewed by the Ethics 
Committee with the adoption of relevant 
resolutions
The management of enterprises is instructed 
to eliminate the identified violations of laws and 
internal regulations
Compliance with insider 
trading laws
As a company whose financial 
instruments are traded on the securities 
market in Russia, En+ Group is subject 
to regulations on the unlawful use 
of insider information and market 
manipulation.  The Board of Directors 
has approved the Regulation 
on the Information Policy and 
the Regulation on Insider Information. 
They aim to ensure fair pricing of financial 
instruments and protect the interests 
of all stakeholders. The Group has 
approved the list of insider information 
and maintains the insiders’ roster. 
It has also configured timely disclosure 
procedures.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
197
196
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk management
GRI 205-1 
The Company assesses and manages corruption risks 
as part of the overall risk management system. To this 
end, En+ Group properly controls the origin of sources 
of financing, including involvement in doubtful financial 
transactions potentially related to the legalisation 
of funds of criminal or doubtful origin, and assesses 
associated risks.
In order to control employee compliance with internal 
regulatory documents as part of minimising risks, 
including those related to corruption, the Resource 
Protection Directorate performs ongoing work, and 
the Directorate for Control and Internal Audit, in turn, 
conducts scheduled and unscheduled audits.
Counterparty engagement
GRI 2-23, 14.22.1, SASB EM -MM -510a. 1  
The Group’s expectations for responsible business 
conduct, quality assurance, and sustainability are set out 
in En+ Group’s Supplier Standards, which also include key 
anti-corruption requirements. 
All contracts with En+ Group’s counterparties include 
an anti-corruption clause, and all procurement 
participants receive details about the Signal hotline 
to submit reports if signs of corruption are identified.
Sanctions compliance
En+ Group seeks to minimise risks associated 
with international sanctions and ensure 
compliance with legal requirements. For this 
purpose, the Company has developed 
and is constantly improving a compliance 
programme aimed at identifying and 
preventing possible violations.
The Board of Directors has approved 
the Sanctions Policy, which regulates 
the procedure for sanctions compliance 
by all company structures. The document 
is binding on managers, members 
of the Board of Directors and En+ Group 
employees and is aimed at reducing 
sanctions risks, protecting business 
reputation and ensuring business stability.
Analyses
•	 Planned legal relations in terms of compliance 
risks
Checks
•	 Number of court and arbitration cases involving 
a counterparty as a defendant
•	 Enforcement proceedings against 
the counterparty
•	 Information on corruption offences
•	 Counterparty personnel, its sufficiency and 
qualifications for the performance of work/
provision of services
Reviews
•	 Ownership structure of a potential counterparty
•	 List of its affiliates
•	 Relations of top management, shareholders, 
beneficiaries with Russian and foreign officials, 
including international officials
•	 Track record on the market, established business 
reputation
Following the assessment, En+ Group 
develops and implements measures 
to mitigate the identified risks. 
As part of this process, En+ Group:
The Company regularly conducts anti-corruption 
due diligence of suppliers, including the Know 
Your Client procedure: data for each counterparty 
are assessed for compliance risks, leading 
to the assignment of a risk label to counterparties. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
199
198
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Statistics for 2024
Metrics and targets
Key goals for 2024
Goals
Status
Progress made in 2024
As part of an independent assessment, confirm the compliance 
of En+ Group as a member of the Anti-Corruption Charter 
of Russian Business with the requirements of ISO 37001:2016 
on combating corruption
Achieved
In 2023, assessment yielded 
an AA+ class rating, indicating 
a robust level of anti-corruption 
GRI 205-3, 206-1, 410-1 
1 corruption court case 
over the past 4 years
0 violations 
of the Code of Corporate Ethics by 
members of the Board of Directors
4 reports 
on conflicts related to business ethics. All 
reported incidents were settled following a 
relevant review
484 meetings  
of the Ethics Committee were held
100% 
of En+ Group’s security staff were briefed 
on the Policy on Human Rights
0 lawsuits 
for obstruction of competition or violation of 
antitrust laws
0 cases 
of terminating contracts with business 
partners following the identification of 
corruption violations 
GRI 2-25, 2-26 
In 2024, the Directorate for Control and Internal Audit 
assessed the operation of the Signal hotline and 
concluded that the organisation of the hotline complied 
with the basic principles and best corporate governance 
practices. According to the audit, all relevant reports 
have been considered, they are effectively processed, 
and the conclusions and decisions made are logical and 
adequate. 
Employee reports received via the Signal 
hotline, quantity
303 
95 
‘22
‘23
‘24
273 
101 
328 
76 
398
374
404
Metals segment
Power segment
51
19
10
11
3
6
Labour 
relations
Counterparty 
engagement
HSE issues
Asset protection
Conflict of 
interest
Other
Categories of relevant reports received 
via the Signal hotline, 2024, %
In 2024, 404 employee reports were received 
via the Signal hotline, which is 8% more than 
in the previous reporting period. The rise in reports 
to the Signal hotline is attributed to the ongoing 
awareness drive to communicate its purpose and 
promote the hotline as a complementary tool within 
a wider strategy of raising awareness of issues. 
The increase can also be explained by a larger number 
of communication channels now available to employees. 
GRI 14.10.4 
Representatives of local communities and indigenous 
minorities in the regions of the Company’s operations 
can submit complaints or feedback on relevant issues 
via the hotline. En+ Group processes such reports 
Plans for 2025 and the medium term
	
∙To approve the new version of the Anti-bribery 
and Corruption Policy and the Policy on Conflict 
of Interest. 
	
∙To develop and approve the Corruption Risk 
Assessment Methodology and perform a detailed 
assessment of corruption risks. 
as part of a single hotline procedure. In 2024, En+ Group 
didn’t record reports from representatives of local 
communities.
	
∙To engage an independent external expert 
to re-assess the anti-corruption compliance 
programme.
36 
conflicts of interest were resolved
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
201
200
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Supply chain management
80.2%
share of purchases from local suppliers
100%
of suppliers operate with no actual or potential 
negative social impact
	
∙Procurement Regulations
	
∙Regulations on the Functioning of Procurement 
Collegial Bodies
	
∙Customer Liaison Regulations 
	
∙Supplier Standards
Material topics
	
∙Sustainable supply chain
Governance
GRI 3-3, 2-13 
Supply chain sustainability is the cornerstone of En+ 
Group’s stability. In accordance with the Supplier 
Standards, the Company requires suppliers to comply 
with laws, maintain product or service quality control, 
conduct business ethically, and ensure human rights 
observance.
Strategy
GRI 2-6 
The Power segment continued its efforts on import 
substitution of key goods and materials, and 
on ensuring stable supplies from overseas, and 
collaborated mainly with suppliers from Russia, 
Kazakhstan and China. The Metals segment is still 
predominantly sourcing from Russia and China; 
some of its counterparties are located in Kazakhstan, 
the Caribbean, Africa and Europe. 
The bulk of En+ Group purchases consists of mineral 
raw materials (including alumina for the Metals 
segment), fuel and lubricants, machinery, 
as well as equipment maintenance and various types 
of work (engineering, commissioning, etc.). 
•	 Procurement centres of divisions
Responsibility for procurement 
processes within the Company
Requirements for suppliers and contractors
GRI 308-1, 308-2, 414-1, 414-2 
To form and maintain a stable supply chain, En+ 
Group carefully selects counterparties, assesses them 
against a number of criteria, including compliance 
with the principles of sustainable development. 
The Company screens both potential and existing 
suppliers. 
	 For more details on ethical business requirements for 
contractors and available mechanisms for reporting 
violations, see the Corporate Ethics and Compliance 
section
GRI 308-1,414-1, 414-2 
Methods to verify suppliers within the Metals and Power segments
Metals segment
Power segment
Potential and new 
suppliers
•	 Certification assessment
•	 Reviewing documentation, 
transactions, and publicly available 
materials on potential counterparties
•	 Voluntary ESG accreditation
•	 Vendor and contractor audits, including economic 
security measures and due diligence reviews
•	 Participation in industry exhibitions showcasing 
manufacturers and developers
•	 Assessment of compliance with the requirements 
of Federal Law 223-FZ 
•	 Assessment of compliance with the experience and 
qualification requirements set forth in the Power 
segment’s internal regulations
•	 Technical audits
•	 Assessment of business ethics and reputation 
of suppliers and contractors
Current suppliers
•	 Routine inspections and audits 
to check compliance with 
relevant requirements, including 
occupational health and safety 
standards (included in contracts).
•	 Supplier rating assessment
•	 Use of penalties for non-compliance
•	 Vendor and contractor audits, including economic 
security measures and due diligence reviews
•	 Analysis of performance indicators
•	 Audits to check compliance with occupational health 
and safety standards
•	 Verification of compliance with waste disposal 
requirement
Legend: Sustainable development criteria
En+ Group routinely monitors the conformity 
of suppliers’ and contractors’ certifications 
to international standards (ISO 14001, ISO 45001, 
etc.). The Company also certifies its suppliers according 
to the requirements of IATF 16949 и GOST R 58139 
and applies the advanced product quality planning 
approach (component manufacturing approval process).
The Metals segment is actively pursuing initiatives 
to establish a sustainable supply chain as part 
of its Sustainable Development Strategy until 
2035. The Strategy seeks to create a sustainable 
and ethical supply chain for raw materials, finished 
products, goods, and services based on its own 
system of accreditation, assessment and verification 
of compliance with ESG criteria, covering 80% 
of suppliers by 2025 (100% by 2035). 
GRI 2-13 
•	 En+ Trading House
Power segment
Metals segment
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
203
202
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Risk management
En+ Group has adopted a systematic approach 
to identify and evaluate supply chain risks on a regular 
basis. Risks identified in 2024 include:
	
∙risks of disruptions in supply chains for goods and 
raw materials;
	
∙risks of monopolistic pricing in the transportation 
market;
	
∙risks of time or budget overruns for projects;
	
∙risks of limited supplier selection 
due to the insufficient number of suppliers 
in the region. 
To manage these risks and reduce the likelihood 
of violations and deviations, En+ Group conducts 
internal and external supplier audits at all stages 
of engagement with counterparties. Should 
the Company identify any violations, it retains the right 
to terminate its business relationship with such 
suppliers.
GRI 2-24, 407-1, 408-1, 409-1 
To minimise the risks of human rights violations, 
En+ Group takes a responsible approach to supply 
chain management throughout the value creation 
process. En+ Group does not engage suppliers whose 
operations:
	
∙violate the rights to freedom of association and 
collective bargaining;
	
∙involve a high risk of child or forced labour.
	 For more details on human rights, see the Employees 
section
Metrics and targets
Key goals for 2024
Goals 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Streamlining supplier assessment and 
supplier claims processes in the Power 
segment through automation
On track
•	 Consolidation of procurements 
with an extended planning horizon, 
facilitation of joint procurement among 
customers;
•	 Survey of contractors to improve 
procurement
Creating a sustainable and ethical 
supply chain for raw materials, finished 
products, goods, and services based 
on its own system of accreditation, 
assessment and verification 
of compliance with ESG criteria, covering 
80% of suppliers by 2025 (100% 
by 2035)
On track
The Metals segment launched Supplier 
Online Account, an information 
and analytical system enabling 
suppliers to undergo voluntary ESG 
accreditation. In addition, for the purpose 
of a comprehensive assessment 
of counterparties in terms of ESG criteria 
and quality, the Metals segment held 
a contest for the best supplier for the first 
time and awarded three winners
GRI 308-2 
In 2024, internal and external audits of the Company’s 
suppliers revealed no material actual or potential 
impact based on environmental and social criteria, 
therefore, no cases of termination of contracts on such 
grounds were recorded and no corrective measures 
were required.
GRI 2-6, 203-2, 204-1 
In an effort to bolster economic development within 
its regions of operation, En+ Group gives priority 
to procurement from local suppliers and counterparties 
registered in the country of the Company’s operations, 
where possible. In 2024, En+ Group’s procurement from 
local suppliers accounted for 80.2%, up by 18.1 p.p. 
compared to the previous reporting year due to the 
change in Power segment’s approach to identifying 
local suppliers. All suppliers registered in Russia are 
considered local suppliers. 
In 2024, the Company maintained its support 
for small- and medium-sized enterprises by offering 
various benefits, such as extending the grace period 
(up to seven days) for payments and simplifying 
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
	
∙To approve an updated version of the Business 
Partner Code, which will stipulate stricter sustainability 
requirements for suppliers.
	
∙To continue to extend the qualification of raw and 
other materials to the divisions and directorates 
of the Metals segment.
	
∙To complete the automation of supplier qualification 
and rating processes based on the existing database. 
	
∙To consolidate works procurement with an extended 
planning horizon.
	
∙To optimise business processes and reduce 
the duration of the procurement cycle for goods, works 
and services.
the bidding process for tenders and auctions. Small- 
and medium-sized enterprises accounted for 27.1% 
of the procurement spend in the reporting period. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
205
204
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

	
∙Quality Policy
Responsible business practices
Quality management
84
number of customers’ quality-related compliants
Material topics
	
∙Economic performance
GRI 3-3 
En+ Group’s priority is to provide customers with 
products and services of appropriate quality 
while maintaining maximum production efficiency. 
The Company’s main principles and approaches in this 
GRI 3-3 
All finished products of the Metals segment undergo 
mandatory labelling in accordance with specifications, 
state standards, and product data sheets. The Company’s 
facilities are annually assessed for compliance with quality 
standards by independent experts. 
In the reporting year, several facilities were certified 
to validate their compliance with international 
standards ISO 9001 and IATF 16949 and national 
standard GOST R 58139. 
Facility certification
IS0 9001
QMS principal standard
GOST R 58139
Standard for the automotive 
industry
IATF 16949
Standard for the automotive 
industry
25 facilities (Alumina Division, Aluminium 
Division, Downstream Division, and New Projects 
Directorate)
7 aluminium smelters
2 aluminium smelters
area are set out in its Quality Policy. In the reporting 
period, the Power segment continued to pay special 
attention to upgrading uninterrupted power supply 
equipment. 
GRI 3-3 
En+ Group runs focus programmes to enhance 
the quality of its products and services based 
on the analysis of customer satisfaction and external 
assessments of the Company as a supplier. En+ Group 
improves its own processes and applies the Zero 
Defects strategy to its procurement procedures: 
every shipment of raw and other materials must meet 
regulatory and contractual requirements. 
In the reporting year, the Company received 84 consumer 
complaints about substandard product or service quality. 
These complaints were investigated, and the necessary 
measures were taken. 
Number of customers’ quality-related 
complaints 
‘22
‘23
‘24
84
complaints
in 2024
46
95
84
Plans for 2025 and the medium term 
	
∙To continue to develop and improve online services 
for individual and business clients.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
207
206
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Digital transformation
	
∙Digital Transformation Strategy 
Key goals for 2024
Goals 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Create a digital project committee
Achieved
The committee became operational
Implement end-to-end automation 
projects as planned
On track
Measures were taken in accordance with 
the schedule
Launch the Digital Project Office project
Achieved
A system using modern project 
management technologies 
was implemented
Build a data platform and ensure 
the operation of automated data filling 
mechanisms
On track
Measures were taken in accordance with 
the schedule
Establish a consolidated digital ESG 
data loop within the Metals segment 
with subsequent integration of 100% 
of ESG metrics into a single information 
platform enabling big data-driven 
decision making on environmental, social, 
and corporate governance aspects
On track
•	 Data automation for sustainability 
reports based on annual overviews 
was completed
•	 Monthly data collection 
was implemented for certain 
environmental metrics
•	 The first suppliers completed ESG 
accreditation in the Supplier’s Personal 
Account
Material topics
	
∙Economic performance
	
∙The Power segment approved its unified digital 
transformation strategy
	
∙An industrial artificial intelligence department 
was created to introduce AI technologies 
at production facilities
En+ Group implements automation and digitalisation 
projects in various areas. The digital solutions being 
developed and implemented are designed to both 
improve the efficiency and reliability of production 
processes and to support the Company’s sustainable 
development: reduce its environmental impact, ensure 
GRI 2-13, 3-3 
The Company actively implements digital products and 
services, automates business processes, uses big data, 
artificial intelligence, and machine learning to perform 
operational tasks.
The division responsible for these tasks is the Digital 
Transformation Directorate headed by the Deputy CEO 
for Information Technology and Digital Transformation. 
The Directorate implements the Group’s digitalisation 
strategy, introduces innovative technologies, and 
manages selected digital projects.
In general, En+ Group retained its digitalisation and 
automation management structure in 2024 and 
continued to develop: 
	
∙its Artificial Intelligence and Big Data and Industry 
4.0 laboratories within the Digital Transformation 
Directorate 
	
∙a unified automation and digitalisation management 
company.
Within the Metals segment, the Information Technology 
Directorate (ITD) oversees digitalisation aspects, 
and cross-functional teams are created to drive 
the development of new digital solutions.
The Group annually expands and strengthens its own 
IT competencies, which helps it maintain flexibility 
in developing digital products and stay independent 
from external influences. 
The Company has updated the Power segment’s 
digitalisation strategy.
Transfer of the Company’s data 
to cloud infrastructure
Automation of routine processes and 
robotic automation of production 
facilities
Use of drones to inspect hydraulic 
structures
Mass training of En+ Group’s 
employees in business analytics tools 
and data management 
Development of AI assistants 
to automate business processes 
of the Company and its clients
Creation of a modern digital 
multiservice company based on En+ 
Telecom
Automation and digitalisation
OHS supervision, develop educational platforms, 
simplify dealings with suppliers, optimise supply 
chains, etc.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
209
208
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Predictive analytics
The automated predictive analytics system 
(APAS) has helped prevent 
24 emergency shutdowns of equipment 
since its launch: thanks to the system, 
specialists detected problems early and 
promptly carried out repairs.
Artificial intelligence
Machine vision-based monitoring will 
be implemented at electrolysis facilities 
of Krasnoyarsk, Bratsk, Novokuznetsk, 
Irkutsk, and Volgograd Aluminium Smelters 
before 2027. The investments will amount 
to RUB 1.6 billion (USD 17 million).
Thanks to the Company’s proprietary 
technology, sealing failures at electrolysers 
may be detected 24/7, which further improves 
the environmental performance and safety 
of the process.
Substitution of imported automation systems
In the reporting year, En+ Group decided 
to phase out the imports of automated 
process control systems (APCS) for aluminium 
smelters and alumina refineries.
This programme estimated at RUB 20 billion 
(USD 216 million) is expected to be completed 
by 2031. New Russian controllers and software 
were successfully tested at a pilot site 
of Krasnoyarsk Aluminium Smelter. 
The replacement process  
is already underway 
at 26  
process sections
In 2024, the APAS was deployed at 12 out 
of 18 hydraulic units of Bratsk HPP. The APAS 
analyses data on the parameters and 
operational conditions of hydraulic units 
through machine learning algorithms. Based 
on this data, the system predicts equipment 
malfunctions in advance and promptly alerts 
plant staff. The technology helps determine 
the most suitable timing for maintenance, 
thereby enhancing operational safety and 
efficiency.
Electronic document management
The trend towards paperless document 
management continued in 2024: En+ 
Group’s companies introduced HR electronic 
document management systems, electronic 
signing of contracts and source accounting 
documents, and significantly expanded 
the number of users using electronic 
signatures.
In 2024, the Group continued to implement information 
technology-related educational projects to attract 
young specialists to the team of professionals engaged 
in the software development, information security, data 
analytics, and machine learning, development of server 
infrastructure. 
The Company has been conducting an extensive 
outreach programme among school and university 
students interested in digital technologies. Under this 
programme, the Company: 
	
∙Holds competitions and festivals devoted to robotics 
and information technology
	
∙Opens and maintains the operation of En+ Group 
Multilab competency building centres
	
∙Implements the IT Academy educational project 
in partnership with Russia’s leading universities
	
∙Participates in the Professionalitet federal project 
for IT students
	
∙Annually runs the Energy Lab acceleration 
programme and implements the scholarship project.
Training programmes for young specialists are based 
on real business cases and research tasks, which allows 
participants to gain not only specialised competencies 
and skills, but also knowledge about the specifics 
of operation of electric power facilities. 
	
∙To equip generating facilities with IoT1 components.
	
∙To launch an AI-based tool for personnel recruitment 
and assessment.
	
∙To implement an industrial safety ecosystem.
	
∙To develop such new competencies as video analytics 
and Industrial IoT.
	
∙To effect the transition from standard system 
management to service management.
	
∙To complete the unification of automated business 
processes for capital projects.
	
∙To assess the effectiveness of the End-to-End 
Automation programme.
	
∙To continue the implementation of Industry 4.0, 3D2 
projects,  augmented reality technologies.
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
1	
Internet of Things, a system of interconnected devices that can collect and transmit data over a wireless network without human input. 
2	 Dust, Dull, Dangerous, a term for dirty, dangerous, and heavy work at operating facilities.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
211
210
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

GRI 2-13, 3-3 
Cybersecurity is critical for maintaining the seamless 
operation of all the Company’s business processes, so 
En+ Group devotes significant resources and efforts 
to protecting its IT infrastructure and ensuring prompt 
detection and elimination of threats and incidents. 
The Company’s efforts in this area are aligned with 
its Information Security Policy. The main document 
governing personal data protection is the Privacy Policy.
The Company’s cybersecurity management system 
ensures the confidentiality, safety, and availability 
of data. The incident response team is responsible 
for the system’s operation. This team is tasked with 
detecting and addressing threats, including external 
attack attempts and implementation of malicious 
software, and unauthorised user activities. They also 
oversee the prompt elimination of vulnerabilities 
in the Company’s infrastructure.
The incident response team compiles monthly reports 
for the Company’s management detailing the current 
cybersecurity status and the trends in identified and 
resolved threats and incidents. In addition, annual 
audits assess the effectiveness of cybersecurity 
processes. In 2024, scheduled audits were performed 
at several Group entities, and tests were conducted 
on various information systems and services within 
the Company. 
Cybersecurity
GRI 418-1, 3.18.
0 instances 
of confidentiality breaches, unauthorised transfer 
of personal data, or complaints from customers 
and partners regarding data leakage or breaches 
of confidentiality and privacy
0 incidents 
leading to a malfunction or disruption 
of the Company’s critical information 
infrastructure facilities 
	
∙Information Security Policy
	
∙Privacy Policy
Key goals for 2024
Goals 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Deploy and operationalise a number 
of additional cybersecurity systems
On track
Measures were taken in accordance 
with the schedule
Implement a pilot project to test 
a master data management system
On track
Measures were taken in accordance 
with the schedule
Finalise employee training courses 
to align them with the current 
cybersecurity standards and 
requirements
On track
Measures were taken in accordance 
with the schedule
Material topics
	
∙Business ethics
SASB IF-EU-550a.1 
The Group promptly addresses and mitigates the effect 
of employee breaches of cybersecurity standards. En+ 
Group investigates all detected violations in accordance 
with the procedure for planning and implementing 
appropriate measures. During these investigations, 
designated individuals document the facts and causes 
of the violations and enforce technical and disciplinary 
measures. 
To prevent incidents, En+ Group conducts regular 
internal training sessions for employees using 
the Corporate University internet portal to educate 
them on the rules of operating computers. Additionally, 
throughout the year, all employees receive training 
materials via corporate email, which contain informative 
fact sheets and examples of phishing emails. In 2024, 
18 cybersecurity training events were held for managers 
of the Metals segment.
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
	
∙To improve vulnerability management processes.
	
∙To improve the information and analytical support 
for cybersecurity management, in particular update 
and develop the Company’s internal regulatory 
framework in this area.
	
∙To increase the involvement of contractors in ensuring 
the security of the Company’s information assets. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
213
212
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

RUB 2.3 bn
(USD 24.8 mn) allocated to 
R&D projects in 2024
	
∙Patent Policy
	
∙R&D Policy
	
∙Energy Science and Technology Policy
	
∙Regulation on the Department of Energy Science and 
Technology
	
∙Regulation on the Scientific and Technical Council
	
∙R&D Management Regulation
Key goals for 2024
Goals 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Broaden the scope of partnerships and engage new scientific 
collaborators in R&D projects
Achieved
•	 Collaboration with more than 
40 scientific and research 
organisations was established
•	 A pool of 49 external experts 
was formed
Continue to explore new areas for the Company, including CO2 
capture and storage (CCS), energy storage, and the development 
and production of cathode materials for batteries
On track
•	 In 2024, the Company’s 
scientific and technical 
activities focused on solar 
power and energy storage 
facilities
Create a system for setting scientific and technical tasks 
in the Power segment
Achieved
•	 Priority areas of scientific 
and technical activities were 
determined, relevant business 
needs were identified, and 
a pool of projects was formed
Approve the Company’s updated science and technology policy 
aligned with the emerging trends in strategic development
Achieved
•	 The Energy Science 
and Technology Policy 
was approved
 
Material topics
	
∙Innovation management
	
∙Economic performance
GRI 3-3 
R&D management is focused on the development 
of renewable energy and other strategically important 
areas. 
GRI 3-3, 2-13 
In the Power segment, the Scientific and Technical 
Council oversees the management of R&D and related 
processes. The Department of Energy Science and 
Technology helps implement R&D projects. This 
Department has been created to carry out the single 
scientific and technical policy of the segment, monitor 
and coordinate its R&D activities.
The Technical Directorate is responsible for overseeing 
innovative projects within the Metals segment. 
The segment’s operations in this area are governed 
by the Technical Policy that is annually revised 
by the Scientific and Technical Council, a collective 
body that is also responsible for decisions around 
innovation development and deployment. Main 
developments are handled by the following research 
centres and institutes of the segment: Institute of Light 
Materials and Technologies (ILM&T), Russian Aluminium 
and Magnesium Institute (VAMI), Siberian Scientific 
Research and Design Institute of Aluminium and 
Electrode Industry (SibVAMI), and the Engineering and 
Technology Centre (RUSAL ETC). 
GRI 3-3 
In research and development, En+ Group leverages 
its internal expertise while also partnering with 
leading scientific and educational organisations 
and major manufacturers. In 2024, En+ Group 
finalised and approved the single R&D Management 
Regulation to optimise processes and accelerate 
the implementation of scientific projects. 
In the reporting year, En+ Group spent RUB 2.3 billion 
(USD 24.8 million) on R&D projects. The Metals 
segment accounted for 86% of these expenditures. 
R&D expenses within the Power segment increased 
by 238% year-on-year in 2024, from RUB 90 mn 
to RUB 304 mn (to USD 3 mn), due to the launch 
of a number of new projects. 
Innovation management
Development of sodium-ion 
battery cell prototypes
The Company intends to develop and 
scale up technologies for obtaining 
active materials and creating prototypes 
of sodium-ion battery cells on the basis 
of these materials. 
Sodium-ion batteries are easier 
to produce and are more cost-
effective than lithium-ion batteries, 
which warrants their large-scale 
application, including as a power source 
for electric vehicles or for storing power 
for power grids.
	
∙To continue to advance research projects in clean 
energy, including hydrogen and solar energy, energy 
storage and other.
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
215
214
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

RUB 11.9 bn
(USD 128.5 mn) — Total economic benefit from the 
implementation of the business system projects and 
suggestions 
Over 12,000
employees signed in to the Breakthrough+Kaizen 
application since its launch
	
∙Methodology for Assessing the Level of the Business 
System Development
	
∙Regulation on Operational Development Project 
Management
	
∙Regulation on Kaizen of the Year and Project 
of the Year Competitions
	
∙Regulation on Kaizen Suggestion Submission and 
Implementation
Business system
Key goals for 2024
Goals 
Status
Progress made in 2024
Improve the Breakthrough+Kaizen mobile application
Achieved
•	 The functionality of the application 
was improved. The following 
functions were added: approval 
history, option of changing 
the implementer and notifying 
authors, search by number and 
keyword
Prepare and hold the Kaizen of the Year 2024 and Project 
of the Year 2024 competitions
Achieved
Both competitions were held, and 
the best projects were selected
Continue with the business system training programme for new 
employees with the aim of achieving 100% of trained workforce
Achieved
•	 100% of employees were trained
•	 A distance learning course for new 
employees was developed
Introduce a mandatory business system training programme 
at the operational site tailored for engineers and technical staff 
of various proficiency levels
Achieved
The programme was introduced, 
and 204 people were trained under 
the programme
Material topics
	
∙Innovation management
	
∙Economic performance
	
∙Employee management and engagement
GRI 3-3 
The Group welcomes employees’ ideas about 
process improvements, then refines the most useful 
and effective initiatives and introduces them into 
production. 
In 2024, the Regulation on the Business System 
250 Talent Pool Assessment and Development 
Programme was developed and approved. In addition, 
Breakthrough+Kaizen mobile application 
The application allows each employee 
of the Company to submit not only Kaizen 
suggestions, but also initiatives for operational 
development, development of the business 
system, theory of inventive problem solving, 
technological advancement, or improvement 
of product quality. 
In 2024, 6,673 Kaizen suggestions were 
submitted through the mobile application and 
the portal, which is 161% more than in 2023. 
79% of all the suggestions were implemented 
in the reporting period 
In 2024, En+ Group held the Project of the Year and 
Kaizen of the Year competitions covering 55 projects 
from 191 participants. The total economic benefit from 
the projects participating in the competition reached 
almost RUB 180 million (USD 2 million).
Winning projects
A comprehensive optimisation project helped 
reduce the time of retrofitting hydraulic unit No. 8 
at Irkutsk HPP from 350 to 330 days 
A project to standardise pumping equipment 
operation and maintenance processes 
at the turbine shop of CHP-9 helped increase 
the mean time before failure by 50% and decrease 
the number of emergency repairs by 63%
The economic benefit from a project to increase 
the yield of coarse concentrate of export coal 
during processing amounted to RUB 37.4 million
In the reporting period, the Business System 
Development Directorate developed a new distance 
learning course on the business system. It is assigned 
to all new hires as part of their onboarding programme. 
Mandatory practical training for engineers and technical 
specialists was also introduced. In total, 204 people 
were trained under this programme over the year. 
the Company updated the documents that govern 
project management and implementation of Kaizen 
suggestions.
In 2024, the overall economic impact from 
business system projects reached RUB 11.9 billion 
(USD 128.5 million), and the Power segment accounted 
for 4.7% of this amount.
Plans for 2025 and 
the medium term
	
∙To implement business system development 
projects with the economic benefit of at least 
RUB 1,050 million 
	
∙To ensure that all employees participating 
in the annual bonus scheme launch personal business 
system development projects
	
∙To develop a course programme and provide 
business system training for senior management
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
217
216
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

Allow
03
Financial 
statement
220	
Consolidated Financial 
Statements 

Consolidated Financial 
Statements 
EN+ GROUP IPJSC 
Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Contents
Statement of Management’s Responsibilities..............................................................................................221
Independent Auditor’s Report .....................................................................................................................222
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income ............................................227
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.............................................................................................229
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows ........................................................................................................230
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity..............................................................................................232
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements............................................................................................233
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
221
220
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

NEW CHALLENGES 
NEW SOLUTIONS 
Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance 
in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. In addition to the 
matters described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section, we have 
determined the matter described below to be the key audit matter to be communicated in our 
report. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. For the matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the 
matter is provided in that context. 
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the 
consolidated financial statements section of our report, including in relation to this matter. 
Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements. 
The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the matter 
below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying consolidated financial 
statements. 
Key audit matter 
How our audit addressed the key audit matter 
Impairment analysis of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment analysis of property, plant and 
equipment was a key audit matter due to the 
significance of property, plant and equipment 
balance in the consolidated financial statements, 
high subjectivity of judgments and estimates 
underlying the impairment analysis used by 
management. 
Current global market conditions, including 
fluctuations in LME aluminum prices, market 
premiums and alumina purchase prices together with 
their long-term forecasts, fluctuations of coal sale 
prices, increase of logistics costs may indicate that 
some cash generating units (CGU) may be subject to 
either impairment loss or full or partial reversal of 
previously recognized impairment. 
Evaluation of the recoverable amount of fixed assets 
is based on the higher of the fair value less cost to 
sell and value in use. As of the reporting date 
management makes an assessment of value-in-use 
based on the discounted cash flow models. 
Information on the results of the impairment testing 
is provided in Note 11 (c) to the consolidated 
financial statements. 
We analyzed management's assessment of whether 
indicators for potential impairment or reversal of 
impairment previously recorded exist. For the 
impairment tests performed our procedures 
included, among others: 
► 
Comparison of key assumptions such as
production volumes, forecasted aluminum sales
prices, forecasted coal sales prices and volumes,
forecasted alumina and bauxites purchase
prices, forecasted costs inflation, forecasted
currency exchange rates, discount rates, used in
the Group's financial model with published
macroeconomic indicators and forecast data.
► 
Assessing the historical accuracy of
management's budgets and forecasts by
comparing them to actual performance.
► 
Checking the arithmetic accuracy of the
impairment model and assessing a sensitivity
analysis of value-in-use to changes in key 
assumptions.
With assistance of our internal valuation experts we 
analyzed the Group's management calculations of 
the recoverable amount of fixed assets. 
We assessed the impairment related disclosures in 
the consolidated financial statements, including the 
key assumptions used and the sensitivity of the 
consolidated financial statements to these 
assumptions. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
223
222
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
225
224
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the notes 
to, and forming part of, the consolidated financial statements set out on pages 233 to 295.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Note
USD million
USD million
Revenues
5
14,649
14,648
Cost of sales
(10,216)
(11,366)
Gross profit
4,433
3,282
Distribution expenses
(922)
(844)
General and administrative expenses
(970)
(874)
Impairment of non-current assets
11, 12
(661)
(366)
Other operating expenses, net
6
(374)
(168)
Results from operating activities
1,506
1,030
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures
13
563
752
Finance income
8
444
120
Finance costs
8
(944)
(1,026)
Profit before tax
1,569
876
Income tax expense
10
(221)
(160)
Profit for the year
1,348
716
Attributable to:
Shareholders of the Parent Company
996
596
Non-controlling interests
16(f)
352
120
Profit for the year
1,348
716
Earnings per share
Basic and diluted earnings per share (USD)
9
1.983
1.186
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
227
226
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
for the year ended 31 December 2024 (continued)
The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the notes 
to, and forming part of, the consolidated financial statements set out on pages 233 to 295.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Note
USD million
USD million
Profit for the year
1,348
716
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Items that will never be reclassified subsequently to 
profit or loss
Actuarial (loss) gain on post-retirement benefit plans
18(b)
(8)
8
Revaluation of hydro assets
11(e)
389
−
Тахation on revaluation of hydro assets
10
(244)
−
137
8
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to 
profit or loss
Foreign currency translation differences on foreign 
subsidiaries
(285)
(861)
Foreign currency translation differences for equity-accounted 
investees
13
(500)
(1,011)
(785)
(1,872)
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax
(648)
(1,864)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
700
(1,148)
Attributable to:
Shareholders of the Parent Company
622
(555)
Non-controlling interests
16(f)
78
(593)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
700
(1,148)
EN+ GROUP IPJSC 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
as at 31 December 2024
The consolidated statement of financial position is to be read in conjunction with the notes to, and forming part of, 
the consolidated financial statements set out on pages 233 to 295.
31 December
2024
2023
Note
USD million
USD million
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
11
10,725
10,472
Goodwill and intangible assets
12
1,921
2,086
Interests in associates and joint ventures
13
4,906
4,542
Deferred tax assets
10(b)
379
264
Investments in equity securities measured at fair value 
through profit and loss
15(h)
218
340
Derivative financial assets
19
−
13
Other non-current assets
15(g)
263
303
Total non-current assets
18,412
18,020
Current assets
Inventories
14
4,458
3,575
Trade and other receivables
15(b)
1,723
1,723
Prepayments and VAT recoverable
15(c)
803
593
Income tax receivable
10(e)
34
14
Short-term investments
133
97
Derivative financial assets
19
27
19
Cash and cash equivalents
15(f)
1,883
2,347
Total current assets
9,061
8,368
Total assets
27,473
26,388
Equity and liabilities
Equity
16
Share capital
−
−
Share premium
1,516
1,516
Additional paid-in capital
9,193
9,193
Revaluation reserve
3,625
3,480
Other reserves
(1,394)
(1,492)
Foreign currency translation reserve
(7,094)
(6,578)
Retained earnings
1,697
802
Total equity attributable to shareholders of 
the Parent Company
7,543
6,921
Non-controlling interests
16(f)
4,738
4,660
Total equity
12,281
11,581
Non-current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
17
4,983
8,477
Deferred tax liabilities
10(b)
1,179
991
Provisions – non-current portion
18
305
351
Other non-current liabilities
157
196
Total non-current liabilities
6,624
10,015
Current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
17
5,781
2,587
Provisions – current portion
18
133
124
Trade and other payables
15(d)
1,761
1,369
Advances received
15(e)
544
339
Other taxes payable
323
373
Derivative financial liabilities
19
26
−
Total current liabilities
8,568
4,792
Total equity and liabilities
27,473
26,388
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
229
228
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The consolidated statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the notes to, and forming part of, 
the consolidated financial statements set out on pages 233 to 295.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Note
USD million
USD million
Operating activities
Profit for the year
1,348
716
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation
11,12
753
765
Impairment of non-current assets 
661
366
Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss
8
(221)
85
Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
6
7
(4)
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures 
13
(563)
(752)
Interest expense 
8
830
748
Interest income 
8
(160)
(93)
Dividend income
8
(2)
(27)
Income tax expense
10
221
160
Partial reversal of provision of inventories to net realisable 
value
(2)
(14)
Impairment of trade and other receivables 
6
69
16
Provision for legal claims
18
29
3
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
8
(61)
99
Change in fair value of financial assets and liabilities
8
114
94
Operating profit before changes in working capital
3,023
2,162
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(847)
843
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables and 
advances paid
(743)
340
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and 
advances received
592
(259)
Cash flows from operations before income tax 
2,025
3,086
Income taxes paid
10(e)
(367)
(365)
Cash flows from operating activities
1,658
2,721
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
for the year ended 31 December 2024 (continued)
The consolidated statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the notes to, and forming part of, 
the consolidated financial statements set out on pages 233 to 295.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Note
USD million
USD million
Investing activities
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
16
13
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
(1,842)
(1,413)
Acquisition of intangible assets
(36)
(35)
Cash paid for investment in equity securities measured at 
fair value through profit and loss
−
(5)
Cash received from / (paid for) other investments
2
(69)
Interest received
146
84
Dividends from associates and joint ventures
416
−
Dividends from financial assets
2
23
Prepayment for acquisition of a joint venture
−
(13)
Acquisition of a joint venture
(303)
−
Contribution to associates and joint ventures
13
(22)
(5)
Change in restricted cash
−
1
Cash flows used in investing activities
(1,621)
(1,419)
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
4,340
6,103
Repayment of borrowings
(3,805)
(7,662)
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
16(a)
−
(3)
Interest paid
(929)
(682)
Restructuring fees
(23)
(31)
Settlement of derivative financial instruments 
63
(2)
Cash flows used in financing activities
(354)
(2,277)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(317)
(975)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year, 
excluding restricted cash
2,345
3,474
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(147)
(154)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year,
excluding restricted cash
15(f)
1,881
2,345
Restricted cash amounted to USD 2 million and USD 2 million at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023,
respectively. 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
231
230
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The consolidated statement of changes in equity is to be read in conjunction with the notes to, and forming part of, the consolidated financial statements set out on pages 233 to 295.
Attributable to shareholders of the Parent Company
USD million
Share 
premium
Additional 
paid-in
capital
Reva-
luation 
reserve
Other 
reserves
Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
Retained 
earnings
Total
Non-
controlling 
interests
Total 
equity
Balance at 1 January 2023
1,516
9,193
3,480
(1,497)
(5,422)
210
7,480
5,252
12,732
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year
−
−
−
−
−
596
596
120
716
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
−
−
−
5
(1,156)
−
(1,151)
(713)
(1,864)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) 
for the year
−
−
−
5
(1,156)
596
(555)
(593)
(1,148)
Transactions with owners
Change in effective interest in subsidiaries 
(note 16(a))
−
−
−
−
−
(4)
(4)
1
(3)
Total transactions with owners
−
−
−
−
−
(4)
(4)
1
(3)
Balance 31 December 2023
1,516
9,193
3,480
(1,492)
(6,578)
802
6,921
4,660
11,581
Balance at 1 January 2024
1,516
9,193
3,480
(1,492)
(6,578)
802
6,921
4,660
11,581
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year
−
−
−
−
−
996
996
352
1,348
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
−
−
145
(3)
(516)
−
(374)
(274)
(648)
Revaluation of hydro assets as at 
31 December 2024 (note 11(e))
−
−
389
−
−
−
389
−
389
Taxation on revaluation of hydro assets
(note 10)
−
−
(244)
−
−
−
(244)
−
(244)
Other
−
−
−
(3)
(516)
−
(519)
(274)
(793)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) 
for the year
−
−
145
(3)
(516)
996
622
78
700
Other transfers within equity
−
−
−
101
−
(101)
−
−
−
Balance 31 December 2024
1,516
9,193
3,625
(1,394)
(7,094)
1,697
7,543
4,738
12,281
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
1.
Background
(a)
Organisation
EN+ GROUP IPJSC (the “Parent Company” or EN+) was established as a limited liability company according
to the legislation of the British Virgin Islands on 30 April 2002 under the name of Baufinanz Limited.
On 18 March 2004, the Parent Company registered a change of its legal name to Eagle Capital Group Limited.
On 25 August 2005, the Parent Company changed its domicile to Jersey and was renamed to En+ Group
Limited. On 1 June 2017, the Parent Company changed its status to a public company and was renamed to
EN+ GROUP PLC. On 9 July 2019, the Parent Company changed its domicile to the Russian Federation with
a registration as EN+ GROUP International public joint-stock company (EN+ GROUP IPJSC). The Parent
Company’s registered office is Oktyabrskaya st. 8, office 34, Kaliningrad, Kaliningrad Region, 236006,
Russian Federation.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC is the parent company for the vertically integrated aluminium and power group, engaged
in aluminium production and energy generation (together with the Parent Company referred to as
“the Group”).
The Parent Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the Moscow Exchange’s Level One Quotation List (ticker:
ENPG) since 17 February 2020.
Since November 2017, EN+’s GDRs, each representing one ordinary share, were listed on the London Stock
Exchange. Since March 2022, the London Stock Exchange has suspended trading in securities of Russian
companies, including EN+. On 16 April 2022, Federal Law No. 114-FZ came into force, requiring Russian
companies to initiate the termination of deposit agreements for their GDR programmes. EN+ received a
permission to continue trading its GDRs outside Russia until 7 November 2024, inclusive. To comply with the
Federal Law, on 8 October 2024, the Parent Company sent notices to request the cancellation of listing and
admission to trading of its GDRs. The depository agreements in respect of the GDRs were valid until
7 November 2024, inclusive (until their expiration). London Stock Exchange has formally cancelled the EN+’s
GDRs admission to trading with effect from 19 November 2024.
Until 17 April 2020 inclusive, EN+’s GDRs were listed on the Moscow Exchange. The GDRs were
subsequently delisted from the Moscow Exchange on 20 April 2020. During the two-month transition period
prior to this date the two equity instruments (GDRs and ordinary shares) continued to be traded on the
Moscow Exchange.
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 Mr. Oleg Deripaska beneficially controls and exercises
voting rights in respect of 35% of the voting shares of the Parent Company and his direct or indirect
shareholding cannot exceed 44.95% of the shares of the Parent Company.
The other significant holders as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 were as follows:
31 December 
2024
31 December 
2023
Special financial organisation
21.37%
21.37%
Glencore Group Funding Limited
10.55%
10.55%
Other shareholders
23.13%
23.13%
Glencore Group Funding Limited is a subsidiary of Glencore Plc.
Based on the information at the Group’s disposal at the reporting date, there is no individual that has an 
indirect prevailing ownership interest in the Parent Company exceeding 50%, who could exercise voting 
rights in respect of more than 35% of the Parent Company’s issued share capital or has an opportunity to 
exercise control over the Parent Company.
Related party transactions are detailed in note 23.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
233
232
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(b)
Operations
The Group is a leading vertically integrated aluminium and power producer, which combines the assets and
results of its Metals and Power segments.
The Metals segment operates in the aluminium industry primarily in the Russian Federation, Guinea,
Jamaica, Ireland, Italy and Sweden and is principally engaged in the mining and refining of bauxite and
nepheline ore into alumina, the smelting of primary aluminium from alumina and the fabrication of
aluminium and aluminium alloys into semi-fabricated and finished products.
The Power segment engages in all major areas of the power industry, including electric power generation,
power trading and supply. It also includes supporting operations engaged in the supply of coal resources to
the Group. The Group’s principal power plants are located in East Siberia and Volga Region, the Russian
Federation.
(c)
Business environment in emerging economies
The Russian Federation, Jamaica and Guinea have been experiencing political and economic changes that
have affected, and may continue to affect, the activities of enterprises operating in these environments.
Consequently, operations in these countries involve risks that typically do not exist in other markets,
including reconsideration of privatisation terms in certain countries where the Group operates following
changes in governing political powers.
The imposition of economic sanctions on Russian individuals and legal entities by the European Union,
the United States of America, Japan, Canada, Australia and others, as well as counter sanctions imposed by
the Russian government, has resulted in increased economic uncertainty including more volatile equity,
commodity and currency markets. The longer term effects of implemented sanctions, as well as the threat of
additional future sanctions, are difficult to determine.
The consolidated financial statements reflect management’s assessment of the impact of the Russian,
Jamaican and Guinean business environments on the operations and the financial position of the Group.
The future business environment may differ from management’s assessment.
(d)
OFAC sanctions
On 6 April 2018, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) designated,
amongst others, the Parent Company, JSC “EuroSibEnergo” (from 6 December 2024 JSC EN+ Generation,
“EN+ Generation”) and UC RUSAL Plc (from 25 September 2020 UC RUSAL IPJSC, “UC RUSAL”) as
Specially Designated Nationals (“SDN”) (the “OFAC Sanctions”).
As a result, all property or interests in property of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries located in the
United States or in the possession of U.S. Persons were blocked, frozen, and could not have been transferred,
paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in. Several general licenses were issued at the time of the
designation and subsequently certain transactions were authorised with the Parent Company, EN+ Generation
and UC RUSAL, and with their respective debt and equity.
On 27 January 2019, OFAC announced the removal of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, including
UC RUSAL and EN+ Generation, from OFAC’s SDN list and Blocked Persons with immediate effect.
The removal was subject to and conditional upon the satisfaction of a number of conditions including, but
not limited to:

Ending Mr. Oleg Deripaska’s control of the Group, through the reduction of his direct and indirect
ownership interest in the Parent Company to below 50%;

Establishing independent voting arrangements for the Parent Company’s shares held by certain
shareholders;

Corporate governance changes, including, inter alia, overhauling the composition of the EN+ Board
to ensure that independent directors constitute the majority of the Board, and ongoing reporting and
certifications by the Parent Company and UC RUSAL to OFAC concerning compliance with the
conditions for sanctions’ removal.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(e)
Going concern
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Group will continue as a going
concern. Accordingly, these financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability
and classification of recorded asset amounts, the amounts and classification of liabilities or any other
adjustments that might result from the Group being unable to continue as a going concern.
Continuing geopolitical instability and unpredictability of its further developments, including current and
potential sanctions imposed by US, EU and other countries, may cause potential significant limitations for
sales channels, availability of production raw materials and possibility to organize supply chain. Availability
of future financing, including increased key rate of Central Bank of Russian Federation and volatility of
currency, stock commodity and financial markets, potential imposition of export customs duties may affect
the Group’s business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.
The facts described above, create material uncertainty in the Group’s ability to meet its financial obligations
on time and continue as a going concern entity. Management constantly evaluates the current situation and
prepares forecasts taking into account different scenarios of the events and conditions development. The
Group’s management expects that prices on the world commodity markets will grow and improve the results
of operating activities. The Group is also revising its supply and sales chains, ensuring an optimal equity and
debt ratio, searching for resolutions of logistic difficulties, as well as the ways to survive its obligations in
order to adapt the current economic changes to maintain the continuance of the Group’s operations.
2.
Basis of preparation
(a)
Statement of compliance
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards,
which, as at the reporting date, were endorsed on the territory of Russian Federation.
Preparation of these consolidated financial statements is also regulated by Russian Federal Law 208-FZ dated
27 July 2010 On Consolidated Financial Statements in all aspects, except for presentation currency, which
are regulated by Russian Federal Law 290-FZ dated 3 August 2018 On International Companies and
International Funds.
The Group applied for the first-time certain standards and amendments, which are effective for annual periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2024.

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements named Classification of Liabilities as
Current or Non-current. The amendments clarify requirements for classifying liabilities as current or
non-current;

Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases related to lease liability in a sale and leaseback. The amendments
require from the seller-lessee to measure lease liability arising from leaseback in such a way, that no
profit or loss is recognized in respect of the right-of-use retained;

Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements named Non-current Liabilities with
Covenants. The amendments presume that liability is classified as non-current if the Group has a
substantial right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the reporting date. The amendments
clarify the criteria of classification (included that “future” covenants as well as management intentions
do not affect classification as of the reporting date) and require certain additional disclosures;

Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures named
Supplier Finance Arrangements. The amendments clarify the influence of supplier finance
arrangements on liabilities, cash flows, exposure to liquidity risk and risk management. Also the
amendments presume certain additional disclosures.
The amendments mentioned above did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements 
of the Group.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
235
234
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(b)
Standards issued but not effective
The new and amended standards and interpretations that were issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of
issuance of the Group’s consolidated financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt
these new and amended standards and interpretations, if applicable, when they become effective:

Lack of Exchangeability – Amendments to IAS 21 (effective on or after 1 January 2025);

Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments – Amendments to IFRS 9
and IFRS 7 (effective on or after 1 January 2026);

Contracts Referencing Nature-dependent Electricity – Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 (effective
on or after 1 January 2026);.

Annual improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards – Volume 11 (effective on or after
1 January 2026):

Cost method (Amendments to IAS 7);

Derecognition of lease liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 9);

Determination of a ‘de facto agent’ (Amendments to IFRS 10);

Disclosure of deferred difference between fair value and transaction price (Amendments to
Guidance on implementing IFRS 7);

Gain or loss on derecognition (Amendments to IFRS 7);

Hedge accounting by a first-time adopter (Amendments to IFRS 1);

Introduction (Amendments to Guidance on implementing IFRS 7);

Credit risk disclosures (Amendments to Guidance on implementing IFRS 7);

Transaction price (Amendments to IFRS 9).

IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (effective on or after 1 January 2027);

IFRS 19 Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures (effective from 1 January 2027).
The Group is currently assessing the impact the amendments and new standards will have on current practice, 
when they become effective.
(c)
Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except
as set out in the material accounting policies in notes 11 and 19.
(d)
Functional and presentation currency
The functional currencies of the Parent Company and Group’s significant subsidiaries are the currencies of
the primary economic environment and key business processes of these subsidiaries and include United States
Dollar (“USD”), Russian Rouble (“RUB”), Chinese Yuan (“CNY”) and Euro (“EUR”). The consolidated
financial statements are presented in USD, rounded to the nearest million, except as otherwise stated herein.
The functional currencies of investments in associates and joint ventures are RUB, CNY, Kazakhstani Tenge
and Australian Dollar.
(e)
Use of judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting
policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date
of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported revenue and costs during the relevant period.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
for the year ended 31 December 2024 
 
 
Management bases its judgements and estimates on historical experience and various other factors that are 
believed to be appropriate and reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of 
making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.  
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting 
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, 
or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. 
Judgements made by management in the application of IFRS Accounting Standards that have a significant effect 
on the consolidated financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the 
next year relate to: 
 
Measurement of recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment (note 11) and goodwill (note 12); 
 
Measurement of net realizable value of inventories (note 14); 
 
Measurement of recoverable amount of investments in associates and joint ventures (note 13); 
 
Measurement of recoverable amount of deferred tax assets (note 10); 
 
Estimates in respect of legal proceedings, restoration and exploration, taxation and pension provisions 
(note 18); 
 
Measurement of fair value of derivative financial instruments (note 19); 
 
Measurement of expected credit losses on financial assets (note 15). 
3. 
Material accounting policies 
Material accounting policies are described in the related notes to the consolidated financial statements 
captions and in this note. 
The accounting policies and judgements applied by the Group in these consolidated financial statements are 
consistent with those applied by the Group in its consolidated financial statements as at and for the year 
ended 31 December 2023, except for the adoption of new standards effective from 1 January 2024. 
(a) 
Basis of consolidation 
(i) 
Subsidiaries and non-controlling interests 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has 
rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through 
its power over the entity. When assessing control substantive potential voting rights are taken into account.  
The financial information of subsidiaries is included in the consolidated financial statements from the date 
that control commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been 
changed when necessary to align them with the policies adopted by the Group.  
Non-controlling interests represent the portion of the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to interests that are 
not owned by the equity shareholders of the Parent Company, whether directly or indirectly through 
subsidiaries.  
Non-controlling interests are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity, 
separately from equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the Parent Company. Non-controlling 
interests in the results of the Group are presented on the face of the consolidated statement of profit or loss 
and other comprehensive income as an allocation of the total profit or loss and total comprehensive income 
for the year between non-controlling interests and the equity shareholders of the Parent Company.  
Losses applicable to the non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the non-controlling interests 
even if doing so causes the non-controlling interests to have a deficit balance. 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
237
236
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as 
equity transactions, whereby adjustments are made to the amounts of controlling and non-controlling-
interests within consolidated equity to reflect the change in relative interests, but no adjustments are made to 
goodwill and no gain or loss is recognised.
When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, it is accounted for as a disposal of the entire interest in that 
subsidiary, with a resulting gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in that former 
subsidiary at the date when control is lost is recognised at fair value and this amount is regarded as the fair 
value on initial recognition of a financial asset (refer to note 15) or, when appropriate, the cost on initial 
recognition of an investment in an associate or joint venture (refer to note 13).
(ii)
Acquisitions of non-controlling interests
The acquisition of an additional non-controlling interest in an existing subsidiary after control has been obtained
is accounted for as an equity transaction with any difference between the cost of the additional investment and
the carrying amount of the net assets acquired at the date of exchange recognised directly in equity.
For a written put option or forward with the non-controlling shareholders in an existing subsidiary on their
equity interest in that subsidiary, if the non-controlling shareholders do not have present access to the returns
associated with the underlying ownership interest, the contract is accounted for as an anticipated acquisition
of the underlying non-controlling interests, as if the put option had been exercised already or the forward had
been satisfied by the non-controlling shareholders.
(iii)
Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group
transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from
transactions with equity accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the
Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but
only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.
(b)
Foreign currencies
(i)
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the respective functional currencies of Group entities at
the exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at that
date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between the amortised cost in the
functional currency at the beginning of the period, adjusted for effective interest and payments during the
period, and the amortised cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the end of the reporting
period. Non-monetary items in a foreign currency are measured based on historical cost and are translated
using the exchange rate at the date of transaction. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are
recognised in profit or loss, except for differences arising on the retranslation of qualifying cash flow hedges
to the extent the hedge is effective, which is recognised in other comprehensive income.
(ii)
Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on
acquisition, are translated from their functional currencies to USD at the exchange rates ruling at the reporting
date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to USD at exchange rates approximating
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognised in other comprehensive income and 
presented in the currency translation reserve in equity. For the purposes of foreign currency translation, the 
net investment in a foreign operation includes foreign currency intra-group balances for which settlement is 
neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future and foreign currency differences arising from such a 
monetary item are recognised as part of other comprehensive income in the statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income.
When a foreign operation is disposed of, such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost, the 
cumulative amount of the currency translation reserve is transferred to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss 
on disposal. When the Group disposes of only part of its interest in a subsidiary that includes a foreign 
operation while retaining control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to non-
controlling interests. When the Group disposes of only part of its investment in an associate or joint venture 
that includes a foreign operation while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion 
of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss.
4.
Segment reporting
(a)
Reportable segments
An operating segment is a component of an entity: (a) that engages in business activities from which it may
earn revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other
components of the same entity), (b) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s chief
operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its
performance, and (c) for which discrete financial information is available.
Individually material operating segments are not aggregated for financial reporting purposes unless the
segments have similar economic characteristics and are similar in respect of the nature of products and
services, the nature of production processes, the type or class of customers, the methods used to distribute
the products or provide the services and the nature of the regulatory environment. Operating segments which
are not individually material may be aggregated if they share a majority of these criteria.
Based on the current management structure and internal reporting the Group has identified two operating
segments:
a)
Metals. The Metals segment comprises UC RUSAL with disclosures being based on the public
financial statements of UC RUSAL. All adjustments made to UC RUSAL, including any adjustments
arising from different timing of IFRS first time adoption, are included in “Adjustments” column.
The Power assets of UC RUSAL are included within the Metals segment.
b)
Power. The Power segment mainly comprises the power assets, as described in note 1(b).
These business units are managed separately and the results of their operations are reviewed by the key 
executive management personnel and Board of Directors on a regular basis.
(b)
Segment results, assets and liabilities
For the purposes of assessing segment performance and allocating resources between segments, the Group’s
senior executive management monitor the results, assets and liabilities and cash flows attributable to each
reportable segment on the following bases:

Total segment assets include all non-current tangible, intangible assets and current assets.

Total segment liabilities include all current and non-current liabilities.

Revenue and expenses are allocated to the reportable segments with reference to sales generated by
those segments and the expenses incurred by those segments or which otherwise arise from the
depreciation or amortisation of assets attributable to those segments.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
239
238
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024

The measures used for reporting segment results are the net profit and Adjusted EBITDA (key
non-IFRS financial measure used by the Group as reference for assessing operating effectiveness).
Segment profit or loss and Adjusted EBITDA are used to measure performance as management
believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating the results of certain segments relative
to other entities that operate within these industries.

Adjusted EBITDA represents the results from operating activities adjusted for amortisation and
depreciation, impairment charges and gain/(losses) on disposal of property, plant and equipment for
the relevant period.
In addition to receiving segment information concerning segment results, management is provided with
segment information concerning revenue (including inter-segment revenue), the carrying value of 
investments and share of profits/(losses) of associates and joint ventures, depreciation, amortisation, interest 
income and expenses, other finance income and costs, income tax, gains/(losses) on disposal of property, 
plant and equipment, impairment of non-current assets and additions of non-current segment assets used by 
the segments in their operations. Inter-segment pricing is determined primarily on a consistent basis using 
market benchmarks.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2024
USD million
Metals
Power
Adjustments
Total
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
Revenue from external customers
11,885
2,764
–
14,649
Primary aluminium and alloys
9,538
–
–
9,538
Alumina and bauxite
754
–
–
754
Semi-finished products and foil
585
314
–
899
Electricity
111
1,666
–
1,777
Heat
51
378
–
429
Other
846
406
–
1,252
Inter-segment revenue
197
1,089
(1,286)
–
Total segment revenue
12,082
3,853
(1,286)
14,649
Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and gain/loss on disposal of 
property, plant and equipment)
(10,588)
(2,407)
1,273
(11,722)
Adjusted EBITDA
1,494
1,446
(13)
2,927
Depreciation and amortisation
(538)
(217)
2
(753)
(Loss)/gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(8)
1
–
(7)
Impairment of non-current assets
(580)
(81)
–
(661)
Results from operating activities
368
1,149
(11)
1,506
Share of profits and impairment of associates and joint ventures
564
(1)
–
563
Interest expense, net
(296)
(374)
–
(670)
Other finance costs, net
222
(52)
–
170
Profit before tax
858
722
(11)
1,569
Income tax expense
(55)
(169)
3
(221)
Profit for the year
803
553
(8)
1,348
Additions to non-current segment assets during the year (note 11(b))
(1,503)
(577)
7
(2,073)
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2024
USD million
Metals
Power
Adjustments
Total
Consolidated statement of financial position
Segment assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents and interests in associates 
and joint ventures
15,830
5,697
(843)
20,684
Investment in Metals segment
–
4,595
(4,595)
–
Cash and cash equivalents
1,503
380
–
1,883
Interests in associates and joint ventures
4,868
38
–
4,906
Total segment assets
22,201
10,710
(5,438)
27,473
Segment liabilities, excluding loans, borrowings and bonds payable
3,067
1,535
(174)
4,428
Loans, borrowings and bonds payable
7,918
2,846
–
10,764
Total segment liabilities
10,985
4,381
(174)
15,192
Total segment equity
11,216
6,329
(5,264)
12,281
Total segment equity and liabilities
22,201
10,710
(5,438)
27,473
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Cash flows from operating activities
483
1,133
42
1,658
Cash flows used in investing activities
(1,078)
(501)
(42)
(1,621)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets 
(1,366)
(519)
7
(1,878)
Cash received from/(paid for) other investments
45
6
(49)
2
Dividends from the jointly controlled entities and other associates
416
–
–
416
Interest received
116
30
–
146
Acquisition of a joint venture
(303)
–
–
(303)
Other investing activities
14
(18)
–
(4)
Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities
113
(467)
–
(354)
Interest paid
(494)
(435)
–
(929)
Restructuring fees
(15)
(8)
–
(23)
Settlements of derivative financial instruments
63
–
–
63
Other financing activities
559
(24)
–
535
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
(482)
165
–
(317)
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2023
USD million
Metals
Power
Adjustments
Total
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
Revenue from external customers
12,008
2,640
−
14,648
Primary aluminium and alloys
9,933
−
−
9,933
Alumina and bauxite
513
−
−
513
Semi-finished products and foil
550
314
−
864
Electricity
128
1,518
−
1,646
Heat
55
421
−
476
Other
829
387
−
1,216
Inter-segment revenue
205
947
(1,152)
−
Total segment revenue
12,213
3,587
(1,152)
14,648
Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and gain/loss on disposal of 
property, plant and equipment)
(11,427)
(2,295)
1,231
(12,491)
Adjusted EBITDA
786
1,292
79
2,157
Depreciation and amortisation
(540)
(228)
3
(765)
(Loss)/gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(4)
8
−
4
Impairment of non-current assets
(321)
(45)
−
(366)
Results from operating activities
(79)
1,027
82
1,030
Share of profits and impairment of associates and joint ventures
752
−
−
752
Interest expense, net
(312)
(343)
−
(655)
Other finance costs, net
(117)
(134)
−
(251)
Profit before tax
244
550
82
876
Income tax expense
38
(195)
(3)
(160)
Profit for the year
282
355
79
716
Additions to non-current segment assets during the year (note 11(b))
(1,121)
(443)
7
(1,557)
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
241
240
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Year ended 31 December 2023
USD million
Metals
Power
Adjustments
Total
Consolidated statement of financial position
Segment assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents and interests in associates 
and joint ventures
14,856
5,551
(908)
19,499
Investment in Metals segment
−
4,595
(4,595)
−
Cash and cash equivalents
2,087
260
−
2,347
Interests in associates and joint ventures
4,521
21
−
4,542
Total segment assets
21,464
10,427
(5,503)
26,388
Segment liabilities, excluding loans, borrowings and bonds payable
2,582
1,405
(244)
3,743
Loans, borrowings and bonds payable
7,866
3,198
−
11,064
Total segment liabilities
10,448
4,603
(244)
14,807
Total segment equity
11,016
5,824
(5,259)
11,581
Total segment equity and liabilities
21,464
10,427
(5,503)
26,388
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Cash flows from / (used in) operating activities
1,760
963
(2)
2,721
Cash flows (used in) / from investing activities
(1,030)
(391)
2
(1,419)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets 
(1,056)
(394)
2
(1,448)
Cash paid for investment in equity securities measured at fair value through 
profit and loss 
(5)
−
−
(5)
Cash paid for other investments
(49)
(20)
−
(69)
Interest received
61
23
−
84
Other investing activities
19
−
−
19
Cash flows used in financing activities
(1,747)
(530)
−
(2,277)
Interest paid
(422)
(260)
−
(682)
Restructuring fees
(30)
(1)
−
(31)
Settlements of derivative financial instruments
(2)
−
−
(2)
Other financing activities
(1,293)
(269)
−
(1,562)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
(1,017)
42
−
(975)
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(i)
Geographic information
The Group’s operating segments are managed on a worldwide basis, but operate in four principal
geographical areas: the CIS, Europe, Africa and the Americas. In the CIS, production facilities operate in
Russia. In Europe, production facilities are located in Italy, Ireland and Sweden. African production facilities
are represented by the bauxite mines and an alumina refinery in Guinea. In the Americas the Group operates
one production facility in Jamaica.
The following table sets out information about the geographical location of the Group’s revenue from
external customers and the Group’s property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and interests in
associates and joint ventures (“specified non-current assets”). The geographical location of customers is
based on the location at which the services were provided or the goods delivered. The geographical location
of the specified non-current assets is based on the physical location of the asset. Unallocated specified
non-current assets comprise mainly goodwill.
Year ended 31 December
Revenue from external customers
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Russia
6,293
5,897
China
3,706
2,855
Turkey
859
1,182
South Korea
856
1,191
Spain
306
237
Italy
220
198
Belarus
183
211
Germany
174
268
France
170
129
Greece
169
341
Taiwan
151
70
Poland
139
222
Uzbekistan
131
128
Netherlands
124
256
Ireland
115
115
India
113
133
Other countries
940
1,215
14,649
14,648
31 December 
Specified non-current assets
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Russia
14,341
14,198
China
435
−
Guinea
278
234
Ireland
85
89
Unallocated
3,273
3,499
18,412
18,020
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
243
242
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
5.
Revenues
IFRS 15 establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue is
recognised. The details of significant accounting policies in relation to the Group’s various goods and
services are set out below:
Sales of goods: comprise sale of primary aluminium, alloys, alumina, bauxite and other products. Customers
obtain control of the goods supplied when the goods are delivered to the point when risks are transferred
based on Incoterms delivery terms stated in the contract, legal title to the asset and physical possession of the
asset is transferred. Invoices are generated and revenue is recognised at that point in time. Invoices are usually
payable in advance or with deferral up to 90 days.
Rendering of transportation services: as part of sales of goods the Group also performs transportation to
the customer under contract terms. In certain cases, the control of goods delivered is transferred to customers
prior to transportation being completed. In these cases rendering of transportation services from when the
control of goods has been transferred is considered as a separate performance obligation.
Rendering of electricity supply services: The Group is involved in sales of electricity to third and related
parties. Invoices are issued once a month at the end of month and paid within 30 days. Revenue is recognised
over time during the month of power supply.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Sales of primary aluminium and alloys
9,538
9,933
Third parties
9,335
9,689
Related parties – companies capable of exerting significant influence
200
241
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
3
3
Sales of alumina and bauxite
754
513
Third parties
416
248
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
338
265
Sales of semi-finished products and foil
899
864
Third parties
899
864
Sales of electricity
1,777
1,646
Third parties
1,738
1,607
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
39
39
Sales of heat
429
476
Third parties
427
474
Related parties – companies capable of exerting significant influence
2
2
Other revenues
1,252
1,216
Third parties
1,012
977
Related parties – companies capable of exerting significant influence
39
35
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
201
204
14,649
14,648
Revenue of the Group includes primarily revenue from contracts with customers as well as other revenue.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
6.
Other operating expenses, net
Year ended 31 December 
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Impairment of trade and other receivables
(69)
(16)
Charity
(57)
(38)
(Loss)/gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(7)
4
Other
(241)
(118)
(374)
(168)
7.
Personnel costs
Personnel costs comprise salaries, annual bonuses, annual leave, cost of non-monetary benefits and social
contributions. Salaries, annual bonuses, paid annual leave and cost of non-monetary benefits are accrued in
the year in which the associated services are rendered by employees. Where payment or settlement is deferred
and the effect would be material, these amounts are stated at their present values.
The employees of the Group are also members of retirement schemes operated by local authorities.
The Group is required to contribute a certain percentage of their payroll to these schemes to fund the benefits.
The Group’s total contribution to those schemes charged to profit or loss during the years presented is shown
below.
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans is calculated
separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for
their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value and the
fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on government
bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations. The calculation is
performed using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Group, the
recognised asset is limited to the present value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future
contributions to the plan.
Where there is a change in actuarial assumptions, the resulting actuarial gains and losses are recognised
directly in other comprehensive income.
When the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by
employees is recognised in profit or loss immediately.
The Group recognises gains and losses on the curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan when the
curtailment or settlement occurs. The gain or loss on curtailment comprises any resulting change in the fair
value of plan assets, any change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation, any related actuarial
gains and losses.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Contributions to defined contribution retirement plans
(309)
(288)
Contributions to defined benefit retirement plans
(2)
(1)
Total retirement costs
(311)
(289)
Wages and salaries
(1,537)
(1,277)
(1,848)
(1,566)
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
245
244
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
8.
Finance income and costs
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, dividend income and foreign currency gains.
Interest income is recognised as it accrues, using the effective interest method.
Finance costs comprise interest expense on loans and bonds, foreign currency losses and changes in the fair
value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. All borrowing costs are recognised in profit or
loss using the effective interest method, except for borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction
and production of qualifying assets which are recognised as part of the cost of such assets.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Finance income
Foreign exchange gain
221
−
Interest income
160
93
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments (note 19)
61
−
Dividend income
2
27
444
120
Finance costs
Interest expense
(830)
(748)
Change in fair value of financial assets and liabilities
(114)
(94)
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments (note 19)
−
(99)
Foreign exchange loss
−
(85)
(944)
(1,026)
9.
Earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the profit attributable to ordinary equity shareholders
for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Weighted average number of shares
502,337,774
502,337,774
Profit for the year attributable to the shareholders of the Parent 
Company, USD million
996
596
Basic and diluted earnings per share, USD
1.983
1.186
There were no outstanding dilutive instruments during the years ended 31 December 2024 and 
31 December 2023.
10.
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognised in the statement
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised
directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or
substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. 
In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
interests in joint arrangements deferred tax liabilities are not recognized where the timing of the reversal of 
the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.
In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
interests in joint arrangements deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that the 
temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilized.
Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of goodwill
(for taxable differences); the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that: a) is not a business 
combination, b) affects neither accounting nor taxable profit, c) at the time of the transaction, does not give 
rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.
New information may become available that causes the Group to change its judgement regarding the 
adequacy of existing tax liability. Such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expenses in the period that 
such a determination is made. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the 
temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by 
the same taxation authority and the Group has both the right and the intention to settle its current tax assets 
and liabilities on a net or simultaneous basis.
A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date 
and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
(a)
Income tax expense
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Current tax expense
(362)
(370)
Current tax for the year
(362)
(312)
Windfall tax
−
(58)
Deferred tax expense
141
210
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
70
210
Effect of change of the tax rate in Russian Federation from 1 January 
2025
71
−
(221)
(160)
The Parent Company is a tax resident of the Russian SAR (special administrative region). Companies which 
register in the SAR as part of the continuance out of a foreign jurisdiction (such as the Parent Company) may 
have a number of tax benefits, subject to certain conditions. 
The Parent Company and its subsidiaries pay income taxes in accordance with the legislative requirements 
of their respective tax jurisdictions. For the Parent Company and subsidiaries domiciled in the Russian 
Federation the applicable tax rate in 2024 was 20%, Guinea – 0% to 35%, China − 25%, Kazakhstan − 20%, 
Australia − 30%, Jamaica − 25%, Ireland − 12.5%, Sweden − 20.6% and Italy − 26.93%, Switzerland – 9.% 
and 11.85% and United Arab Emirates – 0% to 9%. For the RUSAL’s significant trading companies, the 
applicable tax rates range from 0% to 25%. The applicable tax rates for the year ended 31 December 2024 
were the same as for the year ended 31 December 2023 except for tax rates for subsidiaries domiciled in 
Switzerland which amounted to 9.07% and 11.82%.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
247
246
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Management continues to monitor and evaluate the domestic implementation by relevant countries of the 
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) Pillar Two which seeks to apply a 
15% global minimum tax. In order to be implemented, the Pillar Two rules must be adopted at the national 
tax legislation level of each respective country. Management estimates the exposure to additional taxation 
under Pillar Two as of the date of authorization of these consolidated financial statements for issue as
immaterial for the Group. The Group applies the IAS 12 “Income Tax” temporary mandatory exception from 
deferred tax accounting for Pillar Two.
Increase in the income tax rate in Russian Federation
On 12 July 2024, Federal Law No. 176-FZ On Amendments to Parts One and Two of the Tax Code of the 
Russian Federation, Certain Legislative Acts of the Russian Federation, and the Annulment of Certain 
Provisions of Legislative Acts of the Russian Federation was adopted. Among other things, the Law 
introduced an increase in the income tax rate from 20% to 25%. Thus, income tax for 2024 shall be paid at 
the rate of 20% and the new rate of 25% will apply from 2025 onwards. The Law is effective from 1 January 
2025.
The Group accrued additional deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets to account for the increase in the 
income tax rate from 1 January 2025. Additional deferred tax income of USD 71 million was recognized in 
profit or loss and additional deferred tax loss of USD 148 million was recognized in other comprehensive 
income.
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
USD million
%
USD million
%
Profit before taxation
1,569
(100)
876
(100)
Income tax at tax rate applicable 
for the Parent Company
(314)
20
(175)
20
Other non-deductible/taxable items, net
(58)
4
(5)
–
Effect of changes in investment in 
Norilsk Nickel
69
(4)
126
(14)
Change in unrecognised deferred tax 
assets
(65)
4
(213)
24
Effect of impairment
(12)
1
(43)
5
Effect of windfall tax
–
–
(58)
7
Effect of the change in the tax rate in 
Russian Federation from 1 January 2025
71
(5)
–
–
Effect of different income tax rates
88
(6)
208
(24)
Income tax
(221)
14
(160)
18
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(b)
Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following items:
Assets
Liabilities
Net
31 December
31 December
31 December
USD million
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Property, plant and equipment
157
120
(1,516)
(1,243)
(1,359)
(1,123)
Inventories
87
69
(53)
(44)
34
25
Trade and other receivables
115
88
(82)
(62)
33
26
Trade and other payables and advances 
received
39
33
–
–
39
33
Tax loss carry-forward
91
72
–
–
91
72
Others
509
363
(147)
(123)
362
240
Tax assets/(liabilities)
998
745
(1,798)
(1,472)
(800)
(727)
Set off of tax 
(619)
(481)
619
481
–
–
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
379
264
(1,179)
(991)
(800)
(727)
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
249
248
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(c)
Movement of deferred taxes by types of temporary differences during the year
USD million
1 January 
2024
Recognised 
in profit 
or loss 
Recognised 
in other 
comprehen-
sive income
Currency 
translation
31 December 
2024
Property, plant and equipment
(1,123)
(32)
(244)
40
(1,359)
Inventories
25
9
−
−
34
Trade and other receivables
26
7
−
−
33
Trade and other payables and 
advances received
33
7
−
(1)
39
Tax loss carry-forwards
72
20
−
(1)
91
Others
240
130
−
(8)
362
(727)
141
(244)
30
(800)
USD million
1 January 
2023
Recognised 
in profit 
or loss 
Recognised 
in other 
comprehen-
sive income
Currency 
translation
31 December 
2023
Property, plant and equipment
(1,305)
(17)
−
199
(1,123)
Inventories
21
5
−
(1)
25
Trade and other receivables
28
(1)
−
(1)
26
Trade and other payables and 
advances received
26
9
−
(2)
33
Tax loss carry-forwards
143
(68)
−
(3)
72
Others
(37)
282
−
(5)
240
(1,124)
210
−
187
(727)
Recognised deferred tax assets related to tax losses expire in the following years:
31 December
31 December
Year of expiry
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Without expiry
91
72
91
72
Others comprise mostly deferred tax assets/(liabilities) arising on foreign exchange differences attributable 
to various financial instruments.
(d)
Unrecognised deferred taxes
At 31 December 2024 and 2023 the Group has not recognized deferred tax in respect to temporary differences
associated with investments in subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timing of reversal of those
investments and does not intend to reverse them in the foreseeable future.
At 31 December 2024 and 2023 the Group has not recognized deferred tax in respect to temporary differences
associated with investments in associates and joint ventures as both distribution of dividends and profit on
sales are non-taxable.
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items:
31 December
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Deductible temporary differences
1,160
1,086
Tax loss carry-forwards
1,004
841
2,164
1,927
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Should the income tax rate in Russian Federation remained at the level of 20% starting from 1 January 2025, 
the amount of unrecognised deferred tax assets related to deductible temporary differences would have 
comprised USD 1,037 mln and the amount of tax loss carry-forwards would have comprised USD 882 mln. 
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not probable that future 
taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits therefrom. Tax losses expire 
in the following years: 
31 December
31 December
Year of expiry
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Without expiry
1,000
841
From 6 to 10 years
4
−
1,004
841
(e)
Current taxation in the consolidated statement of financial position represents
31 December
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Net income tax payable / (receivable) at the beginning of the year
34
(18)
Income tax for the year (including windfall tax)
362
370
Income tax paid (including windfall tax)
(367)
(365)
Tax provision
(4)
−
Translation difference
2
47
27
34
Represented by:
Income tax payable (note 15(d))
61
48
Income tax receivable
(34)
(14)
Net income tax payable
27
34
(f)
Windfall tax
On 4 August 2023, Federal Law No. 414-FZ On Windfall Tax was adopted. The Law established the
procedure for determining and paying a one-off tax on excess (windfall) profits.
The tax base for windfall tax was determined as the amount by which the arithmetic mean of profits for
2021-2022 exceeds that for 2018-2019. The tax rate was 10%. The tax was payable before 28 January 2024.
The Law also provided for the option of an early security payment to be made between 1 October and
30 November 2023. The security payment formed a tax credit that the taxpayer could use to reduce the tax.
The amount of such tax credit could not exceed ½ of the amount of tax payable. This effectively allowed
reducing the tax rate to 5%.
The Group has applied the option of reducing the tax amount by making an early security payment. Therefore,
in 2023 the Group recognized a windfall tax liability in the amount of USD 58 million within both current
income tax expense and current tax liability, which has been settled with the security payment advance at
31 December 2023.
11.
Property, plant and equipment
(a)
Accounting policy
(i)
Recognition and measurement
Until 1 January 2016 all items of property, plant and equipment were measured at cost less accumulated
depreciation and impairment losses. The cost of property, plant and equipment at 1 January 2004, the date of
transition to IFRSs, was determined by reference to its fair value at that date. Since 1 January 2016 the
Group’s hydro assets are measured at a revalued amount.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
251
250
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed
assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the 
asset to a working condition for its intended use, the costs of dismantling and removing the items and 
restoring the site on which they are located and capitalised borrowing costs. Purchased software that is 
integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of that equipment. 
When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as 
separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.
The cost of periodic relining of electrolysers is capitalised and depreciated over the expected production period.
Gains or losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the 
proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, and are recognised net 
within gain/(loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment in profit or loss.
Hydro assets are a class of property, plant and equipment with unique nature and use in their hydropower 
plants. The Group’s hydro assets are measured at a revalued amount, being their fair value at the date of the 
revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses. 
Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially 
from that which would be determined using fair value at the end of the reporting period.
The valuation analysis is primarily based on the cost approach to determine depreciated replacement cost. 
This method considers the cost to reproduce or replace the property, plant and equipment, adjusted for 
physical depreciation, functional and economic obsolescence. 
A revaluation increase on hydro assets is recognised directly under the heading of revaluation surplus in other 
comprehensive income. However, the increase is recognised in profit or loss to the extent that it reverses a 
revaluation decrease of the same asset previously recognised in profit or loss. A revaluation decrease on 
hydro assets is recognised in profit or loss. However, the decrease is recognised in other comprehensive 
income to the extent of any credit balance existing in the revaluation surplus.
This policy requires management to make estimates and assumptions regarding both costs, as there is no 
active market for used assets of that type, and macroeconomic indicators to assess economic obsolescence 
which are subject to risk and uncertainty; hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter 
these estimates, which may impact the fair value of hydro assets. In such circumstances, the fair value of 
hydro assets may be lower with any consequential decrease in revaluation reserve recognised through other 
comprehensive income.
A class of assets may be revalued on a rolling basis provided that revaluations of the class of assets are 
completed within a short period and provided the revaluations are kept up to date.
(ii)
Subsequent costs
The cost of replacing a part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the carrying amount
of the item if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Group
and its cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. The costs of
the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
(iii)
Exploration and evaluation assets
Exploration and evaluation activities involve the search for mineral resources, the determination of technical
feasibility and the assessment of commercial viability of an identified resource. Exploration and evaluation
activities include:

Researching and analysing historical exploration data;

Gathering exploration data through topographical, geochemical and geophysical studies;

Exploratory drilling, trenching and sampling;

Determining and examining the volume and grade of the resource;

Surveying transportation and infrastructure requirements; and

Conducting market and finance studies.
Administration costs that are not directly attributable to a specific exploration area are charged to profit or loss.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
License costs paid in connection with a right to explore in an existing exploration area are capitalised and 
amortised over the term of the permit.
Exploration and evaluation expenditure is capitalised as exploration and evaluation assets when it is expected 
that expenditure related to an area of interest will be recouped by future exploitation, sale, or, at the reporting 
date, the exploration and evaluation activities have not reached a stage that permits a reasonable assessment of 
the existence of commercially recoverable ore reserves. Capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is 
recorded as a component of property, plant and equipment at cost less impairment losses. As the asset is not 
available for use, it is not depreciated. All capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure is monitored for 
indications of impairment. Where there are indicators of potential impairment, an assessment is performed for 
each area of interest in conjunction with the group of operating assets (representing a cash-generating unit,
CGU) to which the exploration is attributed. Exploration areas at which reserves have been discovered but 
which require major capital expenditure before production can begin are continually evaluated to ensure that 
commercial quantities of reserves exist or to ensure that additional exploration work is underway or planned. 
To the extent that capitalised expenditure is not expected to be recovered it is charged to profit or loss.
Exploration and evaluation assets are transferred to mining property, plant and equipment or intangible assets 
when development is sanctioned.
(iv)
Stripping costs
Expenditure relating to the stripping of overburden layers of ore, including estimated site restoration costs,
is included in the cost of production in the period in which it is incurred.
However, to the extent the benefit is improved access to ore, the Group recognises these costs as a non-current
asset, if only: (a) it is probable that the future economic benefit (improved access to the ore body) associated
with the stripping activity will flow to the entity; (b) the entity can identify the component of the ore body
for which access has been improved; and (c) the costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that
component can be measured reliably.
(v)
Mining assets
Mining assets are recorded as construction in progress and transferred to mining property, plant and
equipment when a new mine reaches commercial production.
Mining assets include expenditure incurred for acquiring mineral and development rights and developing
new mining operations.
Mining assets include interest capitalised during the construction period, when financed by borrowings.
(vi)
Depreciation
The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment (including initial and any subsequent capital
expenditure) are depreciated to their estimated residual value over the estimated useful lives of the specific
assets concerned, or the estimated life of the associated mine or mineral lease, if shorter. Estimates of residual
values and useful lives are reassessed annually and any change in estimate is taken into account in the
determination of remaining depreciation charges. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease
term and their useful lives. Land is not depreciated.
Any accumulated depreciation at the date of the revaluation is eliminated against the gross amount of the
assets, and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset.
The property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line or units of production basis over the
respective estimated useful lives as follows:

Hydro assets
predominantly 38 to 100 years;

Buildings and constructions
10 to 50 years;

Machinery and equipment
5 to 40 years;

Electrolysers
4 to 15 years;

Mining assets
Units of production on proved and probable reserves;

Other
1 to 30 years.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
253
252
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(b)
Disclosure
USD million
Land and 
buildings
Machinery 
and 
equipment
Electrolysers
Hydro 
assets
Mining 
assets
Construction 
in progress
Other
Total
Cost
1 January 2023
5,441
8,688
3,298
4,166
582
3,890
377
26,442
Additions
25
68
−
−
49
1,403
12
1,557
Acquired through business 
combinations
−
5
−
−
−
−
−
5
Disposals
(231)
(374)
(1,938)
−
(42)
(88)
(6)
(2,679)
Transfers 
416
496
179
15
19
(1,156)
31
−
Translation difference
(458)
(448)
(31)
(900)
(98)
(347)
(42)
(2,324)
At 31 December 2023
5,193
8,435
1,508
3,281
510
3,702
372
23,001
Additions
41
116
1
−
27
1,885
3
2,073
Disposals
(21)
(93)
(137)
(1)
(53)
(38)
(8)
(351)
Transfers 
676
662
490
32
−
(1,931)
71
−
Revaluation of hydro assets as at 
31 December2024
−
−
−
237
−
−
−
237
Translation difference
(261)
(259)
(23)
(394)
(46)
(199)
(24)
(1,206)
At 31 December 2024
5,628
8,861
1,839
3,155
438
3,419
414
23,754
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
USD million
Land and 
buildings
Machinery 
and 
equipment
Electrolysers
Hydro assets
Mining 
assets
Construction 
in progress
Other
Total
Depreciation and impairment 
losses
1 January 2023
(3,182)
(6,944)
(2,814)
−
(538)
(1,061)
(296)
(14,835)
Depreciation charge 
(157)
(314)
(175)
(91)
(10)
−
(17)
(764)
Impairment losses
(2)
(74)
(22)
−
(25)
(177)
(4)
(304)
Disposals 
221
350
1,938
−
6
46
4
2,565
Transfers and reclassifications
(91)
−
−
−
−
92
(1)
−
Translation difference 
234
300
26
5
91
125
28
809
At 31 December 2023
(2,977)
(6,682)
(1,047)
(86)
(476)
(975)
(286)
(12,529)
Depreciation charge 
(179)
(304)
(188)
(84)
7
−
(19)
(767)
(Impairment losses) / reversal of 
impairment
(110)
(190)
(93)
−
18
(235)
(7)
(617)
Disposals 
9
80
137
−
−
2
7
235
Transfers and reclassifications
(54)
−
−
−
−
54
−
−
Revaluation of hydro assets as at 
31 December2024
−
−
−
152
−
−
−
152
Translation difference 
153
191
20
18
43
57
15
497
At 31 December 2024
(3,158)
(6,905)
(1,171)
−
(408)
(1,097)
(290)
(13,029)
Net book value
At 1 January 2023
2,259
1,744
484
4,166
44
2,829
81
11,607
At 31 December 2023
2,216
1,753
461
3,195
34
2,727
86
10,472
At 31 December 2024
2,470
1,956
668
3,155
30
2,322
124
10,725
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
In 2023 and 2024 the Group wrote off several fully depreciated objects of property, plant and equipment.
Depreciation expense of USD 684 million (2023: USD 707 million) has been charged to cost of goods sold, 
USD 10 million (2023: USD 6 million) to distribution expenses and USD 29 million (2023: USD 30 million) 
to administrative expenses.
Interest capitalised for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 was USD 109 million and 
USD 60 million, respectively. The average capitalisation rate was 9.63% (2023: 7.49%).
Included in construction in progress at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 are advances to suppliers of 
property, plant and equipment of USD 458 million and USD 249 million, respectively.
(c)
Impairment
In accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, each asset or cash generating unit is evaluated every
reporting period to determine whether there are any indications of impairment. If any such indication exists, a
formal estimate of recoverable amount is performed and an impairment loss recognised to the extent that the
carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash generating group
of assets is measured at the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction in the principal (or most advantageous) market at the measurement date under current market
conditions (ie an exit price) regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another
valuation technique. The Group generally determines fair value of the asset or cash generating unit as the
present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continued use of the asset, including
any expansion prospects, and its eventual disposal.
Value in use is also generally determined as the present value of the estimated future cash flows, but only those
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset in its present form and its eventual disposal. Present values
are determined using a risk-adjusted pre-tax discount rate appropriate to the risks inherent in the asset. Future
cash flow estimates are based on expected production and sales volumes, commodity prices (considering
current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), bauxite reserve estimate, operating costs,
restoration and rehabilitation costs and future capital expenditure.
Bauxite reserves are estimates of the amount of product that can be economically and legally extracted from
the Group’s properties. In order to calculate reserves, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of
geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates,
production costs, transport costs, commodity demand, commodity prices and exchange rates. The Group
determines ore reserves under the Australasian Code for Reporting of Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves
September 1999, known as the JORC Code. The JORC Code requires the use of reasonable investment
assumptions to calculate reserves.
Management identified that due to fluctuations of aluminium prices, increase of oil and gas prices, fluctuations
of coal sale prices and overall market instability impairment loss may be recognised for a number of cash-
generating units as well as previously recognised impairment loss may require reversal. For alumina cash
generating units, major influence was from unfavourable dynamics in prices of energy resources being a
significant part of cash cost.
For the purposes of impairment testing, value in use of each cash generating unit was determined by
discounting expected future net cash flows of the cash generating unit. Values assigned to key assumptions
and estimates used to measure the units’ recoverable amount was based on external sources of information and
historical data. Management believes that the values assigned to the key assumptions and estimates represented
the most realistic assessment of future trends.
Metals
At 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 management identified several indicators that a number of the 
Group’s CGUs may be impaired or that previously recognised impairment losses may need to be reversed.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
255
254
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Based on results of impairment testing as at 31 December 2024, management has concluded that a reversal of 
previously recognised impairment loss relating to property, plant and equipment should be recognised in these 
consolidated financial statements in respect of PGLZ, RUSAL BAZ and RUSAL UAZ in the amount of 
USD 47 million. Additionally management concluded that at the same date an impairment loss relating to 
property, plant and equipment of Taishet Aluminium Smelter, UC RUSAL Anode Plant, RUSAL KAZ and 
RUSAL Sayanal in the amount of USD 402 million should be recognised in these consolidated financial 
statements.
Based on results of impairment testing as at 31 December 2023, management has concluded that a reversal of 
previously recognised impairment loss relating to property, plant and equipment should be recognised in these 
consolidated financial statements in respect of RUSAL Sayanal, Kremny and Rusal Silicon Ural in the amount 
of USD 117 million. Additionally management concluded that at the same date an impairment loss relating to 
property, plant and equipment of Kubikenborg Aluminium (Kubal) and Taishet aluminium smelter in the 
amount of USD 270 million should be recognised in these consolidated financial statements.
Assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of the cash generating units are the same as disclosed 
in note 12(d). The pre-tax discount rates applied to the above mentioned cash generating units, estimated in 
nominal terms based on an industry weighted average cost of capital, are presented in the table below.
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Taishet aluminium smelter
19.8%
18.7%
RUSAL KAZ
21.6%
20.1%
RUSAL Sayanal
24.5%
21.9%
PGLZ
25.9%
16.6%
Kremny
21.1%
19.7%
RUSAL Silicon Ural
21.1%
19.8%
Kubal
14.3%
14.5%
The recoverable amounts of a number of the cash generating units tested for impairment are particularly 
sensitive to changes in forecast aluminium and alumina prices, foreign exchange rates and applicable discount 
rates.
The results of impairment testing of Taishet Aluminium Smelter and UC Rusal Anode Plant are particularly 
sensitive to the following key assumptions:

Five percent reduction in the projected aluminium price level will result in a decrease in the recoverable
amount of Taishet Aluminium Smelter and UC Rusal Anode Plant and will lead to an additional
impairment in the total amount of USD 743 million;

One percent increase in the discount rate applied will result in a decrease in the recoverable amount of
Taishet Aluminium Smelter and UC Rusal Anode Plant and will lead to an additional impairment in the
total amount of USD 478 million.
Additionally, management identified specific items of property, plant and equipment that are no longer in use 
and therefore are not considered to be recoverable amounting to USD 173 million at 31 December 2024 (2023:
USD 111 million). These assets have been impaired in full. No further impairments of property, plant and 
equipment or reversal of previously recorded impairment were identified.
Power
At 31 December 2024 and 2023 management identified several indicators that property, plant and equipment 
of the Coal CHPs may be impaired.
Based on results of impairment testing as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, management 
concluded that no impairment losses should be recognised. 
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The following key assumptions were used to determine the recoverable amount of the Coal CHPs CGU:
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Electricity sales volumes in 2026/2025
39 mln MWh
36 mln MWh
Electricity sales prices in 2026/2025
USD 11-27
(RUB 1,077-2,724)
USD 7-27
(RUB 613-2,420)
Electricity sales prices growth till 2035/2034
71%-90%
42%-50%
Sales volumes of heat in 2026-2035/2025-2034
20 mln Gcal
20 mln Gcal
Heat tariffs in 2026/2025
USD 16 (RUB 1,607)
USD 16 (RUB 1,453)
Tariffs growth till 2035/2034
100%
48%
Pre-tax discount rate
13.9%-24.5%
15.6%-20.4%
The recoverable amount of Coal CHP CGU is particularly sensitive to changes in forecast electricity and coal 
sales prices, forecast of sales volumes as well as applicable discount rates.
Additionally, management identified specific items of property, plant and equipment that are not considered 
to be recoverable amounting to USD 81 million (2023: USD 41 million). No further impairment of property, 
plant and equipment or reversal of previously recorded impairments was identified.
(d)
Security
The carrying value of property, plant and equipment pledged under the loan agreements was USD 112 million
at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: USD 125 million) (note 17).
(e)
Hydro assets
As at 31 December 2024 the independent appraiser estimated the fair value of hydro assets at USD 3,155 million.
As at 31 December 2023 the valuation by external independent appraiser was not performed because based on
management’s analysis, the fair value of hydro assets approximated their carrying amount at that date.
The valuation analysis as at 31 December 2024 was primarily based on the cost approach to determine
depreciated replacement cost as it is the most reliable method to estimate value for assets that do not have an
active market and do not generate an identifiable revenue stream by asset. This method considers the cost to
reproduce or replace the property, plant and equipment, adjusted for physical depreciation, functional and
economic obsolescence.
Depreciated replacement cost was estimated based on internal sources and, where available, analysis of the
Russian and international markets for similar property, plant and equipment. Various market data were
collected from published information, catalogues, statistical data etc.
In addition, cash flow testing was conducted to identify if there is any economic obsolescence of the hydro
assets. Forecasts of net cash flows were determined based on the actual results for the preceding years and
approved budgets. Based on the analysis results as at 31 December 2024 economic obsolescence of Onda HPP
was recognised and included into results of valuation analysis. As at 31 December 2023 there was no economic
obsolescence.
The fair value measurement for hydro assets have been categorised as Level 3 fair values based on the inputs
to the valuation techniques used.
If the cost model is applied, net book value of hydro assets as at 31 December 2024 would be USD 312 million
(31 December 2023: USD 328 million).
(f)
Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease based on whether the contract conveys a right to
control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. At inception or on
reassessment or modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the
consideration in the contract to each lease and non-lease component on the basis of their relative stand-alone
prices. However, for the leases of properties in which Group acts as a lessee, the Group does not separate non-
lease components and account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
257
256
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The Group applies judgement to determine the lease term for some lease contracts in which it is a lessee that 
include renewal options, the assessment of whether the Group is reasonably certain to exercise such options 
impacts the lease term, which significantly affects the amount of lease liabilities and right-of-use assets 
recognised.
In determining the enforceable period (i.e. the minimum lease term), the Group considers whether both it and 
the lessor has a right to terminate the lease without permission from the other party and, if so, whether that 
termination would result in more than an insignificant penalty. If a more than insignificant penalty exists, then 
the enforceable period extends until the point at which a no more than an insignificant penalty exists.
The Group leases many assets, including land, properties and production equipment. The Group recognises a 
right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost and subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 
and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability as required by IFRS 16.
The cost comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before 
the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove 
the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives 
received.
The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date 
to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the 
end of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. 
In that case the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined 
on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced 
by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.
The Group presents right-of-use assets as part of property plant and equipment in the same line item as it 
presents underlying assets of the same nature that it owns. Additions to right-of-use assets were in the amount 
of USD 20 million during the year ended 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: USD 28 million).
The carrying amounts of right-of-use assets are presented below.
Property, plant and equipment
USD million
Land and 
buildings
Machinery and 
equipment
Total
Balance at 1 January 2024
43
13
56
Balance at 31 December 2024
37
24
61
Total depreciation charges related to the right-of-use assets for the year ended 31 December 2024 amount to 
USD 18 million (31 December 2023: USD 19 million).
There was no impairment of right-of-use assets during the year ended 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023:
USD 3 million reversed). The Group’s total cash outflow for leases was in the amount of USD 29 million for 
the year ended 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: USD 24 million). 
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the 
commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily 
determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate 
as the discount rate.
In accordance with IFRS 16 variable payments which do not depend on index or rate, e.g. which do not reflect 
changes in market rental rates, should not be included in the measurement of lease liability. In respect of 
municipal or federal land leases where lease payments are based on cadastral value of the land plot and do not
change until the next revision of that value or the applicable rates (or both) by the authorities, the Group has 
determined that, under the current revision mechanism, the land lease payments cannot be considered as either 
variable that depend on index or rate or in-substance fixed, and therefore these payments are not included in 
the measurement of the lease liability. Future cash outflows to which the Group is potentially exposed that are 
not recognised in right-to-use assets and are not reflected in the measurement of lease liabilities and which 
arise from variable lease payments not linked to index or rate are in the amount of USD 159 million as at 
31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: USD 136 million).
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease 
payment made. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an 
index or rate, a change in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, 
or as appropriate, changes in the assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to 
be exercised or a termination option is reasonably certain not to be exercised. 
The Group presents lease liabilities as part of other payables and other non-current liabilities in the statement
of financial position depending on the period to which future lease payments relate. The total non-current part of 
lease liabilities as at 31 December 2024 amounted to USD 51 million (31 December 2023: USD 49 million).
Total interest costs on leases recognised for the year ended 31 December 2024 amount to USD 7 million 
(31 December 2023: USD 6 million).
The Group does not recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for some leases of low-value assets 
and short-term leases. The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on 
a straight-line basis over the lease term. The expense relating to short-term and low-value leases in the amount 
of USD 17 million is included in cost of sales or administrative expenses depending on type of underlying 
asset for the year ended 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: USD 21 million).
When the Group is an intermediate lessor the sub-leases are classified with reference to the right-of the use 
asset arising from the head lease, not with reference to the underlying asset.
12.
Goodwill and intangible assets
(a)
Accounting policy
(i)
Goodwill
On the acquisition of a subsidiary that comprises a business, the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent
liabilities of the acquired business (or interest in a business) are recognised at their fair values. Where the fair
values of assumed contingent liabilities cannot be measured reliably, no liability is recognised but the
contingent liability is disclosed in the same manner as for other contingent liabilities.
The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities
and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a
particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities
acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and substantive process and whether the acquired set has the ability
to produce outputs.
The Group has an option to apply a ‘concentration test’ that permits a simplified assessment of whether an
acquired set of activities and assets is not a business. The optional concentration test is met if substantially all
of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar
identifiable assets. If concentration test is met the acquired set of activities and assets is not a business.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the
date on which control is transferred to the Group.
Goodwill arises when the cost of acquisition exceeds the Group’s interest in the net fair value of identifiable
net assets acquired. The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as the fair value of the consideration
transferred; plus the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree less the net recognised
amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The consideration
transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are
generally recognised in profit or loss. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or
equity securities, that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
259
258
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment annually. For this purpose, goodwill arising on a 
business combination is allocated to the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the acquisition and any 
impairment loss recognised is not reversed even where circumstances indicate a recovery in value.
When the Group’s share in the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the cost of acquisition, the 
difference is recognised immediately in the statement of income.
In respect of associates or joint ventures, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount 
of the interest in the associate and joint venture and the investment as a whole is tested for impairment 
whenever there is objective evidence of impairment. Any impairment loss is allocated to the carrying amount 
of the interest in the associate and joint venture.
(ii)
Research and development
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical
knowledge and understanding, is recognised in profit or loss when incurred.
Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products
and processes. Development expenditure is capitalised only if development costs can be measured reliably, the
product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the
Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. The
expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour and overhead costs that are directly
attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use and capitalised borrowing costs. Other development
expenditure is recognised in profit or loss when incurred.
Capitalised development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated
impairment losses.
(iii)
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group, which have finite useful lives, are measured at cost less
accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
(iv)
Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the
specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill
and brands, is recognised in profit or loss when incurred.
(v)
Amortisation
Amortisation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible
assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful lives are as
follows:

Software
5 years;

Other intangible assets
2-8 years.
The amortisation method, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted 
if appropriate.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(b)
Disclosure
USD million
Goodwill
Other intangible 
assets
Total
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2023
2,669
653
3,322
Additions
6
37
43
Disposals
−
(8)
(8)
Foreign currency translation
(292)
(33)
(325)
Balance at 31 December 2023
2,383
649
3,032
Additions
−
49
49
Disposals
(10)
(13)
(23)
Foreign currency translation
(114)
(16)
(130)
Balance at 31 December 2024
2,259
669
2,928
Amortisation and impairment losses
Balance at 1 January 2023
(449)
(456)
(905)
Amortisation charge
−
(22)
(22)
(Impairment)/reversal of impairment
(48)
3
(45)
Disposals
−
7
7
Foreign currency translation
−
19
19
Balance at 31 December 2023
(497)
(449)
(946)
Amortisation charge
−
(30)
(30)
(Impairment)/reversal of impairment
(51)
1
(50)
Disposals
−
9
9
Foreign currency translation
−
10
10
Balance at 31 December 2024
(548)
(459)
(1,007)
Net book value
At 1 January 2023
2,220
197
2,417
At 31 December 2023
1,886
200
2,086
At 31 December 2024
1,711
210
1,921
(c)
Amortisation charge
The amortisation charge is included in cost of sales and administrative expenses in consolidated statement of
profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
(d)
Impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to following CGUs listed below. These units
represent the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to each business, and the related impairment losses
recognised, are as follows:
Allocated 
goodwill
Accumulated 
impairment 
loss
Allocated 
goodwill
Accumulated 
impairment 
loss
USD million
2024
2024
2023
2023
Aluminium Group of CGUs (Metals)
2,014
(548)
2,156
(497)
Angara HPPs (Power)
245
−
227
−
2,259
(548)
2,383
(497)
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
261
260
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Metals
The Aluminium Group of CGUs represents the lowest level within Metals segment at which goodwill is 
monitored for internal management purposes. The recoverable amount represents value in use as determined 
by discounting the future cash flows generated from the continuing use of the plants within UC RUSAL’s
aluminium segment. Management performs impairment testing of goodwill annually at 31 December of the 
respective calendar year.
Similar considerations to those described above in respect of assessing the recoverable amount of property, 
plant and equipment apply to goodwill.
At 31 December 2024, management analysed changes in the economic environment and developments in the 
aluminium industry and the Group’s operations since 31 December 2023 and performed an impairment test 
for goodwill at 31 December 2024 using the following assumptions to determine the recoverable amount of 
the Aluminium Group of CGUs:

Total production was estimated based on average sustainable production levels of 3.8 million metric
tonnes of primary aluminium, of 5.5 million metric tonnes of alumina and of 19 million metric tonnes
of bauxite. Bauxite and alumina will be used primarily internally for production of primary aluminium;

The aluminium and alumina prices were based on the long-term aluminium and alumina price outlook
derived from available industry and market sources and were as follows:
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
Aluminium sales prices, based on the long-term 
aluminium price outlook, USD per tonne
2,566
2,583
2,586
2,620
2,657
Alumina sales prices, based on the long-term 
alumina price outlook, USD per tonne
530
418
409
415
430
Nominal foreign currency exchange rates, 
RUB per 1 USD
102.52
106.36
109.26
114.04
117.90
Inflation in RUB
10.38%
8.91%
7.46%
6.46%
5.46%
Inflation in USD
2.41%
2.36%
2.39%
2.0%
2.0%

Operating costs were projected based on the historical performance adjusted for inflation. Nominal
foreign currency exchange rates applied to convert operating costs of the Group denominated in RUB
into USD and inflation in RUB and USD assumed in determining recoverable amounts were as above;

The pre-tax discount rate was estimated in nominal terms based on the weighted average cost of capital
basis and was 21.72%;

A terminal value was derived following the forecast period assuming a 2.0% annual growth rate.
Values assigned to key assumptions and estimates used to measure the units’ recoverable amount were based 
on external sources of information and historic data. Management believes that the values assigned to the key 
assumptions and estimates represented the most realistic assessment of future trends. The results were 
particularly sensitive to the following key assumptions:

A 5% reduction in the projected aluminium and alumina price levels would result in a decrease in the
recoverable amount by 13% but would not lead to an impairment;

A 5% increase in the projected level of electricity costs in the aluminium production would have resulted
in a 5% decrease in the recoverable amount but would not lead to an impairment;

A 1% increase in the discount rate would have resulted in a 6% decrease in the recoverable amount but
would not lead to an impairment.
Based on results of impairment testing of goodwill, management concluded that no impairment regarding 
Aluminium Group of CGUs should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements as at 31 December 
2024.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
At 31 December 2023, management analysed changes in the economic environment and developments in the 
aluminium industry and the Group’s operations since 31 December 2022 and performed an impairment test 
for goodwill at 31 December 2023 using the following assumptions to determine the recoverable amount of 
the Aluminium Group of CGUs:

Total production was estimated based on average sustainable production levels of 4.0 million metric
tonnes of primary aluminium, of 5.6 million metric tonnes of alumina and of 16.2 million metric tonnes
of bauxite. Bauxite and alumina will be used primarily internally for production of primary aluminium;

The aluminium and alumina prices were based on the long-term aluminium and alumina price outlook
derived from available industry and market sources and were as follows:
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Aluminium sales prices, based on the long-term 
aluminium price outlook, USD per tonne
2,283
2,434
2,538
2,575
2,529
Alumina sales prices, based on the long-term 
alumina price outlook, USD per tonne
343
345
353
364
370
Nominal foreign currency exchange rates, 
RUB per 1USD
91.12
92.36
93.98
94.56
95.14
Inflation in RUB
7.0%
5.3%
4.7%
4.2%
4.0%
Inflation in USD
2.8%
2.3%
2.3%
2.0%
2.0%

Operating costs were projected based on the historical performance adjusted for inflation. Nominal
foreign currency exchange rates applied to convert operating costs of the Group denominated in RUB
into USD and inflation in RUB and USD assumed in determining recoverable amounts were as above;

The pre-tax discount rate was estimated in nominal terms based on the weighted average cost of capital
basis and was 20.28%;

A terminal value was derived following the forecast period assuming a 2.0% annual growth rate.
Values assigned to key assumptions and estimates used to measure the units’ recoverable amount were based 
on external sources of information and historic data. Management believes that the values assigned to the key 
assumptions and estimates represented the most realistic assessment of future trends. The results were 
particularly sensitive to the following key assumptions:

A 5% reduction in the projected aluminium and alumina price levels would result in a decrease in the
recoverable amount by 18% but would not lead to an impairment;

A 5% increase in the projected level of electricity costs in the aluminium production would have resulted
in a 8% decrease in the recoverable amount but would not lead to an impairment;

A 1% increase in the discount rate would have resulted in a 8% decrease in the recoverable amount but
would not lead to an impairment.
Based on results of impairment testing of goodwill, management concluded that no impairment regarding 
Aluminium Group of CGUs should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements as at 31 December 
2023.
Power
At Power segment goodwill primarily resulted from the acquisition of Angara HPPs. For the purposes of 
impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the Angara HPPs CGU. It represents the lowest level within the 
Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
Management performs impairment testing of goodwill annually at 31 December of the respective calendar year.
The recoverable amount of Angara HPPs in 2024 and 2023 was determined by reference to their value in use 
derived by discounting of the future cash flows generated from continuing use of production facilities.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
263
262
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The following key assumptions were used to determine the recoverable amount of the Angara HPPs 
cash-generating unit at 31 December 2024:

The sales volumes were projected based on the approved budgets for 2025. In particular, the sales volumes
of electricity in 2025 were planned at the level of 56 million MWh with a decline by 11% till 2034;

Sales prices were based on the long-term price outlook derived from the available industry and market
sources. The prices for electricity were estimated at the levels of USD 0.7-13.2 (RUB 69-1,339) per
MWh depending on market segment in 2025 and increased by 64-78% respectively till 2034. Operating
costs were projected based on the historical performance and the anticipated increase during the
projected period was in line with inflation;

The pre-tax discount rate was estimated in nominal terms based on the weighted average cost of capital
amounted to 13.9%-24.5%;

A terminal value was derived following the forecast period assuming a 4% annual growth rate.
The following key assumptions were used to determine the recoverable amount of the Angara HPPs 
cash-generating unit at 31 December 2023:

The sales volumes were projected based on the approved budgets for 2024. In particular, the sales volumes
of electricity in 2024 were planned at the level of 58 million MWh with a decline by 15% till 2033;

Sales prices were based on the long-term price outlook derived from the available industry and market
sources. The prices for electricity were estimated at the levels of USD 0.6-12.0 (RUB 57-1,526) per
MWh depending on market segment in 2024 and increased by 43-56% respectively till 2033. Operating
costs were projected based on the historical performance and the anticipated increase during the
projected period was in line with inflation;

The pre-tax discount rate was estimated in nominal terms based on the weighted average cost of capital
amounted to 15.6%-20.4%;

A terminal value was derived following the forecast period assuming a 4% annual growth rate.
Reasonable possible changes in key assumptions did not lead to an impairment in either 2024 or 2023.
13.
Interests in associates and joint ventures
An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over its
management, including participation in the financial and operating policy decisions.
A joint venture is an arrangement whereby the Group and other parties contractually agree to share control of
the arrangement and have rights to the net assets of the arrangement.
An investment in an associate or a joint venture is accounted for in the consolidated financial statements under
the equity method, unless it is classified as held for sale (or included in a disposal group that is classified as
held for sale). Under the equity method, the investment is initially recorded at cost, adjusted for any excess of
the Group’s share of the acquisition-date fair values of the investee’s identifiable net assets over the cost of the
investment (if any). Thereafter, the investment is adjusted for the post acquisition change in the Group’s share
of the investee’s net assets and any impairment losses relating to the investment. Any acquisition-date excess
over cost, the Group’s share of the post-acquisition, post-tax results of the investees and any impairment losses
for the year are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
within profit or loss, whereas the Group’s share of the post-acquisition post-tax items of the investees’ other
comprehensive income is recognised in the other comprehensive income, the Group’s share of the post-
acquisition results recorded directly in the statement of changes in equity is recognized in the consolidated
statement of changes in equity as the share of other changes in equity of associate.
When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in the associate or the joint venture, the Group’s interest
is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has
incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Unrealised profits and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and its associates and joint venture 
are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee, except where unrealised losses provide 
evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred, in which case they are recognised immediately in profit or 
loss.
If an investment in an associate becomes an investment in a joint venture or vice versa, retained interest is not 
remeasured. Instead, the investment continues to be accounted for under the equity method.
In all other cases, when the Group ceases to have significant influence over an associate or joint control over 
a joint venture, it is accounted for as a disposal of the entire interest in that investee, with a resulting gain or 
loss being recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in that former investee at the date when significant 
influence or joint control is lost is recognised at fair value and this amount is regarded as the fair value on 
initial recognition of a financial asset.
An impairment loss in respect of an investment in an associate or joint venture is calculated as the difference 
between its carrying amount after application of the equity method of accounting and its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount of such investment is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less cost to sell. 
In determining the value in use of the investment the Group estimates: (a) its share of the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the investee, including the cash flows from the 
operations of the investee and the proceeds on the ultimate disposal of the investment; or (b) the present value 
of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the dividends to be received from the investee and 
from its ultimate disposal depending on which available information with respect to each investee is more 
reliable. An impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently
increases and the resulting carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, after application of the equity method, had no impairment loss previously been recognised.
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Investments 
in joint 
ventures
Investments 
in associates
Total
Investments 
in joint 
ventures
Investments 
in associates
Total
Balance at the beginning of the year
871
3,671
4,542
908
4,286
5,194
Acquisition of Hebei Wenfeng New 
Materials Co., Ltd
316
−
316
−
−
−
Group’s share of profits
216
347
563
123
629
752
Contribution to a joint venture
22
−
22
5
−
5
Dividends 
(34)
−
(34)
−
(398)
(398)
Foreign currency translation
(98)
(402)
(500)
(165)
(846)
(1,011)
Unrealised loss
(3)
−
(3)
−
−
−
Balance at the end of the year
1,290
3,616
4,906
871
3,671
4,542
Goodwill included in interests in 
associates/joint ventures 
84
1,801
1,885
−
1,982
1,982
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
265
264
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The following list contains only the particulars of associates and joint ventures, all of which are corporate 
entities, which principally affected the results or assets of the Group.
Name of associate / joint 
venture
Place of 
incorporation 
and operation
Particulars of 
issued 
and paid up capital
Proportion of 
ownership interest
Principal 
activity
Group’s 
effective 
interest*
Group’s 
nominal 
interest
PJSC MMC 
Norilsk Nickel
Russian 
Federation
15,286,339,700 
shares, 
RUB 1 par value
15.01%
26.39%
Nickel and other 
metals production
Queensland Alumina Limited
Australia
2,212,000 shares, 
AUD 2 par value
11.38%
20%
Production of 
alumina under a 
tolling agreement
BEMO project
Cyprus, 
Russian
Federation
BOGES Limited and 
BALP Limited –
10,000 shares 
EUR 1.71 each
28.44%
50%
Power / 
aluminium 
production
Hebei Wenfeng New Materials 
Co., Ltd
China
Total registered share 
capital of RMB 
5,521,000,000
17.06%
30%
Alumina 
production
*
Interest attributable to the shareholders of the Parent Company.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The summary of the consolidated financial statements of associates and joint ventures for the year ended 31 December 2024 is presented below:
Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities
Net assets
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
PJSC MMC Norilsk Nickel 
5,788
16,325
1,806
6,845
(2,416)
(9,154)
(1,562)
(5,919)
3,616
8,097
Queensland Alumina Limited 
177
650
29
143
(70)
(312)
(136)
(684)
−
(203)
BEMO project 
1,177
2,240
321
662
(638)
(1,277)
(208)
(417)
652
1,208
Hebei Wenfeng New Materials Co., Ltd
451
1,220
297
990
(225)
(751)
(89)
(296)
434
1,163
Other associates and joint ventures
244
561
133
296
(33)
(68)
(137)
(270)
207
519
Revenue
Profit/(loss) from 
continuing operations
Other comprehensive 
(loss)/income
Total comprehensive 
(loss)/income
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
PJSC MMC Norilsk Nickel 
3,308
12,535
347
1,815
(402)
(1,020)
(55)
795
Queensland Alumina Limited 
120
601
−
(250)
−
11
−
(239)
BEMO project 
500
1
93
240
(85)
(171)
8
69
Hebei Wenfeng New Materials Co., Ltd
577
2,441
138
558
2
(15)
140
543
Other associates and joint ventures
287
814
(15)
(10)
(15)
(25)
(30)
(35)
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The summary of the consolidated financial statements of associates and joint ventures for the year ended 31 December 2023 is presented below
Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Net assets
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
PJSC MMC Norilsk Nickel 
5,952
16,238
1,938
7,342
(1,888)
(7,154)
(2,331)
(8,831)
3,671
7,595
Queensland Alumina Limited 
189
971
29
146
(80)
(388)
(138)
(693)
−
36
BEMO project 
1,228
2,287
158
304
(676)
(1,352)
(50)
(101)
660
1,138
Other associates and joint ventures
256
597
141
328
(100)
(202)
(86)
(175)
211
548
Revenue
Profit/(loss) from 
continuing operations
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive 
(loss)/income
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
Group 
share
100%
PJSC MMC Norilsk Nickel 
3,803
14,409
629
2,870
(846)
(1,856)
(217)
1,014
Queensland Alumina Limited 
118
592
–
(20)
−
−
−
(20)
BEMO project 
516
1,031
93
193
(162)
(324)
(69)
(131)
Other associates and joint ventures
292
836
30
82
(3)
(3)
27
79
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
267
266
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(a)
PJSC MMC Norilsk Nickel
The Group’s investment in Norilsk Nickel is accounted for using equity method and the carrying value as at
31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 amounted USD 3,616 million and USD 3,671 million, respectively.
The Group’s share of profit of Norilsk Nickel was USD 347 million, the foreign currency translation loss
was USD 402 million for the year ended 31 December 2024.
The Group’s share of profit of Norilsk Nickel was USD 629 million, the foreign currency translation loss
was USD 846 million for the year ended 31 December 2023.
The fair value of the investment amounted USD 4,585 million and USD 7,273 million as at
31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, respectively, and is determined by multiplying the quoted bid
price per share on the Moscow Exchange on the year-end date by the number of shares held by the Group.
(b)
Queensland Alumina Limited
The carrying value of the Group’s investment in Queensland Alumina Limited as at both 31 December 2024
and 31 December 2023 amounted to USD nil million. At 31 December 2024 management has not identified
any impairment reversal indicators relating to the Group’s investment in QAL and as a result no detailed
impairment testing was performed in relation to this investment.
(c)
BEMO project
The carrying value of the Group’s investment in BEMO project as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December
2023 amounted USD 652 million and USD 660 million, respectively.
For the purposes of impairment testing, the BEMO project was separated into two cash generating units –
the Boguchansky Aluminium Smelter (“BoAZ”) and the Boguchansky Hydro Power Plant (“BoGES”). The
recoverable amount was determined by discounting the expected future net cash flows of each cash
generating unit.
At 31 December 2024 management has not identified any impairment indicators relating to the Group’s
investment in BoGES as well as any impairment reversal indicators relating to investments in BoAZ and as
a result no detailed impairment testing was performed in relation to this investment.
At 31 December 2024, accumulated losses of USD 43 million (2023: USD 57 million) related to BoAZ have
not been recognised because the Group’s investment has already been fully written down to USD nil million.
Summary of the additional financial information of the Group’s effective interest in BEMO project for the
year ended 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 is presented below (all in USD million):
31 December 
2024
31 December 
2023
USD million
USD million
Cash and cash equivalents
69
43
Current financial liabilities
(2)
(1)
Non-current financial liabilities
(509)
(548)
Depreciation and amortisation
(44)
(54)
Interest income
7
3
Income tax expense 
(24)
(29)
(d)
Hebei Wenfeng New Materials Co., Ltd (“HWNM”)
In October 2023 Metals segment entered into a share-purchase agreement to acquire 30% interest in the share
capital of Hebei Wenfeng New Materials Co., Ltd. – the alumina production plant, located in China. All
rights attached to the interest acquired were transferred to the Group in April 2024, therefore the Group
recognized the investment in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024. The
initial consideration paid comprised USD 264 million and was further adjusted to USD 316 million in
accordance with the certain conditions of the share purchase agreement.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The Group finalized the valuation process of the fair value of the Group’s share in the investment’s net assets 
as of the date of acquisition of the investment, which amounted to USD 238 million. Accordingly, the 
goodwill which arose on the acquisition of the investment amounted to USD 78 million and was included in 
the carrying amount of the investment in HWNM in accordance with IAS 28 Investments in Associates and 
Joint Ventures.
Most significant decisions on relevant activities of the investment shall be made by resolution approved 
unanimously by all Board members or all shareholders. Accordingly, the Group concluded that it has joint 
control over the HWNM. Based on analysis of the relevant facts the management of the Group concluded 
that, in substance, the arrangement gives the investors rights to its net assets. Therefore it has determined that 
the Group’s investment in HWNM should be accounted for as a joint venture rather than a joint operation. 
Simultaneously, the Group entered into several put and call option agreements with the seller of the 
investment with the aim to protect the Group’s or the seller’s interests in the investment. Mostly, exercise of 
these options are subject to occurrence of specific corporate events, which are not under the Group’s control 
and are hard to predict. These options did not affect the classification of the investment as a joint venture. 
14.
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
The cost of inventories is determined under the weighted average cost method, and includes expenditure
incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing
them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in progress,
cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated cost
of completion and selling expenses.
Production costs include mining and concentrating costs, smelting, treatment and refining costs, other cash
costs and depreciation and amortisation of operating assets.
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Raw materials and consumables
1,054
1,404
Work in progress
860
779
Finished goods and goods for resale
2,544
1,392
4,458
3,575
Inventories at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable 
value.
There were no inventories pledged as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023.
15.
Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in securities, trade and other receivables
(excluding prepayments and tax assets), cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings and trade and other
payables (excluding advances received and tax liabilities).
Non-derivative financial instruments, except for trade and other receivables, are recognised initially at fair value
plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Trade and other receivables are recognised at transaction price.
A financial instrument is recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the
instrument. Financial assets are derecognised if the Group’s contractual rights to the cash flows from the
financial assets expire or if the Group transfers the financial asset to another party without retaining control
or substantially all risks and rewards of the asset. Financial liabilities are derecognised if the Group’s
obligations specified in the contract expire or are discharged or cancelled.
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments sets out requirements for recognising and measuring financial assets, financial
liabilities and some contracts to buy or sell non-financial items. The details of significant accounting policies
are set out below.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
269
268
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
IFRS 9 specifies three principal classification categories for financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair 
value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) and fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). The 
classification of financial assets under IFRS 9 is generally based on the business model in which a financial 
asset is managed and its contractual cash flow characteristics. Under IFRS 9, derivatives embedded in 
contracts where the host is a financial asset in the scope of the standard are never bifurcated. Instead, the 
hybrid financial instrument as a whole is assessed for classification.
The Group’s financial assets mostly fall within the category of financial assets measured at amortised cost. 
The only exception is derivative financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss and cash flow 
hedges accounted through other comprehensive income (note 19) and other investments measured at fair 
value through profit or loss (note 15(h)). The Group’s financial liabilities fall within category of financial 
liabilities measured at amortised cost
(a)
Impairment of trade receivables
Under IFRS 9, loss allowances (expected credit losses – “ECL”) are measured on either of the following bases:

12-month ECLs: these are ECLs that result from possible default events within the 12 months after
the reporting date; and

lifetime ECLs: these are ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of
a financial instrument.
The Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs, except for bank balances for which 
credit risk (i.e. the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument) has not 
increased significantly since initial recognition. The Group measures loss allowances for trade receivables at 
an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.
When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial 
recognition and when estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is 
relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative 
information and analysis, based on the Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment and 
including forward-looking information. 
The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 
30 days past due for Metals segment and more than 90 days past due for Power segment.
The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when: 

The borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the
Group to actions such as realising security (if any is held); or

The financial asset is more than 90 days past due for Metals segment and more than 180 days past due
for Power segment, but additional analysis is conducted for each such receivable and assessment is
updated accordingly.
The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the 
Group is exposed to credit risk.
ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of 
all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract 
and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive). ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of 
the financial asset in case of long-term assets. 
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit-
impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on 
the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. 
Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount 
of the assets. Impairment losses related to trade and other receivables are presented as part of net other 
operating expenses. 
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The following analysis provides further detail about the calculation of ECLs related to trade receivables. 
The Group uses an allowance matrix to measure the ECLs of trade receivables from the customers. Loss rates 
are calculated using a ‘roll rate’ method based on the probability of a receivable progressing through 
successive stages of delinquency to write-off. The ECLs were calculated based on actual credit loss 
experience over the past two years. The Group performed the calculation of ECL rates separately for the 
customers of each key trading company of the Group. Exposures within each trading company were not 
further segmented except for individually significant customers which bear specific credit risk depending on 
the repayment history of the customer and relationship with the Group. 
Metals
The following table provides information about determined ECLs rates for trade receivables both as at 
31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024.
Weighted-average loss rate
31 December
2024
31 December
2023
Credit-
impaired
Current (not past due) 
4%
1%
No
1-30 days past due
25%
21%
No
31-60 days past due
68%
73%
No
61-90 days past due
59%
93%
No
More than 90 days past due
66%
47%
Yes
Power
The following table provides information about determined ECLs rates for trade receivables both as at 31 
December 2023 and 31 December 2024.
Weighted-average loss rate
31 December 
2024
31 December
2023
Credit-
impaired
Current (not past due) 
1%
1%
No
1-90 days past due
1%
1%
No
90-180 days past due
30%
30%
No
More than 180 days past due
100%
100%
Yes
Fluctuations reflect differences between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data 
has been collected, current conditions and the Group’s view of economic conditions over the expected lives 
of the receivables. Impairment losses in respect of trade receivables are recorded using an allowance account 
unless the Group is satisfied that recovery of the amount is remote, in which case the impairment loss is 
written off against trade receivables directly.
(b)
Trade and other receivables
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Trade receivables from third parties 
1,143
1,127
Trade receivables from related parties, including
381
45
Related parties – companies capable of exerting significant influence
25
33
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
356
12
Other receivables from third parties
234
192
Other receivables from related parties, including
1
−
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
1
−
Dividends receivable from related parties
29
412
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
29
412
Other current assets
40
27
1,828
1,803
Impairment of receivables
(105)
(80)
1,723
1,723
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
271
270
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(i)
Ageing analysis
Included in trade and other receivables are trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful debts) with the
following ageing analysis as of the statement of financial position dates:
Metals
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Current
1,146
804
Past due 1-30 days
9
29
Past due 31-60 days
1
1
Past due 61-90 days
1
−
Past due over 90 days
44
65
Amounts past due
55
95
1,201
899
Power
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Current
184
175
Past due 1-30 days
17
12
Past due 31-60 days
9
5
Past due 61-90 days
5
2
Past due 91-180 days
11
5
Past due over 180 days
1
1
Amounts past due
43
25
227
200
Trade receivables are on average due within 90 days from the date of billing. The receivables that are neither 
past due nor impaired (i.e. current) relate to a wide range of customers for whom there was no recent history 
of default.
Further details of the Group’s credit policy are set out in note 20(e).
(c)
Prepayments and VAT recoverable
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
VAT recoverable
539
397
Advances paid to third parties
246
214
Advances paid to related parties, including
133
87
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
133
87
Other taxes receivable
23
30
941
728
Impairment of prepayments and VAT recoverable
(138)
(135)
803
593
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(d)
Trade and other payables
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Accounts payable to third parties
1,125
867
Accounts payable to related parties, including
270
161
Related parties – companies capable of exerting significant influence
5
7
Related parties – associates and joint ventures
265
154
Other payables and accrued liabilities
300
288
Dividends payable
5
5
Income tax payable
61
48
1,761
1,369
All of the trade and other payables are expected to be settled within one year or are repayable on demand.
(e)
Advances received
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Advances received from third parties
544
339
544
339
Advances received represent contract liabilities to perform obligations under contracts with customers. 
Advances received are short-term and revenue in respect of the contract liabilities recognized as at the 
reporting date is fully recognized during next twelve months.
(f)
Cash and cash equivalents
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Bank balances, CNY
849
792
Bank balances, RUB
312
617
Bank balances, AED
122
−
Bank balances, EUR
52
163
Bank balances, USD
40
166
Bank balances, other currencies
32
30
Cash in transit
56
−
Short-term bank deposits, USD
163
349
Short-term bank deposits, RUB
216
106
Short-term bank deposits, EUR
32
103
Short-term bank deposits, CNY
6
13
Other cash equivalents
1
6
Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement 
of cash flows
1,881
2,345
Restricted cash
2
2
Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement 
of financial position
1,883
2,347
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
273
272
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(g)
Other non-current assets
31 December
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Long-term deposits
123
124
Prepayment for a joint venture acquisition (note 13)
−
13
Other non-current assets
140
166
263
303
(h)
Investments in equity securities measured at fair value through profit and loss
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the Group’s effective interest in RusHydro shares was
9.73% (nominal 9.64%). Investment is treated as equity securities measured at fair value through profit and
loss. There were no acquisitions/disposals of the equity securities of RusHydro during 2024.
Fair value is estimated in accordance with Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The market value was
determined by multiplying the quoted bid price per share on the Moscow Exchange on reporting date by the
number of shares held by the Group.
16.
Equity
(a)
Share capital, additional paid-in capital and transactions with shareholders
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the Parent Company’s share capital is divided into 638,848,896
ordinary shares with a nominal value of USD 0.00007 each. The Parent Company may also issue
75,436,818.286 ordinary shares.
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 all issued ordinary shares were fully paid.
Change in effective interest in subsidiaries
In 2023 the Group acquired part of the non-controlling interest in certain Group subsidiaries for the total
consideration of USD 3 million.
(b)
Other reserves
Other reserves represents the cost of Parent Company’s shares owned by the special financial organisation
(under IFRS due to specific provisions of the contracts shares disposed in 2023 were not derecognised by the
Group), the cumulative unrealised actuarial gains and losses on the Group’s defined post-retirement benefit
plans, the effective portion of the accumulated net change in fair value of cash flow hedges and the Group’s
share of other comprehensive income of associates.
(c)
Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of
the consolidated financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures. The reserve is
dealt with in accordance with the accounting policies set out in note 3(b).
(d)
Dividends
During the years ended 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the Parent Company did not declare and
pay dividends.
The Parent Company may distribute dividends from retained earnings and profit for the reporting period in
compliance with the current legislation of the Russian Federation and the provisions of its Charter.
(e)
Revaluation reserve
The revaluation reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of hydro assets at the reporting
date and is dealt with in accordance with the accounting policies set out in note 11(a)(i).
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
An independent valuation analysis of hydro assets was carried out as at 31 December 2024, the fair value of 
hydro assets was estimated at USD 3,155 million (note 11(e)). Additionally as at 31 December the Group 
accrued deferred tax liabilities on revaluation of hydro assets to account for the increase in the income tax 
rate from 1 January 2025 (note 10(a)). As a result of these changes, the Group recognised an additional
revaluation reserve in the amount of USD 145 million net of tax.
(f)
Non-controlling interests
USD million
UC RUSAL
Other 
subsidiaries
Total
UC RUSAL
Other 
subsidiaries
Total
2024
2024
2024
2023
2023
2023
Carrying amount of NCI
4,628
110
4,738
4,541
119
4,660
Profit/(loss) attributable to NCI
346
6
352
122
(2)
120
Other comprehensive loss 
attributable to NCI
(260)
(14)
(274)
(679)
(34)
(713)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
86
(8)
78
(557)
(36)
(593)
The following table summarises the information relating to the UC RUSAL which has material non-
controlling interest:
USD million
UC RUSAL
UC RUSAL
2024
2023
NCI percentage
43.1%
43.1%
Assets
21,717
20,980
Liabilities
(10,985)
(10,448)
Net assets
10,732
10,532
Carrying amount of NCI
4,628
4,541
Revenue
12,082
12,213
Profit
803
282
Other comprehensive loss
(603)
(1,575)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
200
(1,293)
Profit attributable to NCI
346
122
Other comprehensive loss attributable to NCI
(260)
(679)
Cash flows from operating activities
483
1,760
Cash flows used in investing activities
(1,078)
(1,030)
Cash flows from/(used in) financing activities
113
(1,747)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(482)
(1,017)
17.
Loans and borrowings
This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s loans and borrowings.
For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risk refer to
notes 20(c)(ii) and 20(c)(iii), respectively.
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Non-current liabilities
Secured bank loans
2,434
3,366
Unsecured bank loans
1,067
1,499
Unsecured company loans from related parties
36
−
Bonds
1,446
3,612
4,983
8,477
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
275
274
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Current liabilities 
Current portion of secured bank loans
304
957
Current portion of unsecured bank loans
19
8
Current portion of bonds
3,123
615
3,446
1,580
Secured bank loans
527
367
Unsecured bank loans
1,592
500
Unsecured company loans from related parties
69
−
Interest payable
147
140
2,335
1,007
5,781
2,587
(a)
Loans and borrowings
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Non-current liabilities
Secured bank loans
Variable
RUB – CBR + 1.50%
935
1,235
RUB – CBR + 2.00%
−
280
RUB – CBR + 2.20%
72
−
RUB – CBR + 3.15%
214
148
RUB – CBR + 5.95%
118
−
RUB – 30%CBR + 2.35%
7
−
Fixed
CNY – fixed at 4.75%
1,042
1,662
RUB – fixed at 3.00%
46
41
2,434
3,366
Unsecured bank loans
Variable
RUB – CBR + 1.8%
−
155
RUB – CBR + 1.85%
27
−
RUB – CBR + 1.95%-2.25%
24
79
RUB – CBR + 2.45%
492
−
RUB – CBR + 3.00%
91
48
RUB – CBR + 3.15%
29
−
EUR – 6M Euribor + 0.45%-0.67%
20
28
CNY – LPR1Y +1.60%
−
354
CNY – LPR1Y +3.1%
333
−
Fixed
RUB – fixed at 3.00%
7
11
CNY – fixed at 3.75%
−
774
CNY – fixed at 4.70%
40
50
RUB – other
4
−
1,067
1,499
Unsecured company loans from related parties
RUB/KZT – other
36
−
Bonds
1,446
3,612
4,983
8,477
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Current liabilities
Current portion of secured bank loans
Variable
RUB – CBR + 1.50% 
257
381
RUB – CBR + 2.20% 
26
−
RUB – CBR + 3.15%
4
16
RUB – CBR + 5.95%
15
−
RUB – 30% CBR + 2.35%
1
−
Fixed
CNY – fixed at 4.75%
−
553
RUB – fixed at 3.00%
1
7
304
957
Current portion of unsecured bank loans
Variable
RUB – CBR + 3.00%
6
−
EUR – 6M Euribor + 0.45-0.67%
6
7
Fixed
RUB – other
−
1
CNY – 4.7%
7
−
19
8
Secured bank loans
Variable
USD – Term SOFR + Spread + 2.10%
1
339
USD – Term SOFR + Spread + 1.70%
−
25
Fixed
RUB – fixed at 3.00%
4
3
CNY – fixed at 4.75%
522
−
527
367
Unsecured bank loans
Variable
RUB – CBR + 1.50%-1.98%
302
69
RUB – CBR + 2.00%-2.50%
403
53
RUB – CBR + 4%-6%
1
−
CNY – LPR1Y +2.75%
−
374
Fixed
RUB – fixed at 18.75%
−
4
CNY – fixed at 5.25%
729
−
RUB – fixed at 13.15%
25
−
RUB – fixed at 7.95%
132
−
1,592
500
Unsecured company loans from related parties
RUB/KZT other
69
−
69
−
Interest payable
147
140
Bonds
3,123
615
5,458
1,622
5,781
2,587
The bank loans are secured as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 by the following:

Properties, plant and equipment – refer to note 11(d);

Shares of the Group companies as described below.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
277
276
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, most of the Group’s long-term loans, borrowings and bonds 
had covenants to be tested within twelve months after the reporting date. Such covenants include the 
requirement to maintain several financial ratios at a certain level. If there is a breach of financial ratios, the 
creditor has the right to demand immediate repayment of the entire loan, borrowing or bond. As at 31 
December 2024 and 31 December 2023, the Group was in compliance with its financial covenants under all 
such credit facility loans, borrowings and bonds.
The Group assesses as unlikely a breach of the covenants for the borrowings listed above within twelve 
months after the reporting date.
Metals
The nominal value of UC RUSAL’s loans and borrowings was USD 4,287 million at 31 December 2024
(31 December 2023: USD 4,447million).
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the secured bank loans are secured by certain pledges of 
shares of a number of UC RUSAL’s subsidiaries and 25% +1 share of Norilsk Nickel (Group’s associate).
Power
The nominal value of Power loans and borrowings was USD 1,879 million at 31 December 2024
(31 December 2023: USD 2,371 million).
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the secured bank loans are secured by certain pledges of 
shares of a number of Parent Company’s subsidiaries, including LLC EN+ Hydro (formerly 
ESE-Hydrogeneration) – 100% (2023: 100%), JSC Irkutskenergo – 77.42% (2023: 77.42%) and EN+ 
Generation – 50% + 1 share (2023: 50% + 1 share).
(b)
Bonds
As at 31 December 2024, the Group had outstanding bonds denominated in RUB, CNY, United Arab
Emirates Dirhams and eurobonds denominated in USD:
Metals
Type
Series
The number of 
bonds
Nominal 
value,
USD million
Nominal 
interest rate
Put-option 
date
Maturity 
date
Bond
BО-01
30,263
–
0.01%
–
07.04.2026
Bond
BО-001P-04
370,000
101
5.95%
–
05.09.2025
Eurobond
–
21,300
21
5.30%
–
03.05.2023
Eurobond
–
20,469
21
4.85%
–
01.02.2023
Bond
BО-05
467,750
62
8.50%
04.08.2025
28.07.2027
Bond
BО-06
117,940
16
8.50%
04.08.2025
28.07.2027
Bond
BО-001P-01
6,000,000
792
3.75%
–
24.04.2025
Bond
BО-001P-02
1,000,000
132
3.95%
–
23.12.2025
Bond
BО-001P-03
3,000,000
396
LPR1Y + 0.2%
–
24.12.2025
Bond
001PC-01
2,379,660
314
3.75%
–
07.03.2025
Bond
001PC-02
2,352,869
311
3.75%
–
07.03.2025
Bond
001PC-03
2,367,763
313
3.75%
–
07.03.2025
Bond
001PC-04
1,778,060
235
3.75%
–
07.03.2025
Bond
BО-001P-05
600,000
79
6.70%
–
08.05.2026
Bond
BО-001P-06
1,000,000
132
7.20%
–
05.08.2026
Bond
BО-001P-07
900,000
119
7.90%
–
09.10.2026
Bond
BО-001P-08
85,000
85
9.25%
–
01.08.2027
Bond
BО-001P-09
30,000,000
295
KeyRate + 2.20%
–
17.06.2027
Bond
BО-001P-10
10,000,000
98
KeyRate + 2.25%
–
06.03.2027
Bond
BО-001P-11
10,000,000
98
KeyRate + 2.50%
–
22.08.2029
On 7 February 2024 UC RUSAL placed on the Moscow Stock Exchange exchange-traded non documentary 
interest-bearing non-convertible bonds series BO-001P-06 in the total amount of CNY 1,000 million with a 
coupon – 7.20%. The maturity of the bonds is 2.5 years.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
On 12 April 2024 UC RUSAL placed on the Moscow Stock Exchange exchange-traded non documentary 
interest-bearing non-convertible bonds series BO-001P-07 in the total amount of CNY 900 million with a 
coupon – 7.90%. The maturity of the bonds is 2.5 years.
On 2 July 2024 UC RUSAL placed on the Moscow Stock Exchange exchange-traded non documentary 
interest-bearing non-convertible bonds series BO-001P-09 in the total amount of RUB 30 billion with a 
coupon – Key Rate + 2.2%. The maturity of the bonds is 3 years.
On 30 July 2024 UC RUSAL placed on the Moscow Stock Exchange exchange-traded non documentary 
interest-bearing non-convertible bonds series BO-001P-08 in the total amount of USD 85 million with a 
coupon – 9.25%. The maturity of the bonds is 3 years.
On 5 August 2024 UC RUSAL repurchased bonds series BO-05 nominated in Chinese yuan in the amount 
of CNY 1.5 billion. The balance in the amount of CNY 467,8 million is in the market, the coupon rate is 
8.5%, maturity – 1 year.
On 5 August 2024 UC RUSAL repurchased bonds series BO-06 nominated in Chinese yuan in the amount 
of CNY 1.8 billion. The balance in the amount of CNY 117.9 million is in the market, the coupon rate is 
8.5%, maturity – 1 year
On 17 September 2024 UC RUSAL placed on the Moscow Stock Exchange exchange-traded non
documentary interest-bearing non-convertible bonds series BO-001P-10 and BO-001P-11 in the total amount 
of RUB 10 billion with a coupon – Key Rate + 2.25% and in the total amount of RUB 10 billion with a 
coupon – Key Rate + 2.5%. The maturity of the bonds is 2.5 years and 5 years, respectively.
Power
Type
Series
The number of 
bonds 
Nominal 
value,
USD million
Nominal 
interest rate
Put-option 
date
Maturity 
date
Bond 
001PC-01
2,075,377
274
4.45%
−
22.12.2025
Bond
001PC-02
1,792,146
237
5.45%
−
27.03.2026
Bond
001PC-03
1,026,910
136
5.45%
−
22.05.2025
Bond
001PC-01
670,000
88
5.40%
−
06.05.2026
Bond
001PC-05
1,100,000
145
8.10%
−
17.11.2026
Bond
001PC-06
7,000,000
69
KeyRate + 5.00%
−
15.12.2026
On 21 May 2024 the Power segment company placed on the Moscow Stock Exchange exchange-traded 
non documentary interest-bearing non-convertible bonds series 001PC-05 in the total amount CNY 1,100
million with a coupon – 8.10% p.a. Maturity of the bonds is November 2026.
On 25 December 2024 the Power segment company placed on the Moscow Stock Exchange exchange-traded 
non documentary interest-bearing non-convertible bonds series 001PC-06 in the total amount RUB 7 billion
with a coupon – Key Rate + 5%. Maturity of the bonds is December 2026
As at 31 December 2024, the amount of accrued interest on the Group’s bonds was USD 26 million 
(31 December 2023: USD 25 million).
18.
Provisions
(a)
Accounting policy
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation
that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to
settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.
The unwinding of the discount is recognised as finance costs.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
279
278
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(i)
Site restoration
The mining, refining and smelting activities of the Group can give rise to obligations for site restoration and
rehabilitation. Restoration and rehabilitation works can include facility decommissioning and dismantling,
removal or treatment of waste materials, land rehabilitation, and site restoration. The extent of work required
and the associated costs are dependent on the requirements of law and the interpretations of the relevant
authorities.
Provisions for the cost of each restoration and rehabilitation program are recognised at the time that
environmental disturbance occurs. When the extent of disturbance increases over the life of an operation, the
provision is increased accordingly. Costs included in the provision encompass obligated and reasonably
estimable restoration and rehabilitation activities expected to occur progressively over the life of the
operation and at the time of closure in connection with disturbances at the reporting date.
Routine operating costs that may impact the ultimate restoration and rehabilitation activities, such as waste
material handling conducted as an integral part of a mining or production process, are not included in the
provision. Costs arising from unforeseen circumstances, such as the contamination caused by unplanned
discharges, are recognised as an expense and liability when the event gives rise to an obligation which is
probable and capable of reliable estimation.
Restoration and rehabilitation provisions are measured at the expected value of future cash flows, discounted
to their present value and determined according to the probability of alternative estimates of cash flows
occurring for each operation. Discount rates used are specific to the country in which the operation is located.
Significant judgements and estimates are involved in forming expectations of future activities and the amount
and timing of the associated cash flows. Those expectations are formed based on existing environmental and
regulatory requirements.
When provisions for restoration and rehabilitation are initially recognised, the corresponding cost is capitalised
as an asset, representing part of the cost of acquiring the future economic benefits of the operation. The
capitalised cost of restoration and rehabilitation activities is amortised over the estimated economic life of the
operation on a units of production or straight-line basis. The value of the provision is progressively increased
over time as the effect of discounting unwinds, creating an expense recognised as part of finance expenses.
Restoration and rehabilitation provisions are also adjusted for changes in estimates. Those adjustments are
accounted for as a change in the corresponding capitalised cost of the whole asset, to which the provision
relates, except where a reduction in the provision is greater than the unamortised capitalised cost, in which
case the capitalised cost is reduced to nil and the remaining adjustment is recognised in profit or loss. Changes
to the capitalised cost result in an adjustment to future amortisation charges. Adjustments to the estimated
amount and timing of future restoration and rehabilitation cash flows are a normal occurrence in light of the
significant judgements and estimates involved. Factors influencing those changes include revisions to
estimated reserves, resources and lives of operations; developments in technology; regulatory requirements
and environmental management strategies; changes in the estimated costs of anticipated activities, including
the effects of inflation and movements in foreign exchange rates; and movements in general interest rates
affecting the discount rate applied.
(ii)
Legal claim
In the normal course of business, the Group may be involved in legal proceedings. Where management
considers that it is more likely than not that proceedings will result in the Group compensating third parties,
a provision is recognised for the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid. Where management
considers that it is more likely than not that proceedings will not result in the Group compensating third
parties or where, in rare circumstances, it is not considered possible to provide a sufficiently reliable estimate
of the amount expected to be paid, no provision is made for any potential liability under the litigation but the
circumstances and uncertainties involved are disclosed as contingent liabilities. The assessment of the likely
outcome of legal proceedings and the amount of any potential liability involves significant judgement. As law
and regulations in many of the countries in which the Group operates are continuing to evolve, particularly
in the areas of taxation, sub-soil rights and protection of the environment, uncertainties regarding litigation
and regulation are greater than those typically found in countries with more developed legal and regulatory
frameworks.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(b)
Disclosure
USD million
Pension 
liabilities
Site 
restoration
Provisions for 
legal claims
Total
Balance at 1 January 2023
101
399
26
526
Provisions made during the year
11
−
3
14
Provisions reversed during the year
(5)
−
−
(5)
Actuarial gain
(8)
−
−
(8)
Provisions used during the year
(6)
−
(11)
(17)
Effect of the passage of time
−
14
−
14
Change in estimates
−
(3)
−
(3)
Translation difference
(17)
(26)
(3)
(46)
Balance at 31 December 2023
76
384
15
475
Non-current
69
282
−
351
Current
7
102
15
124
Provisions made during the year
11
−
33
44
Provisions reversed during the year
−
−
(4)
(4)
Actuarial loss
8
−
−
8
Provisions used during the year
(5)
(6)
(4)
(15)
Effect of the passage of time
−
1
−
1
Change in estimates
−
(38)
−
(38)
Translation difference
(11)
(19)
(3)
(33)
Balance at 31 December 2024
79
322
37
438
Non-current
70
235
−
305
Current
9
87
37
133
79
322
37
438
(c)
Pension liabilities
As at 31 December 2024, the pension liability is represented by Metals of USD 53 million (31 December
2023: USD 47 million) and Power of USD 26 million (31 December 2023: USD 29 million).
The provision for pensions mainly comprises lump sum payments at retirement by aluminium plants located
in Russia, and by electricity generating companies. The Group also provides pension benefits to eligible
participants at facilities located outside of the Russian Federation.
Group subsidiaries in the Russian Federation
The Group voluntarily provides long-term and post-employment benefits to its former and existing
employees including death-in-service, jubilee, lump sum upon retirement, material support for pensioners
and death-in-pension benefits. Furthermore, the Group provides regular social support payments to some of
its veterans of World War II.
The above employee benefit programs are of a defined benefit nature. The Group finances these programs
on a pay-as-you-go basis, so plan assets are equal to zero.
Group subsidiaries outside the Russian Federation
At its Guinean entities the Group provides a death-in-service benefit and lump-sum benefits upon disability
and old-age retirement.
At its Guyana subsidiary, the Group provides a death-in-service benefit.
At its Italian subsidiary (Eurallumina) the Group only provides lump sum benefits upon retirement, which
relate to service up to 1 January 2007.
In Sweden (Kubikenborg Aluminium AB), the Group provides defined benefit lifelong and temporary
pension benefits. The lifelong benefits are dependent on the past service and average salary level of the
employee, with an accrual rate that depends on the salary bracket the employee is in. The liability relates
only to benefits accrued before 1 January 2004.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
281
280
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Actuarial valuation of pension liabilities
Metals
The key actuarial assumptions (weighted average, weighted by DBO) are as follows:
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
% per annum
% per annum
Discount rate 
14.3
11.4
Future salary increases
14.2
8.5
Future pension increases
1.8
1.7
Staff turnover 
4.9
4.9
Mortality
USSR population table for 1985
USSR population table for 1985
Disability
70% Munich Re for Russia
70% Munich Re for Russia
Power
The principal assumptions used in determining pension obligations for the pension plans are shown below:
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
% per annum
% per annum
Discount rate 
15.0
11.8
Future salary increases
8.5
7.0
Pension and inflation rate increases
7.0
5.5
As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the Group’s obligations were fully uncovered as the Group
has only wholly unfunded plans.
(d)
Site restoration and environmental provisions
The Group provides for site restoration obligations when there is a specific legal or constructive obligation
for mine reclamation, landfill closure (primarily comprising red mud basin disposal sites) or specific lease
restoration requirements. The Group does not record any obligations with respect to decommissioning of its
refining or smelting facilities and restoration and rehabilitation of the surrounding areas unless there is a
specific plan to discontinue operations at a facility. This is because any significant costs in connection with
decommissioning of refining or smelting facilities and restoration and rehabilitation of the surrounding areas
would be incurred no earlier than when the facility is closed and the facilities are currently expected to operate
over a term in excess of 50-100 years due to the perpetual nature of the refineries and smelters and continuous
maintenance and upgrade programs resulting in the carrying values of any such liabilities being negligible.
The site restoration provision relates primarily to mine reclamation and red mud basin disposal sites at
alumina refineries and ash dumps removal at coal burning electricity and heat generation stations.
The principal assumptions used in determining site restoration provision are:
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Timing of cash outflows
2025: USD 88 million
2026-2030: USD 68 million
2031-2040: USD 126 million
after 2040: USD 400 million
2024: USD 102 million
2025-2029: USD 81 million
2030-2039: USD 116 million
after 2039: USD 418 million
Years required to fill the ash dumps
15.9
23.8
Discount rate for Coal CHPs CGU assets 
after adjusting for inflation
10.10
7.42
Risk free discount rate for Metals segment
after adjusting for inflation*
4.39
3.55
*
The risk free rate for the year 2023-2024 represents an effective rate, which comprises rates differentiated by years of obligation
settlement and by currencies in which the provisions were calculated.
At each reporting date management have assessed the provisions for site restoration and concluded that the 
provisions and disclosures are adequate.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(e)
Provisions for legal claims
The Group’s subsidiaries are subject to a variety of lawsuits and claims in the ordinary course of its business.
As at 31 December 2024, there were several claims filed against the Group’s subsidiaries contesting breaches
of contract terms and non-payment of existing obligations. Management has reviewed the circumstances and
estimated that the amount of probable outflow related to these claims should not exceed USD 37 million
(31 December 2023: USD 15 million).
At each reporting date management has assessed the provisions for litigation and claims and concluded that
the provisions and disclosures are adequate.
19.
Derivative financial assets and liabilities
Accounting policies
The Group enters, from time to time, into various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to
commodity price risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk.
Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are
recognised in the statement of income when incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are
measured at fair value.
The measurement of fair value of derivative financial instruments is based on quoted market prices. Where
no price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent
comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of
valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognised immediately in the statement of
profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
Disclosures
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
USD million
USD million
Derivative 
assets
Derivative 
liabilities
Derivative 
assets
Derivative 
liabilities
Forward contracts for aluminium 
and other instruments
27
–
32
–
Cross-currency interest SWAPs
–
(26)
–
–
Total
27
(26)
32
–
Non-current
–
–
13
–
Current
27
(26)
19
–
Derivative financial instruments are recorded at their fair value at each reporting date. Fair value is estimated 
in accordance with Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy based on management estimates and consensus 
economic forecasts of relevant future prices and interest rates, net of valuation allowances to accommodate 
liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates. The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers 
between levels of fair value hierarchy as at the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the 
transfer. The movement in the balance of Level 3 fair value measurements of derivatives is as follows:
31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Balance at the beginning of the year
32
168
Unrealised changes in fair value recognised in statement of profit 
or loss (finance expense) during the year (note 8)
61
(99)
Realised portion of electricity, coke and raw material contracts and 
cross currency swap
(92)
(37)
Balance at the end of the year
1
32
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
283
282
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
During the year 2024 there have been no changes in valuation techniques used to calculate the derivative 
financial instruments compared to prior year.
Management believes that the values assigned to the key assumptions and estimates represented the most 
realistic assessment of future trends. The results for the derivative instruments are not particularly sensitive 
to any factors other than the assumptions disclosed above. 
UC RUSAL sells products to various third parties at prices that are influenced by changes in London Metal 
Exchange aluminium prices and Shanghai Futures Exchange (SHFE) aluminium prices. From time to time 
UC RUSAL enters into forward sales and purchase contracts for a portion of its anticipated primary 
aluminium sales and purchases to reduce the risk of prices fluctuations on these sales and purchases. The 
results are accounted for as profit or loss from derivative financial instruments, and do not adjust with revenue
or purchases.
20.
Financial risk management and fair values
(a)
Fair values
The methods used to estimate the fair values of the financial instruments are as follows:
Trade and other receivables, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents, current loans and
borrowings and trade and other payables: the carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the
short maturity period of the instruments.
Investments in equity securities: measured at fair value through profit and loss, so, its carrying amount is
equal its fair value.
Long-term loans and borrowings, other non-current liabilities: the fair values of Metals segment and
Power segment bonds issued are approximate their carrying value. The fair value of the loans and borrowings
with fixed and floating interest rate as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 was calculated based on
the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, using discount interest rate that take into account
the currency of the debt, expected maturity dates and credit risks associated with the Group that existed at
the reporting date.
Derivatives: the fair value of derivative financial instruments is based on quoted market prices. Where no
price information is available from a quoted market source, alternative market mechanisms or recent
comparable transactions, fair value is estimated based on the Group’s views on relevant future prices, net of
valuation allowances to accommodate liquidity, modelling and other risks implicit in such estimates. The
derivative financial instruments are recorded at their fair value at each reporting date.
The following table presents the fair value of Group’s financial instruments measured at the end of the
reporting period on a recurring basis, as well as for instruments for which fair value is disclosed, categorised
into the three-level fair value hierarchy as defined by IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement. The level into
which a fair value measurement is classified is determined with reference to the observability and
significance of the inputs used in the valuation technique as follows:

Level 1 valuations: fair value measured using only Level 1 inputs i.e. unadjusted quoted prices in
active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2 valuations: fair value measured using Level 2 inputs i.e. observable inputs which fail to meet
Level 1, and not using significant unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs are inputs for which
market data are not available.

Level 3 valuations: fair value measured using significant unobservable inputs.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
As at 31 December 2024
Carrying amount
Fair value
Derivatives
Loans and 
receivables
Other 
financial
assets/
(liabilities)
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Note
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
Financial assets measured 
at fair value
Forward contracts for aluminium 
and other instruments
19
27
−
−
27
−
−
27
27
Investments in equity securities 
measured at fair value through 
profit and loss
1515
−
−
218
218
218
−
−
218
27
−
218
245
218
−
27
245
Financial assets not measured 
at fair value*
Trade and other receivables
15
−
1,723
−
1,723
−
1,723
−
1,723
Short-term investments
−
133
−
133
−
133
−
133
Cash and cash equivalents
15
−
1,883
−
1,883
−
1,883
−
1,883
−
3,739
−
3,739
−
3,739
−
3,739
Financial liabilities measured 
at fair value
Forward contracts for aluminium 
and other instruments
(26)
−
−
(26)
−
−
(26)
(26)
(26)
−
−
(26)
−
−
(26)
(26)
Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value*
Loans and borrowings
17
−
−
(6,064)
(6,064)
−
(5,851)
−
(5,851)
Unsecured company loans from 
related parties
−
−
(105)
(105)
−
(93)
−
(93)
Unsecured bond issue
17
−
−
(4,595)
(4,595)
(1,168)
(3,368)
−
(4,536)
Trade and other payables
15
−
−
(1,700)
(1,700)
−
(1,700)
−
(1,700)
−
−
(12,464)
(12,464)
(1,168)
(11,012)
−
(12,180)
*
The Group considers that the carrying amounts of short-term trade receivables and payables are a reasonable approximation of fair values.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
285
284
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
As at 31 December 2023
Carrying amount
Fair value
Derivatives
Loans and 
receivables
Other
financial 
assets/
(liabilities)
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Note
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
USD million
Financial assets measured 
at fair value
Forward contracts for aluminium 
and other instruments
19
32
−
−
32
−
−
32
32
Investments in equity securities 
measured at fair value through 
profit and loss
15
−
−
340
340
340
−
−
340
32
−
340
372
340
−
32
372
Financial assets not measured 
at fair value*
Trade and other receivables
15(b)
−
1,723
−
1,723
−
1,723
−
1,723
Short-term investments
−
97
−
97
−
97
−
97
Cash and cash equivalents
15
−
2,347
−
2,347
−
2,347
−
2,347
−
4,167
−
4,167
−
4,167
−
4,167
Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value*
Loans and borrowings
17
−
−
(6,812)
(6,812)
−
(6,697)
−
(6,697)
Unsecured bond issue
17
−
−
(4,252)
(4,252)
(1,698)
(2,454)
−
(4,152)
Trade and other payables
15
−
−
(1,321)
(1,321)
−
(1,321)
−
(1,321)
−
−
(12,385)
(12,385)
(1,698)
(10,472)
−
(12,170)
*
The Group considers that the carrying amounts of short-term trade receivables and payables are a reasonable approximation of fair values.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(b)
Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans, bonds and trade payables. The main
purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. The Group has various
financial assets such as trade receivables and cash and short-term deposits, which arise directly from its
operations.
The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, liquidity risk,
foreign currency risk and credit risk. Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these
risks which are summarised below.
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk
management framework.
The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group,
to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management
policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s activities.
The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined
and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
(c)
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity
prices will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of
market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while
optimising returns.
(i)
Tariffs and commodity price risk
The tariffs for electricity, heat and transmission services applied by the Group’s significant subsidiaries are
currently partially determined by government bodies. The Group cannot directly influence or mitigate the
risks in relation to the change in tariffs.
During the years ended 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, UC RUSAL has entered into certain
commodity derivatives contracts in order to manage its exposure of commodity price risks.
(ii)
Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-
term debt obligations with floating interest rates (note 17). The Group’s policy is to manage its interest costs
by monitoring changes in interest rates with respect to its borrowings.
The following table details the interest rate profile of the borrowings at the reporting date.
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Effective 
interest rate 
%
USD
million
Effective 
interest rate 
%
USD
million
Fixed rate loans and borrowings
Loans and bonds (note 17(a))
0%-16.75%
6,172
0.01%-18.75%
6,909
6,172
6,909
Variable rate loans and 
borrowings
Loans and bonds (note 17(a))
3.02%-27%
4,445
3.65%-18.40%
4,015
4,445
4,015
10,617
10,924
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
287
286
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to cash flows from interest rate risk arising from floating 
rate non-derivative instruments held by the Group at the reporting date in respect of a reasonably possible 
change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant. The impact on the Group’s profit before 
taxation and equity and retained profits / accumulated losses is estimated as an annualized input on interest 
expense or income of such a change in interest rates. The analysis has been performed on the same basis for 
all years presented.
Increase/ 
decrease in 
basis points
Effect on profit 
before taxation 
for the year
Effect on equity 
for the year
USD million
USD million
As at 31 December 2024
Basis percentage points
+300
(133)
(107)
Basis percentage points
-300
133
107
As at 31 December 2023
Basis percentage points
+100
(40)
(32)
Basis percentage points
-100
40
32
(iii)
Foreign currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency
other than the respective functional currencies of group entities, primarily USD but also the RUB, CNY and
EUR. The currencies in which these transactions primarily are denominated are RUB, USD, CNY and EUR.
Borrowings are primarily denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying
operations of the Group, primarily USD but also RUB, CNY and EUR. This provides an economic hedge.
In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group ensures that
its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when
necessary to address short-term imbalances or entering into currency swap arrangements.
The Group’s exposure at the reporting date to foreign currency risk arising from recognised assets and
liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity to which they relate is
set out in the table below. Differences resulting from the translation of the financial statements of foreign
operations into the Group’s presentation currency are ignored.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
USD-denominated
vs. RUB functional 
currency
RUB-denominated 
vs. USD functional 
currency
EUR-denominated 
vs. USD functional 
currency
CNY-denominated 
vs. USD functional 
currency
CNY-denominated 
vs. RUB functional 
currency
Denominated in 
other currencies 
vs. USD functional 
currency
31 December
31 December
31 December
31 December
31 December
31 December
USD million
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Non-current assets
−
−
41
57
18
19
−
13
−
−
−
−
Trade and other receivables
3
50
663
296
149
168
211
4
1
1
10
20
Cash and cash equivalents
−
1
138
465
72
253
814
712
35
1
202
30
Loans and borrowings
−
−
(1,402)
(193)
(17)
(22)
(2,674)
(3,768)
(132)
−
(29)
−
Non-current liabilities
−
−
(3)
(51)
(2)
(2)
−
−
−
−
(1)
(1)
Bonds
−
−
(492)
(1)
−
−
(2,900)
(3,292)
(880)
(780)
(101)
(101)
Trade and other payables
(1)
(1)
(614)
(364)
(54)
(53)
(100)
(36)
−
−
(17)
(62)
Net exposure arising from 
recognised assets and 
liabilities
2
50
(1,669)
209
166
363
(4,649)
(6,367)
(976)
(778)
64
(114)
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(iv)
Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The following tables indicate the change in the Group’s profit before taxation and other comprehensive
income that could arise if foreign exchange rates to which the Group has significant exposure at the reporting
date had changed at that date, assuming all other risk variables remained constant.
Year ended 31 December 2024
Change in 
exchange rates
USD million 
Effect on profit 
before taxation
for the year
USD million
Effect on equity 
for the year
Depreciation of USD vs. RUB
15%
(251)
(251)
Depreciation of USD vs. EUR
10%
17
17
Depreciation of USD vs. CNY
5%
(232)
(232)
Depreciation of USD vs. other currencies
5%
3
3
Depreciation of CNY vs. RUB
15%
(146)
(117)
Year ended 31 December 2023
Change in 
exchange rates
USD million
Effect on profit 
before taxation 
for the year
USD million
Effect on equity 
for the year
Depreciation of USD vs. RUB
15%
24
24
Depreciation of USD vs. EUR
10%
36
36
Depreciation of USD vs. CNY
5%
(318)
(318)
Depreciation of USD vs. other currencies
5%
(6)
(6)
Depreciation of CNY vs. RUB
15%
(117)
(93)
Results of the analysis as presented in the above tables represent an aggregation of the effects on the Group
entities’ profit before taxation and other comprehensive income measured in the respective functional 
currencies, translated into USD at the exchange rates ruling at the reporting date for presentation purposes.
The sensitivity analysis assumes that the change in foreign exchange rates had been applied to re-measure 
those financial instruments held by the Group which expose the Group to foreign currency risk at the 
reporting date. The analysis excludes differences that would result from the translation of financial statements 
of foreign operations into the Group’s presentation currency. The analysis has been performed on the same 
basis for all years presented.
(d)
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The
Group’s policy is to maintain sufficient cash and cash equivalents or have available funding through an
adequate amount of committed credit facilities to meet its operating and financial commitments.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
289
288
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
The following tables show the remaining contractual maturities at the reporting date of the Group’s
non-derivative financial liabilities, which are based on contractual undiscounted cash flows (including 
interest payment computed using contractual rates, or if floating, based on rates current at the reporting date) 
and the earliest the Group can be required to pay:
31 December 2024
Contractual undiscounted cash outflow
Within 
1 year or on 
demand
More than 
1 year but 
less than 
2 years
More than 
2 years but 
less than 
5 years
More than 
5 years
Total
Carrying 
amount
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
Trade and other payables to 
third parties
1,429
1
−
−
1,430
1,430
Trade and other payables to 
related parties
270
−
−
−
270
270
Bonds, including interest payable
3,334
1,043
541
137
5,055
4,595
Loans and borrowings, 
including interest payable 
3,557
3,039
1,065
1,042
8,703
6,169
Other contractual obligations
32
51
−
−
83
−
8,622
4,134
1,606
1,179
15,541
12,464
31 December 2023
Contractual undiscounted cash outflow
Within 
1 year or on 
demand
More than 
1 year but 
less than 
2 years
More than 
2 years but 
less than 
5 years
More than 
5 years
Total
Carrying 
amount
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
USD
million
Trade and other payables to 
third parties
1,156
4
−
−
1,160
1,160
Trade and other payables to 
related parties
161
−
−
−
161
161
Bonds, including interest payable
768
3,280
437
−
4,485
4,252
Loans and borrowings, 
including interest payable 
2,383
2,492
2,987
360
8,222
6,812
Other contractual obligations
36
58
−
−
94
−
4,504
5,834
3,424
360
14,122
12,385
At 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 the Group’s contractual undertaking to provide loans under
the loan agreement between Metals segment, PJSC RusHydro and BoAZ is included at maximum exposure 
for the Group in the liquidity risk disclosure above.
(e)
Credit risk
The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties. It is the Group’s policy that all customers
who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. The majority of the Group’s
third party trade receivables represent balances with the world’s leading international corporations operating
in the metals industry. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that
the Group’s exposure to credit loss is not significant. Goods are normally sold subject to retention of title
clauses, so that in the event of non-payment the Group may have a secured claim. The Group does not require
collateral in respect of trade and other receivables. The details of impairment of trade and other receivables
are disclosed in note 15. Cash balances are held with high credit quality financial institutions. The extent of
the Group’s credit exposure is represented by the aggregate balance of financial assets and financial
guarantees and loan commitments given.
At 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, the Group has no concentration of credit risk within any single
largest customer but 37.9% and 9.3% of the total trade receivables were due from the Group’s five largest
customers.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(f)
Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going
concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an
optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic
conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to
shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence
and to sustain future development of the business.
The Board seeks to maintain a balance between higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of
borrowings and the advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position.
There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.
(g)
Master netting or similar agreements
The Group may enter into sales and purchase agreements with the same counterparty in the normal course of
business. The related amounts receivable and payable do not always meet the criteria for offsetting in the
statement of financial position.
The following table sets out the carrying amounts of recognised financial instruments that are subject to the
above agreements.
Year ended 31 December 2024
USD million
USD million
Trade receivables
Trade payables
Gross amounts
160
(165)
Net amounts presented in the statement of financial position
160
(165)
Amounts related to recognised financial instruments that do not meet 
some or all of the offsetting criteria
(66)
66
Net amount
94
(99)
Year ended 31 December 2023
USD million
USD million
Trade receivables
Trade payables
Gross amounts
111
(107)
Net amounts presented in the statement of financial position
111
(107)
Amounts related to recognised financial instruments that do not meet 
some or all of the offsetting criteria
(37)
37
Net amount
74
(70)
21.
Commitments
(a)
Capital commitments
The Group had outstanding capital commitments which had been contracted for at 31 December 2024 and
31 December 2023 in the amount of USD 1,356 million and USD 944 million, including VAT, respectively.
These commitments are due over a number of years.
(b)
Purchase commitments
Commitments with third parties for purchases of alumina, bauxite, other raw materials and other purchases
in 2025-2044 under supply agreements are estimated from USD 5,060 million to USD 6,473 million at
31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: USD 3,552 million to USD 4,480) depending on the actual purchase
volumes and applicable prices.
Commitments with related parties for purchases of alumina, bauxite, other raw materials and other purchases
in 2025-2034 under supply agreements are estimated from USD 7,632 million to USD 8,208 million at
31 December 2024 depending on the actual purchase volumes and applicable prices.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
291
290
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Commitments with related parties for purchases of primary aluminium, alloys and other purchases in 
2025-2030 under supply agreements are estimated from USD 4,330 million to USD 5,746 million at 
31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: USD 4,469 million to USD 6,029 million) depending on the actual 
purchase volumes and applicable prices.
(c)
Sale commitments
Commitments with third parties for sales of alumina and other raw materials in 2025-2044 are estimated
from USD 740 million to USD 919 million at 31 December 2024
(31 December 2023: from
USD 560 million to USD 691 million) and will be settled at market prices at the date of delivery.
Commitments with related parties for sales of alumina and other raw materials in 2025-2033 are
estimated from USD 3,384 million to USD 3,849 million at 31 December 2024 and will be settled at market
prices at the date of delivery.
Commitments with third parties for sales of primary aluminium and alloys in 2025-2029 are estimated to
range from USD 6,327 million to USD 7,153 million at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: from
USD 5,269 million to USD 5,901 million).
As at 31 December 2024 there were no commitments with related parties for sales of primary aluminium and
alloys (31 December 2023: from USD 215 million to USD 262 million).
(d)
Social commitments
The Group contributes to the maintenance and upkeep of the local infrastructure and the welfare of its
employees, including contributions toward the development and maintenance of housing, hospitals, transport
services, recreation and other social needs of the regions of the Russian Federation where the Group’s
production entities are located. The funding of such assistance is periodically determined by management
and is appropriately capitalised or expensed as incurred.
22.
Contingencies
(a)
Taxation
Russian tax, currency and customs legislation is subject to varying interpretations, and changes, which can
occur frequently. Management’s interpretation of such legislation as applied to the transactions and activities
of the Group may be challenged by the relevant local, regional and federal authorities. Recent developments
in the Russian environment suggest that the authorities in this country are becoming more active in seeking
to enforce, through the Russian court system, interpretations of the tax legislation, in particular in relation to
the use of certain commercial trading structures, which may be selective for particular tax payers and different
from the authorities’ previous interpretations or practices. Recent events within the Russian Federation
suggest that the tax authorities are taking a more assertive and substance-based position in their interpretation
and enforcement of tax legislation.
In addition to the amounts of income tax the Group has provided, there are certain tax positions taken by the
Group where it is reasonably possible (though less than 50% likely) that additional tax may be payable upon
examination by the tax authorities or in connection with ongoing disputes with tax authorities. The Group’s
best estimate of the aggregate maximum of additional amounts that it is reasonably possible (though less than
50% likely) may become payable if these tax positions were not sustained at 31 December 2024 is
USD 14 million (31 December 2023: USD 22 million).
(b)
Environmental contingencies
The Group and its predecessor entities have operated in the Russian Federation, Jamaica, Guyana, the
Republic of Guinea and the European Union for many years and certain environmental problems have
developed. Governmental authorities are continually considering environmental regulations and their
enforcement and the Group periodically evaluates its obligations related thereto. As obligations are
determined, they are recognised immediately. The outcome of environmental liabilities under proposed or
any future legislation, or as a result of stricter enforcement of existing legislation, cannot reasonably be
estimated. Under current levels of enforcement of existing legislation, management believes there are no
possible liabilities, which will have a material adverse effect on the financial position or the operating results
of the Group. However, the Group anticipates undertaking significant capital projects to improve its future
environmental performance.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
(c)
Legal contingencies
The Group’s business activities expose it to a variety of lawsuits and claims which are monitored, assessed and
contested on an ongoing basis. Where management believes that a lawsuit or another claim would result in the
outflow of the economic benefits for the Group, a best estimate of such outflow is included in provisions in the
consolidated financial statements (note 18(e)). As at 31 December 2024, the amount of claims, where
management assesses outflow as possible approximates USD 24 million (31 December 2023: USD 25 million).
(d)
Other contingent liabilities
In September 2013, UC RUSAL and PJSC RusHydro entered into an agreement with BoAZ to provide loans,
if the latter is unable to fulfil its obligations under its credit facilities. The aggregate exposure under the
agreement is limited to RUB 16.8 billion (31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023: USD 166 million and
USD 188 million, respectively) and is split between the Group and PJSC RusHydro in equal proportion.
Based on management’s estimates, the arising financial guarantees related to this arrangement are not
significant to the consolidated financial statements.
23.
Related party transactions
(a)
Accounting policy
(a)
A person, or a close member of that person’s family, is related to the Group if that person:
(i)
Has control or joint control over the Group; or
(ii)
Has significant influence over the Group; or
(iii)
Is a member of the key management personnel of the Group or the Group’s parent.
(b)
An entity is related to the Group if any of the following conditions applies:
(i)
The entity and the Group are members of the same group (which means that each parent,
subsidiary and fellow subsidiary is related to the others);
(ii)
One entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or an associate or joint venture of
a member of a group of which the other entity is a member);
(iii)
Both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
(iv)
One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
(v)
The entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the Group
or an entity related to the Group;
(vi)
The entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a);
(vii)
A person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key
management personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity);
(viii) The entity, or any member of a group of which it is a part, provides key management personnel
services to the group or to the group’s parent.
Close members of the family of a person are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be 
influenced by, that person in their dealings with the entity.
(b)
Transactions with related parties
The Group transacts with related parties, the majority of which are capable of exerting significant influence
on the Metals segment, associates and joint ventures and other related parties.
Sales to related parties for the year are disclosed in note 5, receivables from and payables to related parties
are disclosed in note 15.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
293
292
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Purchases of raw materials and services from related parties for the period were as follows: 
Year ended 31 December
2024
2023
USD million
USD million
Purchase of raw materials
(1,191)
(711)
Companies capable of exerting significant influence
(81)
(50)
Associates and joint ventures
(1,110)
(661)
Energy costs
(88)
(93)
Companies capable of exerting significant influence
(42)
(45)
Associates and joint ventures
(46)
(48)
(1,279)
(804)
(c)
Related parties balances
At 31 December 2024, included in non-current liabilities are balances of related parties – associates and joint
ventures of USD 18 million (31 December 2023: USD 17 million).
(d)
Remuneration to key management
For the year ended 31 December 2024 remuneration to key management personnel comprised short-term
benefits and amounted to USD 18 million from which Board members received USD 11 million (year ended
31 December 2023: USD 22 million from which Board members received USD 10 million).
24.
Events subsequent to the reporting date
On 24 February 2025 the European Union adopted the 16th Russia sanctions package. Among others, the
package contains a prohibition on the import of primary aluminium of Russian origin. A quota is stipulated
allowing 275,000 tons to be imported until 25 February 2026 and 50,000 tons during the rest of 2026. The
Group’s management estimates the effect of these sanctions as not significant to the Group.
In March 2025, UC RUSAL placed commercial non-documentary non-convertible interest-bearing bonds
series 001PC-05 in the amount of RUB 30 billion, with a coupon rate equal to the rate of the Key Rate plus
margin.
In March 2025, a subsidiary of the Group has drawn down the funds under an existing credit facility
agreement with a Russian bank for a total amount of RUB 42.6 billion At the same time, a subsidiary of the
Group entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap transaction from RUB to CNY in the amount of
CNY 3.5 billion
The funds under both transactions were used for partial refinancing of the existing issue of commercial bonds.
On 13 March 2025 subsidiary of the Group entered into an agreement with Pioneer group of companies and
KCap group of companies to acquire in three stages up to 50% of the entire share capital in Pioneer
Aluminium Industries Limited.
During the first stage, the Group will acquire 26% of the shares in Pioneer Aluminium Industries Limited for
the total consideration of USD 243.75 million plus the amount of appropriate contractual adjustments for net
working capital and debt as provided for in the agreement.
EN+ GROUP IPJSC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2024
25.
Significant subsidiaries
The significant entities of the Group, included in these consolidated financial statements, are as follows:
Place of
incorporation 
and operation
Principal 
activities
Ownership and 
equity interest
31 December
Name
2024
2023
UC RUSAL
IPJSC United Company RUSAL 
Russian Federation
Holding company
56.9%
56.9%
Compagnie Des Bauxites De Kindia S.A.
Guinea
Bauxite mining
100.0%
100.0%
Friguia SA
Guinea
Alumina
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL Achinsk
Russian Federation
Alumina
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL Boxitogorsk Alumina
Russian Federation
Alumina
100.0%
100.0%
Eurallumina SpA
Italy
Alumina
100.0%
100.0%
PJSC RUSAL Bratsk 
Russian Federation
Smelting
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL Krasnoyarsk
Russian Federation
Smelting
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL Novokuznetsk
Russian Federation
Smelting
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL Sayanogorsk
Russian Federation
Smelting
100.0%
100.0%
LLC RUSAL RESAL 
Russian Federation
Processing
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL SAYANAL
Russian Federation
Foil
100.0%
100.0%
CJSC RUSAL ARMENAL
Armenia
Foil
100.0%
100.0%
LLC RUS-Engineering 
Russian Federation
Repairs and maintenance
100.0%
100.0%
JSC Russian Aluminium
Russian Federation
Holding company
100.0%
100.0%
Rusal Global Management B.V.
Netherlands
Management company
100.0%
100.0%
JSC United Company RUSAL Trading House
Russian Federation
Trading
100.0%
100.0%
Alumina & Bauxite Company Limited
British Virgin Islands
Trading
100.0%
100.0%
JSC Bauxite-Timana
Russian Federation
Bauxite mining
100.0%
100.0%
JSC Severo-Uralsky Bauxite Mine
Russian Federation
Bauxite mining
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL URAL
Russian Federation
Primary aluminium and 
alumina production
100.0%
100.0%
LLC SUAL-PM 
Russian Federation
Aluminium powders 
production
100.0%
100.0%
JSC Kremniy
Russian Federation
Silicon production
100.0%
100.0%
LLC RUSAL-Kremniy-Ural 
Russian Federation
Silicon production
100.0%
100.0%
UC RUSAL Alumina Jamaica Limited
Jamaica
Alumina
100.0%
100.0%
Kubikenborg Aluminium AB
Sweden
Smelting
100.0%
100.0%
RFCL Limited
Cyprus 
Finance services
100.0%
100.0%
ILLC AKTIVIUM 
Russian Federation
Holding and investment 
company
100.0%
100.0%
Aughinish Alumina Ltd
Ireland
Alumina
100.0%
100.0%
LLC RUSAL Energo
Russian Federation
Electric power
100.0%
100.0%
Limerick Alumina Refining Ltd.
Ireland
Alumina
100.0%
100.0%
JSC RUSAL Management
Russian Federation
Management company
100.0%
100.0%
LLC RUSAL Taishet 
Russian Federation
Smelting
100.0%
100.0%
LLC UC RUSAL Anode Plant
Russian Federation
Anodes
100.0%
100.0%
RUSAL Products GmbH
Switzerland
Trading
100.0%
100.0%
Casting and mechanical plant “SKAD” Ltd.
Russian Federation
Other aluminum production
75.0%
75.0%
LLC PGLZ
Russian Federation
Alumina
99.9%
99.9%
AL PLUS GLOBAL DMCC
UAE
Trading
100.0%
100.0%
AL PLUS TRADING DMCC
UAE
Trading
100.0%
100.0%
Beijing Rusal Trade Company Limited
China
Trading
100.0%
100.0%
RUSAL SHANGHAI ECONOMIC AND 
TRADE COMPANY LIMITED
China
Trading
100.0%
100.0%
Power
ILLC EN+ HOLDING
Russian Federation
Holding company
100.0%
100.0%
JSC EN+ Generation (formerly JSC 
EuroSibEnergo)
Russian Federation
Power generation / 
Management company
100.0%
100.0%
JSC Irkutskenergo
Russian Federation
Power generation
100.0%
100.0%
LLC EN+ Hydro (formerly JSC 
EuroSibEnergo – Hydrogeneration)
Russian Federation
Power generation
100.0%
100.0%
LLC Avtozavodskaya TEC
Russian Federation
Power generation
100.0%
100.0%
LLC Kompaniya VostSibUgol
Russian Federation
Coal production
100.0%
100.0%
LLC Razrez Cheremkhovugol
Russian Federation
Coal production
100.0%
100.0%
The nominal ownerships indicated in the table above are the same as effective holdings for all subsidiaries, 
except for UC RUSAL subsidiaries since the Parent Company holds only 56.88% in the UC RUSAL’s share 
capital.
STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
295
294
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

04
04
Appendicies
298	
Independent auditor's report
300	
Glossary
308	
Contacts 

STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
Independent auditor's report
299
298
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
Terms and abbreviations
Adjusted EBITDA
For any period of time, represents the operating result adjusted for depreciation, impairment of 
non-current assets and losses on the sale of property, plant and equipment for the relevant period 
Adjusted net profit
For any period, is defined as the net (loss)/profit adjusted for the net effect of the Company’s 
investment in Norilsk Nickel, the net effect of derivative financial instruments and the net effect of 
non-current assets impairment 
ALLOW
RUSAL’s aluminium brand with an independently verified low carbon footprint. Carbon footprint is less 
than 4 t of CO2e per tonne of aluminium (Scope 1 and 2)
ALLOW INERTA
RUSAL’s aluminium brand with an independently verified low carbon footprint. Carbon footprint is less 
than 0.01 t of CO2e per tonne of aluminium (Scope 1 and 2)
APAS
Automated Predictive Analytics System
APCS
Automated Process Control Systems
AS
Aluminium Stewardship Initiative
Aughinish
Aughinish Alumina Refinery, Aughinish Alumina, or Aughinish Alumina Limited, a wholly owned 
subsidiary of RUSAL incorporated in Ireland
B1 
B1 Group of Companies
B20
Business 20
BAT
Best Available Technology 
BEV
Battery Electric Vehicle
Board of Directors, 
BoD
Board of Directors of the Company
BoAZ
Boguchany Aluminium Smelter (BoAZ) project involves the construction of a 600,000 tpa greenfield 
aluminium smelter on a 230-ha site, located approximately 8 km to the south-east of the settlement of 
Tayozhny in the Krasnoyarsk Region and approximately 160 km (212 km by road) from the Boguchany 
HPP
BrAZ
Bratsk Aluminium Smelter or PJSC RUSAL Bratsk, a wholly owned subsidiary of RUSAL incorporated 
under the laws of the Russian Federation 
BRICS
Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa
BrSU
Bratsk State University
BSA
Behavioural Safety Audits
CACs
Capacity Allocation Contracts
CBK
Compagnie des bauxites de Kindia
CCS
Carbon Capture and Storage
CCA 
Competitive Capacity Auction
Units of measurement
bn
Billion
CO2
Carbon dioxide
CO2e
CO2 equivalent 
Gcal
Gigacalorie, a unit of measurement for heating energy
Gcal/h
Gigacalorie per hour, a unit of measurement for heating power capacity
GJ
Gigajoule
GJ/MWh
Gigajoules per megawatt-hour
GJ/t
Gigajoules per tonne
GW
Gigawatt (one million kilowatts)
GWh
Gigawatt-hour (one million kilowatt-hours)
h
Hour
ha
Hectare
kA
Kiloampere
km
Kilometre
kV
Kilovolt
kWh
Kilowatt-hour, a unit of energy produced
m3
Cubic metre
MJ
Megajoules
mn
Million
MW
Megawatt (one thousand kilowatt), a unit of measurement for electrical power capacity
MWh
Megawatt-hour (one thousand kilowatt-hours)
p. p.
Percentage point
RUB
Russian rouble
t, tonne
One metric tonne (one thousand kilograms)
TWh
Terawatt-hour 
USD
US dollar
Glossary
301
300
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
FCPA
US Foreign Corrupt Practices Law  
FFI
Fauna & Flora International 
FZ
Federal Law 
G20
Group of Twenty
GDR
Global Depositary Receipt
GHG
Greenhouse Gas
GHG emissions 
(Scope 1)
Direct greenhouse gas emissions from sources owned or controlled by the Company, e.g., emissions 
from combustion in owned or controlled boilers, furnaces, vehicles, etc.; emissions from chemical 
production in owned or controlled process equipment. Direct CO2 emissions from the combustion of 
biomass are not included in Scope 1, as they are reported separately
GHG emissions 
(Scope 2)
Indirect energy greenhouse gas emissions. Scope 2 accounts for GHG emissions resulting from the 
generation of heat and electricity purchased for the Company’s own needs. Purchased heat and 
electricity is defined as electricity that is purchased or otherwise brought into the organisational 
boundary of the Company. Scope 2 emissions physically occur at the facility where heat and electricity 
are generated
GHG emissions 
(Scope 3)
Greenhouse gas emissions from activities of assets not owned or controlled by the Company, but on 
which it indirectly impacts in its value chain. The emissions include all sources outside the boundaries 
of Scope 1 and 2, including those associated with the extraction and production of purchased 
materials, fuels and services, transportation, outsourced activities, waste disposal, etc.
GRI
Global Reporting Initiative
GSM 
General Shareholders Meeting
HPP
Hydropower Plant
HR
Human Resources Department
HSE
Health, Safety and Environment
HSE Committee
Health, Safety and Environment Committee
IAI
International Aluminium Institute
IATF 16949
IATF 16949 — a quality management system for organisations in the automotive industry, using the 
Advanced Product Quality Planning (Production Part Approval Process) approach
ICS
Internal Control System
IEA
International Energy Agency
IEC
Industrial Environmental Control
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
INRTU
Irkutsk National Research Technical University
IoT
Internet of Things
IPJSC
International Public Joint Stock Company
IrkAZ
Irkutsk Aluminium Smelter, a branch of RUSAL Bratsk in Shelekhov (Russia)
CDP
Carbon Disclosure Project
CEO
Chief Executive Officer
CHP
Combined Heat and Power
CIS
Commonwealth of Independent States
CO
Carbon Monoxide
Compliance 
Committee
Compliance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors
COP29
The 29th United Nations Climate Change conference, held in Baku, Azerbaijan, from 11 to 22 November 
2024.
Corporate 
Governance 
Committee
Corporate Governance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors
CPLC
Carbon Pricing Leadership Coalition
CUSIP
Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures
Day-Ahead Market 
The competitive selection of price bids of suppliers and buyers conducted by ATS a day before the 
actual delivery of electricity with the determination of prices and volumes of delivery for each hour of 
the day
Directorate for 
Control
Directorate for Control and Internal Audit
EBIT
Earnings before Interest and Tax
EBITDA
Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation
Eco-Soderberg 
Eco-Soderberg is a technology developed by RUSAL to produce aluminium in modernised 
electrolysers, the main advantage of which is the use of environmentally friendly mass with low pitch 
content
EMS
Environmental Management System
EN+, En+, Company, 
Group
International Public Joint Stock Company EN+ GROUP/IPJSC EN+ GROUP and its subsidiaries, 
whose results are included in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the 
International Financial Reporting Standards
EPC  
Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Contracts 
ESBN
ESCAP Sustainable Business Network
ESCAP
UN Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific
ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance
ETC (RUSAL)
Engineering and Technology Centre
EU 
European Union
EuroSibEnergo
JSC EuroSibEnergo is a 100% subsidiary of En+ Group, managing its power assets. In December 2024, 
changed its name from JSC EuroSibEnergo to JSC En + Generation
FCA
UK’s Financial Conduct Authority
303
302
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
Market Council
A non-profit organisation formed as a non-profit partnership uniting, on the basis of membership, 
electric power entities and large electric power consumers. The tasks of the Council are to ensure 
the proper functioning of the commercial infrastructure of the market and the effective relationship 
between the wholesale and retail electricity markets, the creation of favourable conditions for 
attracting investments in the electric power industry; creating equal conditions for wholesale and 
retail market participants when developing regulatory documents on the functioning of the electric 
power industry, and ensuring the self-regulation of the system of wholesale and retail trade in electric 
power, capacity, other goods and services permissible in the wholesale and retail electricity markets. 
The goal of the Council is to ensure the energy security of the Russian Federation, the unity of the 
economic space, freedom of economic activity and competition in the wholesale and retail electricity 
markets by balancing the interests of producers and buyers and meeting needs of the society in terms 
of having a reliable and stable source of electrical energy 
MBA
Master of Business Administration
Metals segment
The Metals segment is represented by UC RUSAL (56.88% owned by En+ Group). The power assets of 
UC RUSAL are also included into the Metals segment
MIIT
Russian University of Transport
MPG
Platinum Group Metals 
Net debt
The sum of outstanding loans, borrowings and bonds less total cash and cash equivalents as at the end 
of the relevant period
New Energy
The New Energy Programme involves large-scale overhaul and replacement of the core equipment at 
the Company’s largest Siberian HPPs, i.e., Krasnoyarsk, Bratsk, Irkutsk and Ust-Ilimsk. The programme 
provides for the modernisation of hydroelectric generation units and the replacement of runners
NkAZ
Novokuznetsk Aluminium Smelter or JSC RUSAL Novokuznetsk, a company incorporated under the 
laws of the Russian Federation, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of UC RUSAL 
Nominations 
Committee
Nominations Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors
Norilsk Nickel
MMC NORILSK NICKEL PJSC, incorporated under the laws of the Russian Federation
NPO
Non-Profit Organisation
OECD
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer
OFAC
Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Treasury
OFAC Sanctions
The designation by OFAC of certain persons and certain companies which are controlled or deemed to 
be controlled by some of these persons into the Specially Designated Nationals List
OHS
Occupational Health and Safety
Irkutskenergo
Irkutsk Public Joint Stock Company of Energetics and Electrification, a power generating company 
controlled by En+ by more than 30% of Irkutskenergo’s issued share capital
ISIN
International Securities Identification Number
ISO 14001
International standard “Environmental management systems — Requirements with guidance for use”, 
which has been developed by the International Organisation for Standardisation to set criteria for 
environmental management systems and which is the basis for certification
ISO 26000:2012
International standard “Guidance on social responsibility”, which has been developed by the 
International Organisation for Standardisation to provide guidance on social responsibility; however, it 
is not a certification standard
ISO 27001:2005
International standard “Information technology — Security techniques — Information security 
management systems — Requirements”, which has been developed by the International Organisation 
for Standardisation to set criteria for information security management systems and which is the basis 
for certification
ISO 45001:2018
International standard “Occupational health and safety management systems – Requirements with 
guidance for use”, which has been developed by the International Organisation for Standardisation to 
set criteria for OHS management systems and which is the basis for certification
ISO 50001:2018
International standard “Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use”, which 
has been developed by the International Organisation for Standardisation to set criteria for energy 
management systems and which is the basis for certification
ISO 9001:2015
International standard “Quality management systems — Requirements”, which has been developed by 
the International Organisation for Standardisation to set criteria for quality management systems and 
which is the only standard for certification in quality management
ISU
Irkutsk State University
ITD
Information Technology Directorate
JSC
Joint Stock Company
Kaizen
An approach that promotes continuous process improvement. It is based on creating a corporate 
culture based on communication and cooperation between employees for incremental process 
improvements
KPI
Key Performance Indicator
KrAZ
Krasnoyarsk Aluminium Smelter or JSC RUSAL Krasnoyarsk, a wholly owned subsidiary of RUSAL 
incorporated under the laws of the Russian Federation 
KUBAL
Kubikenborg Aluminium AB, a wholly owned subsidiary of RUSAL incorporated in Sweden
Listing Rules
The Listing Rules published by the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority in its capacity as competent 
authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) and the FCA’s Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules
LLC 
Limited Liability Company
LTIFR
The Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate calculated by the Group as the sum of fatalities and lost time 
injuries per 200,000 man-hours
MADI
Moscow Automobile and Road Construction State Technical University
Management Team
Executive Directors and Officers of the Company
305
304
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
RusHydro
RusHydro PJSC (Public Joint-Stock Company Federal Hydro-Generating Company – RusHydro) 
organised under the laws of the Russian Federation, an independent third party
SanPin
Sanitary Rules and Regulations
SAP system
Systems Analysis and Programme Development 
SASB
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
SECR
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting
SHL
Computerised standardised testing enabling organisations to evaluate candidates against multiple 
criteria
SAZ
Sayanogorsk Aluminium Smelter  or JSC RUSAL Sayanogorsk, a wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company, incorporated under the laws of the Russian Federation
SFO
Special Financial Organisation
SibFU
Siberian Federal University
SibVAMI
Siberian Scientific Research and Design Institute of Aluminium and Electrode Industry
SIF
Social Insurance Fund
Signal
En+ Corporate 24-hour Hotline
SKAD
The largest Russian company producing cast automotive wheels from aluminium alloys
SPCC
Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure
SPP
Solar Power Plant
SSP 
Shared Socioeconomic Pathways
Tandem perovskite 
Class of semiconductors that combines the advantages of organic and inorganic semiconductors, 
which is a more competitive material for solar cells than silicon
TNFD
Taskforce on Nature-Related Financial Disclosures
TPP
Thermal Power Plant
UAZ
Urals Aluminium Smelter, a branch of JSC RUSAL Ural
UN
United Nations Organisation
UN Energy
The United Nations inter-agency mechanism on energy issues. Its goal is to form a coherent approach 
to sustainable energy
UN Global Compact
United Nations Global Compact
UN SDGs
United Nation’s Sustainable Development Goals
UNESCO
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation
UNFCCC
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
UNIVER
En+ Internal E-Learning Portal
USSR
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
WPP
Wind Power Plant
Ore Reserves
The economically mineable part of a Measured and/or Indicated Mineral Resource. It includes 
diluting materials and allowances for losses, which may occur when the material is mined. Relevant 
assessments and studies were carried out taking into account the impact of realistically assumed 
factors related to mining and metallurgical activity, as well as economic, marketing, social and 
government factors and the changes caused by them. These assessments demonstrate that extraction 
could reasonably be justified at the time of reporting. Ore Reserves are sub-divided in order of 
increasing confidence into Probable Ore Reserves and Proved Ore Reserves
PROBABLE ORE RESERVE
The economically mineable part of an Indicated, and in some circumstances, a Measured Mineral 
Resource. It includes diluting materials and allowances for losses which may occur when the material 
is mined. Relevant assessments and studies were carried out taking into account the impact of 
realistically assumed factors related to mining and metallurgical activity, as well as economic, 
marketing, social and government factors and the changes caused by them. At the time of reporting, 
these assessments demonstrate that extraction could reasonably be justified
PROVED ORE RESERVE 
The economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource. It includes diluting materials and 
allowances for losses which may occur when the material is mined. Relevant assessments and studies 
were carried out taking into account the impact of realistically assumed factors related to mining and 
metallurgical activity, as well as economic, marketing, social and government factors and the changes 
caused by them. At the time of reporting, these assessments demonstrate that extraction could 
reasonably be justified
PAH
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
PGLZ
Pikalevsky Alumina Refinery 
PHEV
Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Power segment
The Power segment is predominantly comprised of power assets and operations owned by En+ Group. 
The Power segment engages in all aspects of the power industry, including electric power generation, 
power trading and supply
PPE
Personal Protective Equipment
PPP 
Public-Private Partnership
QMS
Quality Management System
R&D
Research and Development
RA
Rating Agencies
RAO UES
Unified Energy System of Russia
RAS
Russian Academy of Sciences
REEV
Range-Extended Electric Vehicles
Remuneration 
Committee
Remuneration Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors
RES
Renewable Energy Sources
RREDA
Russia Renewable Energy Development Association
RSPP
Russian Union of Industrialists and Entrepreneurs
RUDN
Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia
RUSAL SAYANAL
JSC RUSAL SAYANAL, a subsidiary of RUSAL incorporated under the laws of the Russian Federation
RUSAL, Metals 
segment
United Company RUSAL Plc, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Jersey  
(56.88% owned by En+)
307
306
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
APPENDICIES
Unless otherwise stated, the information presented in the Report 
reflects the Company’s status during the review period from 
1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 (the “Review Period“) 
and, in some instances, discloses significant events that took 
place up to the moment of publication of this report. Therefore, 
all forward-looking statements, analyses, reviews, discussions, 
commentaries and risks presented in the Report (save for this 
section, or unless otherwise specified) are based upon 
information on the Company covering the Review Period only.
The Report includes statements that are, or may be deemed 
to be, forward-looking statements. In the Report, information 
about Company’s strategy, plans, objectives, goals, future 
events, or intentions as well as the terms “believes”, “estimates”, 
“plans”, “projects”, “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “may”, 
“will” or “should” in various forms shall indicate forward-looking 
statements. Nevertheless, forward-looking statements may and 
often do vary from the Company’s actual results. Any forward-
looking statements are exposed to risks relating to future 
events and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating 
to the Company’s business, results of operations, financial 
position, liquidity, prospects, growth, or strategies.
The data presented in the Report on industry, market and 
competitive position comes from official or third-party sources. 
It is generally stated that the data from any third-party 
industry publications, studies and surveys was obtained 
from the sources believed to be reliable, but that there is no 
guarantee of the accuracy or completeness of such data. 
Although the Company reasonably believes that each of these 
publications, studies and surveys was prepared by a reputable 
party, neither the Company nor any of its respective directors, 
officers, employees, agents, affiliates, advisors, or agents, 
have independently verified the data contained therein. 
Moreover, certain industry, market and competitive position 
data reflected in the Report comes from the Company’s 
internal research and estimates based on the knowledge 
and expertise of the Company’s management. Although 
the Company reasonably believes that such research and 
estimates are accurate, they and their fundamental methodology 
and assumptions have not been verified for accuracy 
by any independent source.
After the Report was prepared, the Company’s operations, 
its operating and financial results may have been affected 
by external or other factors, including the geopolitical conflict 
in Ukraine and sanctions imposed by the other nations against 
the Russian Federation, Russian individuals and legal entities. 
These and other factors are beyond the Company’s control and 
may have a negative impact on the producing capabilities of En+.
Contacts
Limiation of liability
8, Oktyabrskaya St., office 34, Kaliningrad, 
Kaliningrad Region, 236006, Russia
Tel.: +7 401 269-74-36
Fax: +7 401 269-74-37
PR Department
Tel.: +7 495 642 7937
Email: press-center@enplus.ru
1 Vasilisy Kozhinoy St., Moscow, 121096, Russia
Tel.: +7 495 642-79-37
Fax: +7 495 642-79-38
IR Department
Tel.: +7 495 642-79-37
Email: ir@enplus.ru
https://www.enplusgroup.com/ru/
SC IRC
Tel.: +7 495 234-44-70
Email: info@mrz.ru
Website: www.mrz.ru
Kaliningrad
Media enquiries
Moscow
For investors
Website
Registar
309
308
CONSOLIDATED REPORT 2024